Skip to main content

Full text of "Dante at Ravenna A study"

See other formats


Ravenna 


CATHERINE  MARY  PHILLIMCTi 


"A 

■/_. 

\DM 

Ill/, 

DANTE  AT  RAVENNA. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2008  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/danteatravennastOOphil 


DANTE  ALIGHIERI. 


Frontispiece- 


DANTE    AT    RAVENNA 


B  StU^V 


BY 

CATHERINE  MARY  PHILLIMORE, 

AUTHOR     OF 

'studies  in  ITALIAN  LITERATURE,'  '  THE  WARRIOR  MEDICI,'  '  FRA  ANGELICO,' 

'selections  from  the  sermons  of  padre  AGOSTINO  DA 

MONTEFELTRO,'  ETC.,    ETC. 


i 


LONDON 

ELLIOT  STOCK,  62,  PATERNOSTER  ROW,  E.C. 

1898. 


M.  F.  S.  H., 

WHO    ACCOMPANIED    THE    WRITER 
THREE  TIMES   TO   RAVENNA, 

THE  COMPANION  OF  MANY  STUDIES,  RESEARCHES  AND  TRAVELS, 

THESE   PAGES 

ARE  AFFECTIONATELY   DEDICATED. 


'  E  quasi  amici  dipartirsi  pigri.' 

Piirg.,  xxxiii.  114. 


PREFACE 


THE  following  brief  study  of  the  closing  years 
of  the  life  of  Dante  is  offered  as  a  humble 
contribution  to  the  mass  of  literature  and 
research  which  centres  in  that  great  name. 

Yet  in  his  quiet  exile  at  Ravenna  Dante  is 
perhaps  not  so  well  known  to  the  student  of  his 
life  and  works  as  when  a  citi2en  of  Florence  in 
the  early  and  more  stirring  periods  of  his  life. 
But  many  a  passage,  both  in  the  '  Divina  Com- 
media '  and  in  his  minor  works,  tends  to  show 
how  much  his  mind  was  influenced  by  the  place 
of  his  latest  sojourn  upon  earth. 

Frequent  visits  to  the  Romagna  and  Ravenna 
have  enabled  the  writer,  while  following  in  his 
footsteps,  to  form  some  idea  of  the  charm  which 
that  part  of  Italy,  aad  the  ancient  city  itself,  must 
have  held  for  the  poet. 


viii  Preface 

Upon  the  last  great  Italian  work,  '  L'  Ultimo 
Rifugio  di  Dante  Alighieri,'^  which  leaves  no  part 
of  the  topography  or  history  connected  with  that 
period  unexplained  or  unexplored,  the  following 
study  relies  mainly  for  its  facts.  A  similar  ac- 
knowledgment is  due  to  another  work,  of  equal 
importance,  though  not  so  recent,  '  Dante  e  il 
suo  Secolo.' 

The  study  of  these  works  has  been  supplemented 
by  research  among  such  original  sources  of  in- 
formation as  are  to  be  found  in  the  manuscripts 
contained  in  the  libraries  of  Ravenna  and  Paris, 
the  Bodleian,  and  the  British  Museum. 

The  writer,  aware  that  many  points  still  under 
dispute  have  come  within  the  sphere  of  her  labours, 
is  prepared  to  await,  with  others,  the  resifting  of 
all  the  documents  relative  to  the  life  and  family 
of  Dante  in  the  *  Codice  Diplomatico  Dantesco,' 
compiled  by  the  Italian  literary  authorities,  and 
which  last  year  began  to  issue  in  parts  from  the 
Italian  press.  In  view  of  either  the  ready  accept- 
ance of  tradition  or  the  negative  spirit  of  modern 
criticism,  the  object  of  this  work  is  to  lay  a 
foundation  upon  which  the  biography  of  Dante 
may  securely  rest. 

'  '  L'  Ultimo  Rifugio  di  Dante  Alighieri.'     Corrado  Ricci,  1891. 


Preface 


IX 


'  It  is  time '  (such  is  the  prelude  of  the  compilers  of  the 
work)  '  that  under  the  escort  of  approved  teachers,  and 
following  in  their  steps,  the  student  of  Dante  should  be 
set  in  a  way  from  which  there  is  no  turning  back  nor 
divergence — on  the  one  hand  into  vague  affirmation,  on 
the  other  into  systematic  doubt.  Such  a  safe  path  can 
only  be  secured  by  a  careful  restatement  of  facts,  and 
this  course  of  study  may  be  reached  from  three  starting- 
points  : 

'  I.  Renewed  attention  to  the  references  scattered 
throughout  the  works  of  the  poet  himself. 

*  2.  The  re-investigation  of  the  traditional  information 
supplied  by  the  most  reliable  of  the  ancient  biographers. 

'  3.  The  re-examination  of  the  original  documents 
with  which  history  has  from  time  to  time  been  enriched. 
A  comparison  of  these  last  with  those  cited  by  the  early 
biographers  will  show  how  much  is  still  extant  of  the 
original  sources  of  their  information.  When  such  docu- 
ments are  lacking,  the  testimonies  of  the  various  early 
writers  will  be  quoted,  and  criticism  will  determine  their 
respective  merit  according  as  they  can  be  proved  to  have 
written  independently  of  each  other. '^ 

Such  labours  as  these  can  hardly  miss  their 
mark,  and  although,  in  his  greatness,  Dante  may 

'  '  Codice  Diplomatico  Dantesco :  I  Documenti  della  Vita  e 
della  Famiglia  di  Dante  Alighieri,  riprodotti  in  facsnnile,  descritti 
e  illustrati  con  Monumenti  d'  Arte,  e  Figure  da  Guido  Biagi  e  da 
G.  L.  I'asserini  con  gli  auspici  della  Sociela  Danlesca  Ilaliana.' 


X  Preface 

be  looked  upon  as  a  citizen  of  the  world,  all 
nations  will  naturally  turn  to  the  land  of  his  birth 
for  the  final  verdict  upon  all  matters  connected 
with  his  life  and  works. 

Catherine  Makv  Phillimore. 

London, 

February,  1898. 


CONTEiNTS. 


CHAPTER  PAGE 

INTRODUCTION    -----  i 

I.    RAVENNA  -  -  -  -  -         13 

II.  THE  EAGLE  OF  POLENTA,  THE  TYRANTS  OF 
THE  ROMAGNA,  AND  THE  POPES  CONTEM- 
PORARY  WITH    DANTE  -  -  "19 

III.  DANTE  A  TEACHER  OF  RHETORIC  IN  RAVENNA, 

AND    '  IL   VOLGARE   ELOQUIO  '  -  "         4I 

IV.  LIFE   AND   PUPILS   AT   RAVENNA  -  -         83 
V.     CLOSING   YEARS    OF  THE    LIFE    OF    DANTE    AT 

RAVENNA  -  -  -  -  -       121 

VI.    THE     PINETA — KMTIASSY     TO     VENICE — DEATH 

AND    BURIAL   -  -  -  -  "147 

VII.    THE    TOMB    OF    DANTE,    AND   THE    DISCOVERY 

OF   HIS   REMAINS  -  -  -      167 


INTRODUCTION. 


INTRODUCTION. 

'  Avvegna  ch'io  mi  senta 
Ben  tetragono  ai  colpi  di  ventura.' 

Par.,  xvii.  24. 

•  Though  L  feel  me  on  all  sides 
Well  squared  to  fortune's  blows.' 

IT  is  probable  that  the  close  and  persistent 
study  of  Dante  will  be  hereafter  recognised 
as  one  of  the  prominent  features  of  the  nine- 
teenth century,  whether  it  is  viewed  as  an  anomaly 
when  set  side  by  side  with  the  prevailing  charac- 
teristics of  the  age,  or  whether  it  is  recognised  as 
a  natural  reaction  from  the  purely  material  aims 
of  the  latest  developments  of  science.  From  such 
aims  as  these,  with  all  the  respect  due  to  the 
marvellous  results  which  have  been  achieved,  it 
is  yet  conceivable  that  the  mind,  restless  with 
some  unsatisfied  instinct,  should  cast  a  backward 
glance  over  those  forgotten  paths  of  learning 
which  converge  and  centre  in  their  great  exponent, 
Dante,  and  were  reduced  by  him  into  the  one 
simple  instruction, 

'  Come  I'uom  s'eterna. 


Dante  at  Ravenna 


In  reality,  these  three  words  contain  at  once 
the  subject  of  Dante's  great  work  and  the  object 
for  which  it  was  written.  The  subject,  *  the  con- 
dition of  the  soul  after  death';  the  object,  'to 
rescue  men  from  passing  their  Hves  in  a  state 
of  misery,  and  to  direct  them  in  the  way  of  happi- 
ness.' 

It  would  almost  seem  as  if  in  this  statement, 
brief  to  simplicity,  lay  the  clue  to  the  marvellous 
influence  which  the  '  Divina  Commedia,'  ever  since 
it  was  first  penned,  has  exercised  upon  the  human 
mind.  A  little  more  reflection  and  the  marvel  is 
dispelled,  or,  rather,  resolved  into  the  natural 
sequence  of  cause  and  effect. 

Dante  was  no  egotist.  Doubtless  there  floated 
ever  before  his  mind,  throughout  his  solitary 
wanderings,  the  hope  that  an  ungrateful  but  still 
ever-loved  country  would  at  last  recognise  his 
merit,  and  '  at  the  font  of  his  baptism  '^  place  the 
coveted  laurels  upon  his  head  ;  but  this  was  not 
the  primary  motive  of  his  work,  nor  was  that 
work  confined  to  his  own  country  or  to  his  own 
time. 

Nothing  less  than  the  benefit  of  all  who  should 
ever  live  upon  this  earth  was  the  design  of  the 
writer ;  therefore,  in  all  countries,  without  respect 
to  nationality,  and,  we  may  now  add,  in  either 
hemisphere,  each  succeeding  age  has  claimed  a 

*  '  In  sul  fonte 
Del  mio  Battesimo  prendero  '1  cappello.' 

Par.,  XXV.  lo. 


Introduction 


share  in  the  great  inheritance,  each  has  vied  with 
the  other  in  the  appreciation  of  a  work  which, 
while  it  remains  the  glory  of  Italy,  was  not  destined 
to  be  her  inheritance  alone  ;  each  in  turn  has  paid 
its  own  tribute  to  the  master-mind  which  compre- 
hended them  all,  till  six  centuries  have  raised  a 
trophy  of  homage,  rarely  equalled  in  the  annals  of 
literature,  to  his  name. 

From  the  earliest  moment  of  the  existence  of 
the  *  Divina  Commedia,'  when  Giotto,  under  the 
direct  guidance  of  the  author,  gave  to  art  the  first 
rendering  of  the  scheme  of  the  poem  on  the  west 
wall  of  the  Scrovegni  Chapel  in  Padua,  the  student 
has  been  able  to  trace  with  more  or  less  accuracy 
the  remarkable  journey  through  those  imagined 
spheres  which,  on  account  of  the  splendour  of  their 
conception  and  their  precision  of  detail,  have  un- 
consciously supplied  for  all  time  a  description  of 
the  unseen  world. 

But  the  study  of  the  present  century,  not  con- 
tent with  soaring  after  him  in  spirit,  has  concen- 
trated itself  upon  tracing  every  footstep  which  he 
made  'in  the  body  in  which  I  cast  a  shade. '^ 

The  great  talent  of  Mr.  Gladstone  has  mar- 
shalled the  evidence  in  favour  of  Dante's  visit  to 
Oxford,-  and  another  fruit  of  diligent  research  has 
appeared  in  a  map  of  Italy'^  which  indicates  every 

'  '  r  corpo,  dentro  al  quale  io  facev'  ombra.' 

Pttr^'.,  iii.  26. 
*  Nineteenth  Century,  June,  1892. 

'  Dante  map,  hy  Mary  Ilensman.      Published  by  Messrs,  Nutt, 
270,  Strand,  London,  W.C. 


Dante  at  Ravenna 


spot  visited  by  Dante  during  his  nineteen  years  of 
wanderings,  till  at  last  he  reached  the  goal  of  his 
earthly  pilgrimage  in  Ravenna. 

Nowhere  could  the  last  footprints  of  that  most 
remarkable  race  of  life  have  been  more  fitly  placed 
than  in  Ravenna,  where  the  old  Roman  Empire 
and  the  new  kingdom  of  Christianity  met,  not  in 
opposition,  but  in  harmony.  At  Ravenna,  more, 
perhaps,  than  any  other  spot  in  the  vast  world  of 
Rome,  the  Empire  remains  indelibly  stamped  with 
the  sign  of  Constantine,  in  the  unique  glory  of 
basilicas,  where  the  shimmering  mosaics,  almost 
as  changeless  as  the  stars  of  heaven,  remain  as 
silent  witnesses  to  the  fact  that  there  at  least  the 
Empire  brought  with  no  grudging  hand  riches  and 
honour  to  the  foot  of  that  Cross  in  whose  might 
alone,  at  one  crisis  of  her  existence,  she  had  con- 
quered. 

To  whom  could  the  task  of  an  exponent  of  the 
process  which  had  blended  into  one  the  two  forces 
of  the  world  be  more  fitly  entrusted  than  to  Dante, 
and  where  could  he  find  a  grander  setting  for  the 
completion  of  the  scheme  which  had  occupied  his 
great  soul  than  in  Ravenna  ? 

Contemporary  history,  corroborated  by  recent 
research,  fixes  the  epoch  of  his  arrival  in  Ravenna 
within  a  few  years  of  the  death  of  Henry  of 
Luxemburg,  in  the  month  of  August,  1313.  It 
will  be  remembered  that  the  sudden  death  of  the 
Emperor,  midway  in  his  career  of  the  conquest  of 
Italy,  was  likewise  the  death-blow  of  the  Ghibel- 


Introduction 


line  hopes,  then  within  an  ace  of  their  culmina- 
tion. Some  idea  of  what  that  blow  must  have 
been  to  Dante,  the  prime  mover  of  the  Ghibelline 
party,  who  had  strained  every  power  of  his  intel- 
lect to  secure  the  triumph  of  the  Emperor,  may 
be  gathered  from  the  impassioned  eloquence  of  his 
previous  appeal : 

'To  all  and  singular — Princes  of  Italy,  Senators  of 
the  Holy  City,  to  every  Duke,  Marquis,  Count,  and  all 
the  people — I,  the  humble  Italian  Dante  Alighieri,  a 
Florentine  unjustly  exiled,  send  greeting.  Behold  now 
is  the  accepted  time,  when  the  signs  of  consolation  and 
peace  are  becoming  manifest.  .  .   . 

'  Rejoice,  O  Italy,  once  fit  to  be  the  scorn  and  pity 
of  the  Saracens,  but  now  shortly  to  become  the  most 
envied  of  all  nations  for  thy  Bridegroom,  who  is  the  light 
and  joy  of  his  century  and  the  glory  of  thy  people,  the 
most  gracious  Henry — Imperial  Caesar  and  Augustus 
hastens  to  make  thee  his  spouse. 

'  Dry  thy  tears,  O  beautiful  Italy  !  Cast  away  every 
vestige  of  grief  because  he  is  at  hand  who  will  deliver 
thee  from  the  bonds  of  thy  tormentors,  who  will  strike 
those  murderers,  and,  destroying  them  with  the  edge  of 
the  sword,  will  let  out  this  vineyard  to  other  husbandmen 
who  will  render  to  him  the  just  fruit  in  due  season,' 
etc.^ 

In  a  similar  strain  another  letter  was  addressed 
to  the  Emperor  himself,  written  in  the  actual 
neighbourhood  of  Florence,  which  the  hungering 

'  Opere  Minori  (Epist.  v.  Fraticelli),  vol.  iii.,  p.  441. 


8  Dante  at  Ravenna 

exile,  stimulated  by  the  hope  that  the  end  of  his 
banishment  was  near,  had  also  approached. 

In  proportion  to  such  high  hopes  must  have 
been  the  depth  of  disappointment  in  which  Dante 
was  obliged  to  turn  away  from  the  'fair  sheep- 
fold,'^  and  renew  his  wandering  till  at  last  he  took 
refuge  in  Ravenna,  there  to  find  his  chief  solace  in 
preparing  a  throne  for  the  dead  Emperor  in  his 
'  Paradiso,'  before  which  all  earthly  splendour 
would  fade  into  insignificance.^ 

Many  and  fruitless  have  been  the  disputes  and 
discussions  as  to  the  exact  year  which,  taking  the 
death  of  the  Emperor  in  1313  as  a  starting-point, 
witnessed  the  arrival  of  Dante  in  Ravenna.  It  is 
not  surprising,  if  we  consider  the  many  wander- 
ings of  his  exiled  footsteps,  some  traced  with 
tolerable  certainty,  some  more  faintly  indicated 
by  tradition,  that  almost  a  literature  should  centre 
round  this  question  among  the  eager  biographers 
of  the  poet.  But  that  he  came  there  at  the 
request  of  Guido  Novello,  as  his  invited  guest, 
all  are  agreed.  That  being  the  case,  he  could 
not  arrive  there  before  Guido  came  into  power, 
the  more  so  as  the  immediate  predecessors  of 
Guido,  Bernardino  and  Lamberto,  were  earnest 
Guelphs,  striving  for  the  Papal  as  opposed  to  the 
Imperial  cause  ;  Bernardino,  by  whose  side  Dante 
had  fought  at  Campaldino,  being  at  that  time  the 

^  '  Del  bello  ovile,  ov'io  dormic  agnello.' 

Par.,  XXV.  5. 

'  '  Par.,'  XXX.  133-139. 


Introduction 


Podesta  of  Florence,  urging  the  Florentines  to 
resist  to  the  last,  and  dying  in  office  while  the 
Emperor  was  at  Pisa  waiting  his  opportunity  to 
enter  Florence.  From  this  it  may  safely  be 
assumed  that  Dante  would  not  select  the  Court  of 
Bernardino  as  his  refuge  in  exile.  But  Guido 
Novello  was  still  in  his  first  youth,  and  although 
his  name  appears  in  the  early  chronicles  of 
Ravenna  as  the  defender  of  mercantile  rights  of 
the  city  in  various  disputes  with  Venice,  Chioggia, 
and  Comacchio,  he  had  hitherto  kept  himself 
aloof  from  the  great  conflict  of  the  age.  His 
disposition  was  gentle  and  peaceful,  his  mind 
wholly  given  to  study.  What  little  record  exists 
of  his  life  coincides  exactly  with  the  portrait  left 
to  us  by  Boccaccio. 

'  In  those  days  there  reigned  over  Ravenna,  a 
famous  and  ancient  city  of  the  Romagna,  a  noble  knight 
called  Guido  da  Polenta,  who  was  instructed  in  all 
the  liberal  arts,  who  was  wont  greatly  to  honour  all 
learned  men,  especially  those  who  surpassed  all  others  in 
science. 

'  It  having  reached  his  ears  that  Dante  (with  whose 
fame  he  had  long  been  acquainted)  was,  in  this  his 
moment  of  utmost  despair,  now  in  Romagna,  he  at  once 
prepared  to  receive  and  honour  him ;  nor  did  he  wait  to 
be  asked  to  do  so,  but  with  true  liberality  taking  into 
consideration  how  hardly  a  high  soul  will  stoop  to  ask, 
he  implored  him  to  come  to  him,  asking  himself  as  a 
special  favour,  what  he  knew  Dante  desired  to  be  asked, 
whether  it  would  please  him  to  be  his  guest.     The  two 


lo  Dante  at  Ravenna 

wills,  that  of  the  host  and  the  guest,  thus  tending  to  one 
issue,^  and  Dante  pleased  at  once  with  the  unqualified 
liberality  of  the  offer  on  the  one  hand,  and  pressed  hard 
by  his  own  necessities  on  the  other,  waiting  for  no  second 
invitation,  betook,  himself  to  Ravenna,  where  Guido 
received  him  with  every  honour,  revived  his  fallen  hopes, 
gave  him  in  abundance  all  that  he  needed,  and  kept  him 
with  him  in  that  city  for  many  years,  even  to  the  last  of 
his  life. '2 

From  this  passage  we  may  safely  conclude  that 
Dante's  arrival  in  Ravenna  cannot  have  taken 
place  before  the  accession  of  Guido  Novello  to 
power,  and  that  since  his  predecessor  Lamberto 
died  in  June,  1316,  and  Guido  was  not  elected 
till  October  of  the  same  year,  Dante  would  hardly 
begin  his  sojourn  in  Ravenna  before  the  year  1317, 
an  interval  of  four  years  having  elapsed  between 
the  death  of  the  German  Emperor  and  the  event 
in  question.  That  the  date  cannot  be  placed  later 
is  proved  by  a  curious  piece  of  contemporary 
evidence.  Pietro  di  Dante,  son  of  Dante,  accom- 
panied his  father  to  Ravenna,  and  there  held  the 
two  benefices  of  S.  Maria  di  Zenzanigola  and  of 
S.  Simone  di  Muro,  the  gift  of  Caterina,  wife  of 
Guido  Novello.  There  is  a  document  extant 
which  records  the  sentence  of  Pope  John  XXII. 

^  'Che  del  fare  e  del  chieder  tra  voi  due 

Fia  primo  quel,  che  tra  gli  altri  e  piu  tardo ' 
(i.e.    '  The  granting  shall  forerun  the  asking '). 

Par.,  xvii.  74,  75. 
And  the  compliment  by  which  Dante  has  immortalized  the  courtesy 
of  his  first  host  is  due  in  equal  measure  to  his  last. 
-  Boccaccio,  '  Vita  di  Dante,'  p.  30. 


Introduction  1 1 


against  Pietro  di  Dante  and  others  for  not 
having  paid  the  fees  due  to  the  Papal  Legate, 
Bertrando  del  Poggetto,  in  right  of  the  benefices 
which  they  held.  Evidently,  from  this  docu- 
ment, Pietro  di  Dante,  together  with  the  other 
defaulters,  had  enjoyed  the  unshorn  revenues 
of  these  two  benefices  some  little  time  before 
the  discovery  was  made,  and  the  fees  so  long 
due  were  replaced  by  a  fine  imposed  by  the  angry 
Legate.^ 

We  have  another  testimony  which  points  to  the 
fact  of  Dante  having  resided  several  years  at 
Ravenna  in  the  dates  of  the  poetical  correspond- 
ence between  himself  and  Giovanni  di  Virgilio, 
Cecco  d'Ascoli,  and  others.  Various  episodes 
in  this  correspondence  suggest  the  idea  that 
Ravenna  was  his  permanent  residence,  that 
he  made  excursions  from  it,  but  always  returned 
to  it. 

*  Torno  a  Ravenna,  e  di  li  non  parto,'  is  a  line 
which  appears  in  one  of  the  Eclogues,  but  these 
will  be  referred  to  at  length  later  on. 

So  far,  then,  as  it  is  possible  to  judge  at  this 
distance  of  time,  we  may  conclude  that  the  exiled 
life,  which  found  the  well-known  '  first  refuge  '- 
at  Verona  in  131 1,  had  about  four  years  yet  to 
run  when  it  gently  glided  into  the  port  of  the 
'  ultimo  rifugio '  at  Ravenna. 


'   •  Ultimo  Kifugin,"  app.,  p.  415,  doc.  ix. 
'  '  Par.,'  xvii.  70. 


12  Dante  at  Ravenna 

'  In  quella  parte 
Di  mia  etc\  dove  ciascun  dovrebbe 
Calar  le  vele  e  raccoglier  le  sarte.'^ 

*  As  to  that  part 
Of  life  I  found  me  come,  when  each  behoves 
To  lower  sails  and  gather  in  the  lines.' 

Gary,    Trans. 

^  '  Inf.,'  xxvii.  77,  So;  also  '  Convito  Tratt.,'  IV.  xxviii. 


CHAPTER    I. 

RA  VENN  A. 


CHAPTER   I. 

RAVENNA. 

'Ravenna  sta  come  stata  e  moll'  anni.' 

Inf.,  xxvii.  40. 

'  Ravenna  stands  as  many  years  she  stood.' 

BY  this  single  line  Dante  seems  to  recall  all 
the  glory  of  the  past,  and  to  reinvest  the 
city  with  the  Imperial  robe. 
For  when  he  entered  Ravenna,  there,  as  ever, 
stood  the  vast  walls  on  their  solid  Roman  founda- 
tion, which,  when  they  ceased  to  be  the  last 
shelter  of  the  failing  Empire,  had  become  the 
chosen  centre  of  the  Gothic  rule.  Many  a 
glorious  edifice  still  remained  in  untouched 
splendour  to  witness  to  a  gigantic  past  welded 
out  of  the  ancient  power  of  Rome,  supplemented 
even  in  the  moment  of  decline  by  the  rude 
strength  of  the  Romanized  Barbarian. 

Such  were  the  rich  sculptures  of  the  Porta 
Aurea ;  the  glittering  splendour  of  the  Basilica 
Ursiana,  with  its  five  aisles  ;  S.  Andrea  de'  Goti, 
said  to  be  a  climax  of  Barbarian  effort  ;  the 
churches   built  by  the   Empress   Galla    Placidia, 


1 6  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Santa  Croce  and  S.  Giovanni  Evangelists,  her 
votive  offerings  to  the  saint  whose  aid  she  had 
invoked  in  the  midst  of  the  raging  storm  on  the 
treacherous  Hadrian  Sea.  Still  the  river  Padenna 
flowed  through  the  city,  fa9ades  of  churches 
adorned  with  rich  porticos,  like  those  of  Venice, 
arose  on  either  side  of  its  course,  and  beside  them 
stood  like  some  guardian  sentinel  the  round  Bell 
Tower,  that  characteristic  feature  of  Ravenna. 

In  the  adjoining  cemeteries  lay  the  great  sarco- 
phagi of  the  illustrious  dead  Emperor  or  Arch- 
bishop in  the  last  solemn  repose,  adorned  with 
those  varied  emblems  of  early  Christian  art  which 
symbolize  the  Christian's  hope.  From  their  midst 
there  rose  the  sombre  majesty  of  the  cypress  or 
the  brilliant  verdure  of  the  acacia,  to  break  the 
long  lines  of  slumbering  mortality,  and,  pointing 
ever  towards  heaven,  suggest  to  the  living  citizens 
the  life  of  the  world  to  come. 

Neither  tide  of  river  nor  of  population  now 
animates  the  silent,  grass-grown  streets,  and  some 
of  the  great  relics  of  the  past  have  either  yielded 
to  the  slow  decay  of  centuries  or  have  been 
rudely  swept  away  by  the  desolation  of  civil 
warfare. 

But  yet  those  which  remain  suffice  to  give  some 
idea  of  a  past  which  could  never  be  derived  from 
the  pen  of  the  historian  alone. 

If  the  bed  of  a  torrent  was  considered  by  the 
warriors  of  Alaric  the  Goth  to  be  the  only  resting- 
place  in  Italy  worthy  of  their  leader,  at  Ravenna 


Ravenna 


17 


one  huge  rock,  raised  by  the  filial  piety  of  Ama- 
lassunta,  remains  to  mark  the  grave  of  the  great 
Theodoric. 

If  the  Church  of  S.  Andrea  de'  Goti  has  perished, 
yet  still  the  tomb  of  Galla  Placidia  in  its  vicinity 
preserves  the  memory  of  the  foundress,  and  the 
dark  vault  of  her  resting-place  is  illuminated  by  a 
mosaic  in  such  rare  preservation  as  to  suggest  the 
glory  of  the  whole  design. 

If  the  sea  has  receded  from  the  port  where 
once  the  galleys  of  the  Caesars  rode  in  triumph, 
still  there  in  the  lone  waste  of  the  marsh  S.  Ap- 
pollinare  in  Classe  remains  in  solitary  splendour 
on  the  site  of  the  Roman  temple.  Columns  of 
shining  marble,  which  once  adorned  the  pagan 
shrine,  have  now  raised  for  thirteen  centuries  the 
vault  where  glitters  in  undimmed  splendour  the 
mosaic  of  the  Cross  of  Christ. 

Ever  throughout  the  venerable  city,  either 
within  or  without  the  walls,  in  the  ancient  baptis- 
tery, in  the  twin  S.  Appollinare,  called  Nuovo 
in  the  fourth  century,  Santa  Maria  in  Porto,  or 
San  Vitale,  beautiful  as  some  Eastern  dream, 
church  after  church  repeats  the  same  story,  in 
the  same  mysterious  characters,  the  same  scarcely 
changing  hues. 

Now  by  symbol,  now  by  direct  portraiture,  they 
tell  of  the  Good  Shepherd,  with  the  sheep  of  His 
pasture,  of  the  long  row  of  white-robed  martyrs 
who  sealed  their  faith  with  their  blood,  or,  pouring 
his  gifts  before  the  altar,  of  the  Emperor  whose 

2 


1 8  Dante  at  Ravenna 

effigy  from  the  midst  of  all  the  accumulated 
splendour  of  marble,  alabaster,  and  mosaic,  looks 
out  century  after  century  with  the  same  motion- 
less gaze  which  probably  inspired  the  lines  : 

'  Cesare  fui  e  son  Giustiniano  ; 
Che  per  voler  del  prime  amor  ch'  io  sento, 
D'  entro  alio  leggi  trasse  il  troppo  e  '1  vane' 

Par.^  vi.  IO-I2. 
' .  .  .  Caesar  I  was, 
And  am  Justinian ;  destined  by  the  will 
Of  that  prime  love,  whose  influence  I  feel, 
From  vain  excess  to  clear  the  incumber'd  laws.' 

Carv,  Trans. 

Thus  Ravenna  stood  at  the  close  of  the  tradi- 
tions of  the  Empire ;  even  the  last  vestige  of  Im- 
perial power  was  being  merged  in  the  dawning 
sovereignty  of  the  Popes  when  Dante  the  exile 
arrived  before  her  gates. 

Ravenna  threw  them  open  to  her  illustrious 
guest,  and  by  this  act  of  hospitality  coupled  her 
name  with  his,  taking  her  place  by  his  side  on  the 
threshold  of  the  future  of  Italy. 


CHAPTER  II. 

THE  EAGLE  OF  POLENTA,  THE  TYRANTS  OF  THE 
ROMAGNA  AND  THE  POPES  CONTEMPORARY  WITH 
DANTE. 


2—2 


CHAPTER  II. 

THE  EAGLE  OF  POLENTA,  THE  TYRANTS  OF  THE 
KOMAGNA,  AND  THE  POPES  CONTEMPORARY 
WITH  DANTE. 

'  L'  Aquila  (la  Polenta  la  si  cova 
Si  che  Cervia  ricuopre  coi  suoi  Vanni.' 

Inf.,  xxvii.  41,  43, 

•  There  Polenta's  eagle  broods, 
And  in  his  broad  circumference  of  plume 
O'ershadows  Cervia.' 

Gary,   Trans. 

1L  GRAX  LOMBARDO  '  is  the  name  by 
which  Dante  has  transmitted  to  posterity 
the  courtesy  of  Can  Grande  della  Scala, 
his  rirst  host  in  exile.  Still  preserving  the  refer- 
ence to  place  which  forms  such  a  marked  feature 
in  all  Italian  records,  he  confers  upon  Guide 
Novello  the  proud  title  of  L'  Aquila  da  Polenta 
(The  Eagle  of  Polenta),  under  whose  widespread 
wings  he  sought  and  found  a  last  refuge.  The 
well-known  cognizance  of  the  eagle — the  '  Santo 
Uccello  '  of  the  Emperor,  often  conceded  as  a 
quartering  to  those  who  held  high  office  under 
the  Empire — was  borne,  according  to  the  heraldic 
historian,'  with  many  a  variation  by  the  different 
branches  of  the  Polentani. 

'   '  I'assermi  C'jniinu.izifnc  Litia  Kamiglie  Celebri,'  i.  461. 


2  2  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Its  wings  are  displayed  now  on  a  silver  and 
now  on  a  golden  field,  but  in  the  shield  of  Guido 
NovcUo  the  eagle  is  red  and  the  field  gold.  The 
family  title  was  derived  from  the  Castle  of  Polenta, 
which  stood  some  thirty  miles  inland  south  of 
Ravenna,  and  of  which  only  a  small  fragment 
remains  standing.  It  would  just  have  been  en- 
closed in  the  sweep  of  the  eagle's  pinion  which, 
including  Cesena,  covered  the  port  of  Cervia. 

Following  the  heraldic  imagery,  in  which  the 
rulers  of  the  Romagna  are  presented  to  us  in  the 
'  Divina  Commedia,'  the  adjoining  city  of  Forli, 
having  made  a  gallant  stand  against  the  Pope  and 
his  allies,  lay  then  under  the  talons  of  the  green 
lion  of  the  Ordelaffi. 

'  La  terra  che  fe  gia  la  lunga  pruova, 
E  di  Franceschi  sanguinoso  mucchio 
Sotto  le  branche  verdi  si  ritruova.' 

Inf.,  xxvii.  33-44. 

'  The  green  talons  grasp 
The  land  that  stood  erewhile  the  proof  so  long, 
And  piled  in  bloody  heap  the  host  of  France.' 

Gary,  Trans. 

At  Rimini  the  vindictive  tyranny  of  the  Mala- 
testa  is  characterized  by  the  ferocity  of  a  mastiff. 

'  E  '1  Mastin  vecchio  e  '1  nuovo  da  Verrucchio, 
Che  fecer  di  Montagna  il  mal  governo 
La  dove  soglion,  fan  de'  denti  succhio.' 

Ibid..  45,  46. 


The  Tyrants  of  the  Romagna         23 

'  The  old  Mastiff  of  Verracchio  and  the  young 
That  tore  Montagna  in  their  wrath  still  make 
Where  they  are  wont  an  auger  of  their  fangs.' 

Ibid. 

They  were  Guelphs,  and  for  that  reason  had 
murdered  Montagna  de'  Parcisati,  a  Riminese 
noble,  for  no  other  reason  than  that  he  was  a 
GhibelHne.  But  the  Hon's  cub,  Mainardo  Pagani, 
who  governs  the  two  cities  which  are  watered  by 
the  Lamone  and  the  Santermo,  i.e.,  Imola  and 
Forh,  is  a  Guelph  at  one  season  of  the  year,  a 
GhibelHne  at  another. 

*  Le  citta  di  Lamone  e  di  Santerno 
Conduce  il  Leoncel  del  nido  bianco, 
Che  muta  parte  dalla  state  al  verno.' 

Ibid.,  47,  48. 

*  Lamone's  city  and  Santerno's  range 
Under  the  lion  of  the  snowy  lair, 
Inconstant  partisan  that  changeth  sides 
Or  ever  summer  yields  to  winter's  frost.' 

And  thus  they  live  for  ever  in  the  '  Divina 
Commedia,'  these  mediseval  tyrants  of  the 
Romagna,  for  even  the  boast  of  their  heraldry 
has  been  rescued  by  Dante  from  the  grave. 

Like  the  grim  towers  which  crowned  at  intervals 
the  embattled  walls  of  the  Italian  city  of  those 
times  and  protected  the  citadel,  they  seem  to 
stand  around  the  nascent  temporal  power  of  the 
Papacy. 

For    tlic    sovereignty    of    the    triple    crown    no 


24  Dante  at  Ravenna 

longer  remained  in  the  lifeless  grasp  of  the  puppet 
which  Charlemagne  had  invested  with  a  semblance 
of  authority  to  represent  the  Western  Empire 
and  take  the  place  of  the  discredited  government 
of  the  Byzantine  Court. 

Little  by  little  the  efligy  had  come  to  Hfe,  and, 
as  Villemain  rhetorically  observes,  '  wanted  to 
reign.' 

Nor  would  it  be  satisfied  with  vague,  high- 
sounding  words  or  phantom  dominions. 

In  the  year  1278  all  former  treaties  and  con- 
cessions which  had  from  time  to  time  been  wrested 
from  the  Empire  were  secured  by  an  irrevocable 
deed.  Nicholas  III.,  the  Orsini  Pope,  playing 
upon  the  religious  fears  of  Rudolph  of  Hapsburg, 
wrung  from  him  the  final  cession  of  the  exarchate 
of  Ravenna  and  the  fortresses  of  the  Pentapolis, 
as  the  price  to  be  paid  for  the  redemption  of  the 
Emperor's  unfulfilled  vow. 

It  was  in  vain  that  Caesar  struggled  to  retain 
the  'garden  of  the  Empire,'^  to  which  Dante  a 
few  years  later  pathetically  recalled  him. 

The  Pope  would  not  let  slip  the  opportunity, 
and  two  Acts  were  signed  by  the  Imperial  Am- 
bassador. By  the  one  the  Empire  renounced  all 
further  claim  to  the  fealty  of  the  Romagna ;  by 
the  other  the  confines  of  the  States  of  the  Church 
were  defined,  and  all  the  cities  comprised  in  them 
were  named  one  by  one,  and  made  over  to  the 
Papal  authority. 

^  '  Che  '1  giardin  dell'  imperio  sia  diserto.' 

I'urg..,  vi.  105. 


The  Popes  contemporary  with  Dante  25 


Thus  it  may  be  seen  how  the  awakened 
puppet  of  Charlemagne  developed  into  a  living 
power,  which  became  eventually  a  giant  figure  in 
the  scheme  of  European  politics,  thundering  for 
no  less  than  five  centuries  decrees  '  Urbi  et  Orbi,' 
till  at  last,  within  the  recollection  of  the  present 
generation,  it  has,  amid  a  storm  of  dispute  as  to 
its  origin  and  utility,  disappeared  from  the  scene. 
Dante  was  many  centuries  before  his  time  when 
he  condemned  this  same  Orsini  Pope,  and  all  the 
'  miserable  followers  '^  of  Simon  ^Slagus  who 
should  succeed  him,  to  lie  to  all  eternity  in  close 
proximity  to  that  earth  on  which  they  had  fixed 
the  gaze  which  should  have  been  turned  towards 
heaven. 

'If — these  are  the  words  he  puts  into  the 
mouth  of  Nicholas  III. — 'thou  carest  so  much  to 
know  who  I  am  .  .  .  know  that  I  was  vested  in 
the  great  mantle  (of  the  Papacy),  and  truly  was 
a  son  of  the  she-bear  (one  of  the  Orsini),  so 
greedy  to  advance  the  bear-cubs  that  above  (in 
the  world)  I  stowed  wealth,  and  here  (in  hell) 
myself  in  this  pouch.- 

Then  follow  prophecies  of  the  yet  more  atro- 
cious guilt  of  his  successors,  Boniface  VIII.  and 
Clement  V.,  to  which  Dante  replies  with  the 
famous  question  which  strikes  at  the  root  of  the 
temporal  power : 

'  Deh  or  mi  di',  quaiito  tcsoro  voile 
Nostro  Signore  in  prima  da  san  Pictro, 
'  'Inf.,'  xix.  I.  -  //'/,/.,  70-73. 


2  6  Dante  at  Ravenna 


Che  gli  ponesse  le  chiavi  in  balia  ? 
Certo  non  chiese  se  non  i  Viemmi  retro 
Nb  Pier  nc  gli  altri  tolsero  a  Mattia 
Oro  od  argento,  quando  fu  sortito 
Al  loco  che  perdc  I'anima  ria.' 

'  Pray  tell  me,  now,  how  much  treasure  did  our  Lord 
require  from  St.  Peter  before  He  put  the  keys  into  his 
charge?  He  certainly  made  no  further  demand  upon 
him  than,  "  Follow  thou  Me."  Nor  did  Peter  nor  the 
other  Apostles  extort  from  Matthias  gold  or  silver,  when 
he  was  appointed  by  lot  to  the  post  which  the  guilty  soul 
Judas  Iscariot  had  forfeited.'^ 

'  Fatto  v'avete  Dio  d'oro  e  d'argento  ; 
E  che  altro  e  da  voi  agl'  idolatre 
Se  non  ch'egli  uno,  e  voi  n'orate  cento  ?' 

'  Ye  have  made  for  yourselves  a  god  of  gold  and  silver, 
and  what  other  distinction  is  there  between  you  and  the 
idolaters,  except  that  they  adore  one  thing,  and  you  a 
hundred  of  them  ?'- 

To  Nicholas,  whose  simoniacal  conduct  gave  rise 
to  this  burst  of  righteous  indignation,  succeeded 
Martin  IV.,  the  Frenchman  of  Tours,  and  who 
does  penance  in  the  '  Purgatorio '  for  his  glutton's 
death,=^  whose  fierce  hatred  of  the  Ghibellines  was 
only    foiled    at    Forli    by   the    craft  of  Guido  da 

1  Vernon's  '  Readings  on  the  Inferno,'  xix.,  p.  95. 

-  Ibid.,  p.  100. 

•^   '  Purg.,'  xxiv.  21-24  : 

'  Ebbe  la  santa  chiesa  in  le  sue  braccia 
Del  Torso  fu  ;  e  purga  per  digiuno 
L'Anouille  di  Bolseiia  e  la  vemaccia.' 


The  Popes  contemporary  with  Dante  27 

Montefeltro,  to  return  a  second  time  with  terrible 
vengeance  upon  the  luckless  city. 

The  short  pontificates  of  Honorius  IV,  (1285- 
1287)  and  Nicholas  IV.  (1288-1292),  which  had 
promised  better  things,  were  succeeded  by  that  of 
Celestine  V.,  whose  cowardly  desertion  of  his  post 
has  been  handed  down  to  posterity  in  the  single 
line: 

'  Che  fece  per  viltade  il  gran  rifiuto. ' 

Inf.,  iii.  60. 

'  Who,  to  base  fear  yielding,  abjured  his  high  estate.' 

We  must  admit,  however,  that,  as  a  matter  of 
history,  the  anchorite  virtues  of  Pope  Celestine  V. 
compare  favourably  with  the  opposite  vices  of  his 
predecessors  and  successors  in  the  Papal  chair. 

But  the  cause  of  the  fierce  indignation  of  Dante, 
which  prompted  one  of  the  finest  passages  in  the 
'  Inferno,'  as  he  assigns  to  Celestine  V.  a  place 
among  the  *  wretches  who  ne'er  lived,'^  is  not  far 
to  seek. 

The  abdication  of  Celestine  was  brought  about 
by  the  combined  threats  and  artifices  of  his 
haughty  rival,  Cardinal  Caetani.  In  abject  terror 
Celestine  vacated  the  Papal  throne,  thereby 
making  the  vacancy  so  eagerly  desired  by  the 
ambitious  Cardinal,  who  was  forthwith  elected  to 
it,  and,  under  the  name  of  Boniface  VIII.,  has 
left  no  uncertain  record  of  himself  upon  the  page 
of  history.  He  claims  our  attention  first  as  one 
of  the  central  figures  of  the  '  Divina  Commedia  ' — 

'   'Inf.,'  iii.  64. 


28  Dante  at  Ravenna 


a  central  figure  because  of  the  circumstances 
which  brought  him  into  such  close  connection 
with  the  author  as  to  influence  his  whole  life  and 
work. 

But  for  the  embassy  from  Florence  to  Boni- 
face VIII.,  we  may  reasonably  suppose  there 
would  have  been  no  exile  for  Dante,  and  then, 
probably,  no  '  Divina  Commedia.' 

When  selected  as  the  chief  of  the  legation  to 
Rome,  to  deliberate  with  the  Pope  whether  or  not 
it  would  be  advisable  to  invoke  the  aid  of  the 
French  arms  to  settle  the  quarrels  of  the  opposing 
factions,  Dante  was  in  the  prime  of  his  manhood, 
at  the  zenith  of  his  reputation. 

Boccaccio  gives  us  some  idea  of  the  estimation 
in  which  he  was  held  in  Florence  : 

'  In  him  was  centred  the  public  faith,  on  him  were 
fastened  the  people's  hopes ;  in  short,  he  was  held  to  be 
the  only  counsellor  in  all  things  human  and  Divine' 
(Boccaccio,  'Vita  di  Dante,'  pp.  30-32). 

*  Nor  did  he,'  Boccaccio  naively  adds,  *  think  it 
necessary  to  set  a  lower  value  on  his  own  merits 
than  that  universally  accorded  to  him  by  his  con- 
temporaries, as  we  may  judge  from  his  memor- 
able answer  (when  elected  as  chief  ambassador), 
"  If  I  go,  who  remains  ?  If  I  remain,  who 
goes  ?"  ' 

When  these  proud  words  were  uttered,  how 
httle  did  Dante  think  that  he  would  never  again 
re-enter  Florence. 


The  Popes  contemporary  with  Dante  29 

But  such  was  the  result  of  the  Embassy. 
Hardly  had  the  Ambassadors  arrived  in  Rome, 
than  the  Pope  sent  for  them  into  his  room  to 
remonstrate  with  them  on  their  objections  to  his 
scheme  of  summoning  Charles  of  Valois  and  the 
French  arms  to  pacify  the  internal  dissensions  of 
Florence. 

*  Why  are  you  so  obstinate  ?'  exclaimed  the 
angry  Pope.  '  Humble  yourselves  before  me.  I 
tell  you  truly,  I  have  no  other  intention  but  to 
provide  for  your  peace  and  welfare.  Return  two 
of  you  to  Florence,  and  my  blessing  will  go  with 
you  if  you  cause  my  will  to  be  obeyed.' 

The  two  colleagues  of  Dante — Maso  Miner- 
betti  and  Corazza,  a  bitter  Guelph — returned  to 
Florence  ;  but  Dante,  who  had  always  opposed 
the  intervention  of  the  French  arms,  remained  in 
Rome. 

The  revolution  in  Florence  which  brought  in 
Charles  of  Valois  resulted,  not  unnaturally,  in  a 
severe  condemnation  of  those  who  had  opposed 
the  policy.  Dante  was  not  only  included  in  the 
condemnation  of  April,  1302,  but,  on  account  of 
his  importance  to  the  Republic  and  his  promi- 
nent position  as  a  citizen,  he  had  been  previously 
singled  out  for  two  special  condemnations.  In 
the  preceding  January  of  the  same  year  he  was 
prohibited  from  re-entering  Florence  under  pain 
of  being  burnt  alive. 

These  events,  the  revolution  of  Charles  of 
Valois,  and  his  own  exile,  are  commented  upon  in 


30  Dante  at  Ravenna 


various  passages  of  the  *  Divina  Commedia';  but 
can  we  wonder  that  at  this  period  the  pen  of 
Dante  is  dipped  in  fire  as  he  writes  of  Boniface, 
the  author  not  only  of  his  own  ruin,  but  also  of 
that  of  his  country  ? 

Guido  da  Montcfeltro,  betrayed  by  Boniface,  is 
made  to  describe  him  as  '  II  Principe  de'  nuovi 
Farisei'  ('Inf.,'  xxvii.  83),  and  St.  Peter  to 
anathematize,  '  Quegli  ch'  usurpa  in  terra  il  luogo 
mio'  (*  Par.,' xxvii.  21),  while  condemning  point 
by  point  the  errors  of  the  Papal  Government : 
(i)  the  fomenting  of  civil  discord — 

'  Non  fu  nostra  intenzion,  ch  'a  destra  mane, 
De'  nostri  successor  parte  sedesse, 
Parte  dall'  altra,  del  popol  cristiano.' 

Par.^  xxvii.  46,  48. 

'  No  purpose  was  of  ours 
That  on  the  right  hand  of  our  successors 
Part  of  the  Christian  people  should  be  set, 
And  part  upon  their  left.' 

(2)  the  misuse  of  the  keys — 

'  Ne  che  le  chiavi,  che  mi  fur  concesse, 
Divenisser,  segnacolo  in  vessillo 
Che  contra  i  battezzati  combattesse.' 

'  Nor  that  the  keys, 
Which  were  vouchsafed  me,  should  for  ensigns 

serve 
Unto  the  banners,  that  do  levy  war 
On  the  baptized.' 


The  Popes  contemporary  with  Dante  31 


(3)  and  of  Peter's  pence — 

'  Ne'  ch'  io  fosse  figura  di  sigillo 
A  privilegii  venduti  e  mendaci, 
Ond'  io  sovente  arrosso  e  disfavillo.' 

'  Nor  I,  for  sigil-mark 
Set  upon  sold  and  lying  privileges  : 
Which  makes  me  oft  to  flicker  and  turn  red.' 

Gary,  Trans. 

Yet  in  spite  of  this  vehement  attack,  when  this 
same  Pope  is  made  prisoner  in  Anagni,  Dante,  in 
strong  condemnation  of  the  deed,  does  not 
hesitate  to  use  the  comparison  of  Pilate  as  he 
describes  the  insult  to  the  office  filled  by  the 
vicegerent  of  our  Saviour  upon  earth. 

Boniface  VIII.  may  be  taken  as  the  type  of  the 
mediaeval  Pope,  and,  with  all  his  faults,  a  certain 
grandeur  can  never  be  dissociated  from  the  figure 
of  the  lonely  old  man  who,  deserted  by  all,  sat  on 
his  throne  fully  vested  in  his  pontifical  robes,  with 
the  triple  crown  on  his  head,  his  trembling  hands 
still  grasping  the  golden  cross  and  the  keys, 
emblematic  of  his  office.  It  was  no  wonder  if,  for 
the  moment,  even  the  audacity  of  the  emissaries 
of  Philip  of  France  and  the  fierceness  of  the 
Roman  barons  were  overawed  by  so  exact  and 
living  an  embodiment  of  all  the  current  traditions 
of  the  Papal  power.  But  for  this  incident  in  the 
records  of  the  time,  and  the  way  in  which  it  is 
handled  by  Dante,  we  might  never  have  arrived 
at  the  clue   to   the  vexed  question   how    Dante, 


32  Dante  at  Ravenna 

beings  a  loyal  son  of  the  Church,  could  allow  him- 
self to  hand  down  to  posterity  branded  with  infamy 
six  of  the  Popes  who  succeeded  each  other  in  the 
chair  of  St.  Peter  during  his  lifetime.^  Yet  one 
more  example  is  furnished  by  the  forty-days 
pontificate  of  Adrian  V.,  who  expiates  his  sin  of 
avarice  in  the  *  Purgatorio,'  where  he  describes  how 
by  proof  he  learnt, 

'  Come 
Pesa  il  gran  manto  a  chi  dal  fango  '1  guarda  ; 
Che  piuma  sembran  tutte  I'altre  some.'^ 
*  With  what  a  weight  that  robe  of  sovereignty 
Upon  his  shoulder  rests,  who  from  the  mire 
Would  guard  it ;  that  each  other  fardel  seems 
But  feathers  in  the  balance.' 

But  although,  as  we  gather  from  these  lines, 
Dante  could  form  a  true  estimate  of  the  weight 
of  the  Papal  mantle  of  responsibility,  he  did  not 
believe  it  to  be  an  impossible  feat  to  keep  it  un- 
sullied from  worldly  stain.  Instead  of  being 
contaminated  b}'  the  world,  his  lofty  ideal  of  the 
Papacy  contemplated,  on  the  contrary,  a  purifying 
influence,  which  would  be  exercised  over  Christen- 

'  Niccolo  III.,  1277-12S0  {'  Inf.,'  xix.  31). 

Martino  IV.,  1281-1285  ('Inf.,'  xix.  31). 

Celestino  V.,  1294- 1294  ('Inf.,'  iii,  59,  60). 

Bonifazio  VIII.,  1294-1303  ('  Inf.,'  xix.  53  ;  xxvii.  70  ;  xxxiii,  44. 
'  Purg.,'  XX.  87;  xxxii.  149;  xxxiii.  44.  'Par.,'  ix.  132;  xii.  90; 
xvii.49;  xxvii.  22;  XXX.  148). 

Clemente   V.,   1305-1314   ('Inf.,'  xix.   82.     'Purg.,'   xxxii.    15 
'  Par.,'  xvii.  82  ;  xxvii.  59  ;  xxx.  142). 

Giovanni  XXII.,  1316-1334  ('Par.,'  xxvii.  58). 

-  '  Purg.,'  xix.  99,  seq. 


The  Popes  Contemporary  with  Dante     3  -^ 

dom  at  large — a  government  whose  motive  should 
be  as  lofty  as  its  position  was  supreme,  a  sun 
whose  pure  and  brilliant  rays  should  illuminate 
the  darkness  of  a  dark  age,  and  point  the  way  to 
eternity. 

Could  there  be  a  more  painful  contrast  than 
that  presented  by  the  reality  ? — a  reality,  moreover, 
which,  instead  of  improving,  only  went  from  bad 
to  worse.  For  in  the  succeeding  pontificates  of 
Benedict  XL,  Clement  V.^  and  John  XXII.,  it 
was  the  lot  of  Dante  to  see  the  Papacy  enter  upon 
a  yet  more  degrading  phase  of  its  existence,  when 
the  Popes,  having  made  themselves  the  abject 
slaves  of  the  King  of  France,  were  for  seventy 
years  his  willing  captives  in  Avignon,  and  to  fore- 
tell accurately,  though  under  the  form  of  a  some- 
what gross  allegory,^  the  results  which  Petrarch 
records  in  his  memorable  pictures  drawn  from  life 
in  the  modern  Babylon. 

But  to  return  to  the  thirteenth  century. 

The  first  step  of  the  new  suzerain  was  to  claim 
the  homage  of  his  subjects,  and,  admonished  by 
Papal  ambassadors,  the  Polenta  of  Ravenna,  the 
Malatesta  of  Rimini,  and  Guido  da  Montefeltro, 
swore  fealty  to  the  Pope  instead  of  to  the 
Emperor,  and  Papal  legates  were  dispersed 
throughout  the  province  thereafter  designated  as 
the  Romagna. 

Dante  describes  its  limits  : 

'Tra  '1  Po,  cl  monte,  e  la  marina  e  '1  Reno,'- 

'   I'urg.,  x.xxii.  156.  -  Ibid.,  xiv.  93. 

3 


34  Dante  at  Ravenna 

boundaries  which  were  only  probably  too  familiar 
to  him  as  he  crossed  and  recrossed  the  country  in 
his  frequent  wanderings,  till  there  was  hardly  a 
castle  or  city  of  any  importance  that  was  not 
known  to  him,  to  be  recorded  each  in  its  turn  in 
the  'Divina  Commedia.'  Taking  into  account  the 
natural  features  of  the  country  and  the  character- 
istics of  the  rulers,  no  territory,  with  the  exception 
of  Tuscany,  has  contributed  so  many  episodes  to 
the  Poem  as  the  Romagna. 

The  description  of  the  tyrants  forms  part  of  the 
famous  episode  of  Guido  da  Montefeltro,  and  is 
the  answer  to  the  inquiry  : 

'  Dimmi  se  i  Romagnuoli  han  pace  oguerra  ;'^ 

'  Tell  me  if  those  who  in  Romagna  dwell 
Have  peace  or  war,' 

at  last  formulated  by  the  restless,  leaping  tongue 
of  the  flame  by  which  he  expiates  his  fraudulent 
counsel  in  the  Inferno. 

In  the  Purgatorio,  Guido  del  Duca  of  Bret- 
tinoro  and  Riniero  da  Calboli  of  Forli,  clinging 
together  in  their  blindness,  and  making  the  dreary 
circuit  assigned  to  the  envious,  enlarge  upon  the 
same  theme,  as  they  contrast  the  venomous  plants 
{venenosi  sterpi)  which  have  now  taken  root  in 
the  Romagna  with  the  noble  scions  of  former 
generations.  *  Always,'  to  quote  Benvenuto  da 
Imola,  '  at  feud  with  one  another,  and,  just  as 
bad   weeds  extirpated  by  the  plough  swarm   up 

'  Inf.,  xxvii.  28. 


Francesca  da  Rimini  35 

again  like  the  heads  of  the  Hydra,  so  in  the 
Romagna  no  amount  of  good  government  and 
legislation  would  suffice  to  root  out  the  flagrant 
abuses  that  prevailed  there. '^ 

It  is  to  the  Romagna  also  that  we  owe  the 
greatest  of  all  the  episodes  of  the  *  Divina 
Commedia  ' : 

*  Siede  la  terra,  dove  nata  fui, 
Su  la  marina  dove  '1  Po  discende 
Per  aver  pace  co'  seguaci  sui ;' 

'  The  land  that  gave  me  birth 
Is  situate  on  the  coast  where  Po  descends 
To  rest  in  ocean  with  his  sequent  streams,' 

is  the  prelude  to  the  immortal  narrative  of  Fran- 
cesca da  Rimini. 

Nor,  as  we  have  seen,  is  the  origin  of  the 
tragedy  on  which  it  is  founded  far  to  seek  in  the 
cruel,  unscrupulous  rivalry  of  the  potentates  so 
justly  stigmatized  by  Dante  as  tyrants. 

The  favour  of  the  Popes  to  whom  they  paid 
homage  gave  colour  to  their  pretensions  to  power, 
and  the  sometimes  empty  title  of  Vicars  of  the 
Archbishops,  which  gave  them  importance  in  the 
eyes  of  the  people,  often  led  to  their  being  elected 
podesta,  or  magistrate,  of  the  city.  Then  some 
fortunate  conquest  would  extend  the  municipal  or 
increase  the  territorial  rights  of  the  State,  and  the 
crafty  ruler  would   avail    himself  of  the  popular 

'  Vernon's  '  Readings  on  the  Purgatorio,'  j)  46. 
'  Inf.,  V.  97. 


36  Dante  at  Ravenna 


enthusiasm  of  the  moment  to  lay  the  foundation 
of  absolute,  and  even  hereditary,  power. 

Step  by  step  this  process  may  be  traced  in  the 
history  of  the  Polenta  family.  They  are  first 
heard  of  in  the  history  of  Ravenna  as  Vicars  of 
the  Archbishops  in  the  year  1167,  next  as  fulfilling 
the  office  of  podesta,  or  magistrate.  In  the  twelfth 
century  the  government  of  Ravenna  consisted  of 
a  podesta  and  two  consuls ;  each  consul  ruled  for 
fifteen  days,  and  was  then  succeeded  by  the  other 
consul.  At  the  end  of  another  fifteen  days  the 
first  consul  returned  to  office.^  In  all  these  forms 
of  popular  government  the  Polenta  took  part  till 
they  gradually  gathered  the  reins  of  power  into 
their  hands. 

In  the  year  1275  Guido  il  Vecchio  was  Podesta 
of  Ravenna,  and  he  won  himself  great  favour  in 
the  eyes  of  the  citizens  by  the  acquisition  of 
Cervia  from  the  Papal  nominee  Stefaneschi,  thus 
considerably  extending  the  territorial  influence  of 
Ravenna. 

But  in  order  further  to  strengthen  his  own 
position  and  to  subdue  completely  the  people,  he 
invoked  the  aid  of  the  Malatesta  at  Rimini. 

The  tyrants,  who  had  long  been  at  war  with 
each  other,  united  in  a  common  cause  against  the 
people.  The  Malatesta  lent  a  powerful  support, 
and  Guido  il  Vecchio  remained  firmly  fixed  in  his 

^  The  little  Republic  of  San  Marino  still  preserves  this  elective 
form  of  government.  Twice  every  year,  on  April  i  and  October  I, 
two  Captains  of  the  Republic  are  chosen  and  invested  with  six 
months'  authority. 


Francesca  da  Rimini  37 

saddle.  His  daughter,  the  beautiful  Francesca, 
was  destined  to  reward  the  valour  of  his  allies. 
The  old  Malatesta  had  two  sons.  The  eldest, 
Giovanni  or  Gianciotto,  so  called  because  he  was 
deformed  and  ugly;  the  3'oungest,  Paolo,  endowed 
with  every  fascination.  But  the  political  ends  of 
Guido  il  Vecchio  and  Malatesta  da  Verrucchio 
could  only  be  secured  by  an  intermarriage  with 
the  eldest  son.  It  was  not  likely  that  Francesca, 
in  the  prime  of  her  youth  and  beauty,  would  con- 
sent to  this  arrangement.  So  Paolo  was  sent  for 
to  Ravenna,  ostensibly  to  stand  proxy  for  his 
brother  at  the  marriage,  but  to  the  unfortunate 
bride  he  was  made  to  appear  as  her  affianced 
husband.  Of  the  sequel,  as  Dante  was  the  first 
narrator  so  let  him  be  the  last,  for  no  one  has  ever 
yet  succeeded  in  adding  a  touch  to  the  unrivalled 
pathos  of  her  story.^ 

Guido  il  Vecchio,  who  died  in  1310,  was  suc- 
ceeded by  his  son  Lamberto,  in  whose  person  were 
combined  the  offices  of  Podesta  and  Consul  of 
Ravenna,  thus  constituting  a  position  of  absolute 
sovereignty.  At  the  death  of  Lamberto,  Guido 
Novello,  at  that  time  Consul  of  Cesena,  nephew 
of  Guido  il  Vecchio,  son  of  Ostazio  da  Polenta, 
was  elected  to  succeed  his  uncle,  and  Cesena 
became  included  in  the  sweep  of  the  wing  of  the 
Eagle  of  Polenta. 

^  Inf.,  V.  70,  et  iC(j.  Tradition  itulic.ilcs  the  portrait  of  Fran- 
cesca da  Kimirii  to  be  in  the  Church  of  Sta.  Maria  in  I'orto  fuori  at 
Ravenna,  but  as  there  is  no  proof  to  support  ttie  theory,  it  only  rests 
on  the  probabilities  sugi^ested  l)y  tlie  place,  the  period  of  tlie  work, 
and  the  extreme  beauty  of  the  fresco. 


38  Dante  at  Ravenna 

It  is  a  pleasing  change  to  turn  from  the  violence 
of  faction,  the  struggle  for  dominion  beginning 
with  the  two  great  Powers  of  the  civilized  world 
arrayed  against  each  other  in  open  opposition, 
thence  spreading  through  every  State  and  city, 
and  marked  by  vindictive  tyranny  in  every  hateful 
form,  to  contemplate  the  brief  reign  of  Guido 
Novello.  His  lordship  over  Ravenna  is  marked 
by  an  open  preference  for  peace  and  the  arts  of 
peace.  Early  in  life  he  had  shown  that  when 
necessity  arose,  and  when  the  welfare  of  the  State 
was  in  jeopardy,  he  could  fight  as  determinedly 
as  any  of  the  tyrants  of  the  Romagna,  however 
much  he  preferred  the  cultured  society  of  learned 
men  and  the  exercise  of  his  own  natural  gift  for 
poetry.  In  this  light  he  appears  to  us  as  one  of 
the  precursors  of  those  lords  of  the  Renaissance 
who  even  in  the  midst  of  the  din  of  constant 
warfare  could  plan  the  construction  of  palaces 
and  churches,  discuss  points  of  rhetoric  or  art, 
and  at  times  could  even  lay  down  the  sword 
and  take  up  the  pen  to  write  ballads  and 
sonnets. 

Such  were  Lorenzo  de'  Medici  at  Florence  and 
Guidobaldo  at  Urbino  in  the  fifteenth  century, 
but  Guido  Novello  was  before  his  age  when  he 
built  himself  a  palace  at  Ravenna,  and  invited 
Dante  to  be  not  only  his  guest,  but  also  his 
instructor  in  the  arts  of  rhetoric  and  poetry. 

Of  the  Camera  a  Coronis,  as  the  palace  is 
described  in  the  ancient  topography  of  Ravenna, 


Camera  a  Coronis  39 

only  the  outer  wall  remains  standing,  facing  the 
tomb  of  Dante,  and  bearing  the  inscription : 

'  Questa  Casa 
fu  in  tempo  dei  Polentani 

che  ebbero  la  gloria 
Di  accogliere  ospitalmente 

Dante  Alighieri.'^ 

1  This  house  existed  in  the  time  of  the  Polentani,  who  had  the 
glorious  privilege  of  receiving  as  their  guest  Dante  Alighieri. —  Trans. 


CHAPTER  III. 

DANTE  A   TEACHER  OF  RHETORIC  IN  RAVENNA, 
AND  'IL  VOLGA  RE  ELOQUIO.' 


CHAPTER  III. 

DANTE    A    TEACHER    OF     RHETORIC     IN     RAVENNA, 
AND    '  IL   VOLGARE    ELOQUIO.' 

'  Qui  comincio  a  leggere  Dante  in  pria 
Retorica  Vulgare  e  molti  aperti 
Fece  di  sua  Toetica  armonia.' 

Saviozzo  da  Siena  :  Riine  di  AT.  Cino  da 
Fistoia  e  di  altri  del  Secolo,  xiv.,  p.  575. 

ALTHOUGH  in  the  first  instance  Dante  was 
the  invited  and  honoured  guest  of  Guide 
Novello,  there  is  sufficient  reason  to 
believe  that  he  did  not  depend  for  his  mainte- 
nance upon  the  hospitahty  of  his  patron  during 
the  whole  of  his  sojourn  at  Ravenna — whether  or 
no  he  actually  filled  the  chair  of  the  Professor  of 
Rhetoric  in  that  city.  The  probabilities  to  which 
the  red  academical  gown  of  his  portraits  gives 
colour  in  more  senses  than  one  are  in  favour  of 
this  honour  having  been  conferred  upon  him,  but 
the  actual  historical  statement  which  would  make 
the  fact  certain  is  unfortunately  lacking.  Schools 
of  grammar  and  rhetoric  since  the  reign  of 
Theodosius  are  known  to  have  existed  in  Ravenna. 
The  first  authentic  notice  of  such  schools  being 


44  Daiitc  at   Ravenna 


extant  dates  from  the  sixth  century,  and  rests  on 
the  testimony  of  Procopius,  the  historian  of 
Justinian,  with  reference  to  Vincenzo  Fortunate, 
at  that  time  a  celebrated  rhetorician. 

There,  under  the  shadow  of  the  great  Emperor 
Justinian,  civil  jurisprudence  was  digested  for  the 
use  of  all  succeeding  generations  in  the  immortal 
works  of  the  'Code,'  the  'Pandects,'  and  the 
*  Institutes.' 

Long  before  the  University  of  Bologna  received 
her  title  of  Mater  Studiorum,  the  great  traditions 
of  the  Emperor  and  his  famous  code  were  handed 
down  in  the  schools  of  Ravenna  from  rhetorician 
to  rhetorician,  as  from  time  to  time  they  shed  the 
light  of  their  learning  upon  the  dense  horizon  of 
the  Dark  Ages. 

These  schools,  which  had  received  the  support 
of  the  Eastern  Empire,  continued  to  flourish 
under  the  Exarchate,  the  Longobardi,  and  the 
Ravennese  Bishops  who  represented  the  Papal 
power. 

The  record  of  those  who  held  the  office  of 
public  lecturer  appears  to  date  from  1268,  when 
Pasio  della  Noce  was  summoned  by  the  Senate 
to  give  lectures  on  jurisprudence  in  Ravenna.  In 
1298,  when  Dante  was  reaching  the  zenith  of  his 
power  in  Florence,  Ugo  di  Riccio  was  juris  civilis 
professis  in  Ravenna. 

Six  years  afterwards,  1304  (Dante  had  by  that 
time  been  three  years  in  exile),  there  is  another 
record  of  one  Leone  da  Verona,  who  received  a 


A  Teacher  of  Rhetoric  45 

salary  of  25  lire  Ravegnane  to  teach  grammar 
and  logic  to  the  Ravennese  youth. 

The  next  notice,  bearing  date  1333,  twelve 
years  after  the  death  of  Dante,  is  of  one  Giovanni 
Giacomo  del  Bando,  who  went  from  Cesena  to 
Ravenna  to  teach  logic,  medicine,  philosophy,  and 
astronomy.  There  is  no  actual  historical  record 
that,  in  the  interval,  when  no  other  name  is  men- 
tioned, Dante  occupied  the  rhetoric  chair  during 
the  four  years  of  his  sojourn  at  Ravenna,  and  this 
throws  us  back  upon  the  probabilities  in  favour 
of  his  having  done  so.  We  have  gathered  from 
the  historical  notices  that  such  a  chair  was  in 
existence,  and  that  the  Ravennese  had  been  at 
some  pains  to  have  it  worthily  filled.  What  is 
more  likely  than  that  Guido  Novello,  himself 
a  scholar,  and  with  a  profound  admiration  for 
Dante,  should  have  seized  the  opportunity  to 
procure  both  for  himself  and  his  city  the  advan- 
tage of  so  unrivalled  an  instructor  ? 

These  probabilities  must,  of  course,  be  taken  at 
their  own  value,  but  there  is  also  contemporary 
testimony  which  adds  weight  to  the  supposition. 

Boccaccio  notes  that  Dante  in  Ravenna  had 
many  scholars  in  poetry,  and  particularly  nella 
volgare.  Saviozzo  da  Siena  follows  and  amplifies 
Boccaccio's  statement. 

'  Qui  comincib  a  leggere  Dante  in  pria 
Ketorica  Vulgare  e  molti  aperti 
P'ecc  di  sua  Poetica  armonia.'^ 

'  'Rime  di  M.  Cino  da  Pistoia  e  di  altri  del  Sec.,'  xiv.,  p.  575 
(date  1396- 1459)- 


46  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Manetti,  one  of  the  early  biographers  of  Dante, 
supports  the  theory;  but  the  most  conclusive 
evidence  rests  on  a  codex  in  the  Laurentian  library, 
cited  by  Bandini,  which  states  : 

'  It  is  commonly  reported  that  Dante,  being  studying 
in  Ravenna,  and  giving  lectures  as  a  Doctor  to  his  pupils 
upon  various  works,  the  schools  became  the  resort  of  many 
learned  men.'^ 

This  would  coincide  with  the  statement  by 
Boccaccio,  that  many  doctors  of  science  attended 
the  funeral  of  Dante. 

One  of  his  minor  works,  entitled  '  II  Volgare 
Eloquio,'  is  supposed  to  have  formed  the  subject 
of  his  lectures  to  his  pupils  at  Ravenna. 

It  seems  that  up  to  the  fifteenth  century  the 
'  Volgare  Eloquio '  had  never  been  read  in  Italy. 
The  first  edition  we  owe  to  Gian  Giorgio  Trissino, 
who  made  a  faithful  translation  from  the  original 
Latin  into  Italian,  and  under  the  pseudonym  of 
Giovan  Battista  Doria  dedicated  it  to  the  Cardinal 
Ippolito  de'  Medici.  For  a  long  time,  even  up  to 
the  present  day,  it  was  supposed  that  Trissino 
had  himself  fabricated  the  treatise,  and  passed  it 
under  the  name  of  Dante  ;  but  the  discovery  of 
fourteenth-century  MSS.,  notably  that  of  Grenoble, 
which  has  been  recently  reproduced  (1892),  has 
put  an  end  to  any  such  supposition,  even  if  the 
evidence  of  contemporary  history,  to  say  nothing 

'  '  Ult.  Rif.,'  p.  83. 


'  II  Volgare  Eloquio  '  47 

of  the  internal  evidence,  did  not  suffice  to  assign 
the  work  to  Dante  himself. 

Some  have  tried  to  determine  the  date  of  the 
book  by  internal  evidence  with  reference  to  his- 
torical personages^  who  are  referred  to  as  still 
living  when  the  book  was  composed,  and  have 
therefore  fixed  its  completion  in  1306,  making  it 
antecedent  to  the  '  Divina  Commedia.'  Boccaccio 
and  Villani,  on  the  other  hand,  will  be  seen  rather 
to  lean  to  the  idea  that  it  was  one  of  the  poet's 
later  compositions.  But  in  either  case  there  is 
nothing  to  militate  against  the  supposition  that 
it  formed  the  substance  of  his  lectures  at 
Ravenna. 

That  Dante  had  the  intention  of  writing  such 
a  book  we  have  on  his  own  authority :  *  Upon 
this  matter  {i.e.,  the  different  dialects  of  Italy)  I 
propose  to  treat  at  greater  length  in  a  book  which, 
God  willing,  I  intend  to  write  upon  the  Vulgar 
Tongue.'"- 

Boccaccio,  his  contemporary,  and  Villani,  a  few 
years  later  on,  testify  to  the  fulfilment  of  his 
promise : 

'  Moreover,  Dante  wrote  a  book  which  he  entitled 
"  De  Vulgare  Eloquio,"  which  he  proposed  to  divide 
into  four  parts,  but  only  two  are  extant  (perhaps  on 
account  of  his  sudden  death),  in  the  which  in  masterly 
and  polished  Latin  he  reproves  all  the  vulgar  dialects  of 
Italy.'3 

'  Azzo  d'  Este,  Marchese,  lib.  i.,  c.  xii.  ;  lib.  ii.,  c.  vi. 
'  '  Convilo  Tratt.,'  I.,  c.  v.,  p.  73. 
'  Boccaccio,  'Vita  di  Danle. ' 


48  Dante  at  Ravenna 

'  And  about  this  time,  already  within  a  few  years  of  his 
death,  Dante  composed  a  book  in  Latin  prose,  which  he 
entitled  "  De  Vulgare  Eloquentia,"  and,  as  it  is  set  forth 
in  this  book,i  his  intention  was  to  divide  it  into  four 
distinct  parts. 

*  Either  because  his  labours  were  cut  short  by  death, 
or  because  two  of  the  books  have  been  lost,  only  two  are 
still  extant' 

If,  as  most  of  the  earliest  biographers  maintain, 
the  loss  of  the  two  last  books  is  due  to  the  sudden 
death  of  the  author,  we  may  indulge  ourselves 
in  the  belief  that  the  two  which  remain  consti- 
tute the  lectures  which,  either  in  the  public  chair 
of  rhetoric  or  in  his  private  house,  Dante  gave 
to  his  pupils  at  Ravenna. 

The  design  of  the  book  was  to  construct  out  of 
the  fourteen  ancient  dialects  of  Italy  an  idiom 
which,  for  beauty  and  sweetness  and  efficacy, 
should  equal  the  ancient  Latin,  and  should  be 
universally  employed  throughout  Italy  as  the 
organ  of  the  expression  of  Italian  thought.  Dante 
was  the  first  to  whom  such  an  idea  occurred. 

'  Being  unable  to  find,'  so  the  book  opens,  '  that  any- 
one has  ever  before  attempted  a  treatise  on  the  vulgar 
tongue,  and  perceiving  that  the  knowledge  of  this  vulgar 
tongue  is  indispensable  to  all,  as  not  only  men,  but 
women  and  children,  so  far  as  they  are  able,  try  to  avail 
themselves  of  it,  and  wishing  to  enlighten  the  judgment 
of  those  who,  like  the  blind,  groi)e  about  the  streets,  and 
many  times  misplace  the  order  of  things,  supposing  that 
1  Villani,  lib.  ix.,  c.  cxxxvi. 


'  II  Volgare  Eloquio  '  49 

which  is  behind  to  be  in  front.  With  that  help  which 
God  sends  to  us  from  above,  we  propose  to  facihtate  the 
speech  of  the  common  people.  Nor  will  we  merely 
draw  from  the  sources  of  our  own  intellect  the  water 
wherewith  to  slake  our  thirst,  but,  further,  taking  from 
other  sources  the  best  of  their  kind,  we  will  mix  the  two 
together  in  order  to  produce  a  decoction  of  the  sweetest 
Hydromel.'^ 

The  use  of  the  plural  in  this  opening  sentence, 
and  on  many  occasions  throughout  the  book, 
rather  suggests  that  the  original  form  of  this 
treatise  must  have  been  a  lecture  in  which  the 
lecturer  invokes  the  assistance  of  his  hearers  to 
elucidate  his  subject,  as  Dante  describes  with  his 
usual  felicitous  touch  in  the  '  Paradiso ': 

'  Come  discente,  ch'  a  dottor  seconda 
Pronto  e  libente  in  quello  ch'  egli  e  sperto 
Perche  la  sua  bonta  si  disasconda.' 

Par.,  XXV.  64-66. 

'  Like  to  the  scholar,  practised  in  his  task, 
Who  willing  to  give  proof  of  diligence 
Seconds  his  teacher  gladly.' 

The  origin  of  language  occupies  the  first  five 
chapters  of  the  book.  The  sixth  chapter  enters 
upon  a  quaint  dissertation  as  to  the  language  of 
mankind  before  the  building  of  the  Tower  of 
Babel,  i.e.  : 

'  '  II  Volgare  Kloquio,'  lib.  i.,  c.  i. 


50 


Dante  at  Ravenna 


*  The  form  of  speech  used  by  the  man  who  was  born 
without  a  mother  was  never  nourished  with  his  mother's 
milk,  and  never  saw  childhood  nor  youth. ^ 

'  Should  anyone  exist  so  prejudiced  in  judgment  as  to 
imagine  that  his  own  country  is  the  most  favoured  spot 
in  the  world,  to  him  it  must  by  a  necessary  consequence 
appear  that  his  own  mother-tongue  must  be  superior  to  any 
other  language,  and  thence  he  would  infer  that  his  mother- 
tongue  must  have  been  the  language  used  by  Adam.  .  .  , 

'  But  to  us  to  whom  the  world  is  our  country,  as  the 
sea  is  to  the  fishes,  although  we  have  drunk  the  waters 
of  the  Arno  before  ever  we  cut  our  teeth,  and  who  love 
Florence  so  much  that  because  of  our  love  for  her  we 
are  now  suffering  an  unjust  exile — nevertheless  our  judg- 
ment shall  lean  rather  upon  reason  than  upon  the  affec- 
tions ;  and  therefore,  although  for  our  own  preference 
and  to  satisfy  our  own  longings  there  is  no  spot  on  earth 
more  delightful  than  Florence,  yet,  on  turning  over  the 
volume  of  the  Poets  and  other  writers  by  whom  the  world 
both  in  general  and  in  i)articular  is  described,  and  taking 
into  consideration  the  various  parts  of  the  world,  and  the 
different  manners  and  customs  between  the  two  Poles 
and  the  Equator,  we  believe  and  understand  that  there 
are  many  regions  and  cities  more  noble  and  more  delight- 
ful than  Tuscany  and  Florence,  where  I  was  born,  of 
which  I  am  a  citizen,  and  many  nations  and  many  people 
use  a  more  agreeable  and  more  useful  form  of  language 
than  the  Italians.  Returning,  therefore,  to  my  premise, 
I  maintain  that  a  certain  form  of  speech  was  created  by 
God  together  with  the  creation  of  the  first  soul.  When 
I  say  form,  I  mean  with  regard  to  a  vocabulary  of  words, 

'  Compare  '  Par.,'  vii.  26  : 

'Queir  uom  che  non  nacque.' 


*  II  Volgare  Eloquio  '  5  r 


the  construction  of  the  vocabulary,  and  the  order  of  the 
construction,  the  which  form  was  used  by  everybody  who 
could  speak  .  .  .  that  with  this  form  Adam  spoke,  and 
all  his  posterity,  up  to  the  time  of  the  Tower  of  Babel, 
which  may  be  interpreted  the  tower  of  confusion.  This 
form  of  speech  was  inherited  by  the  sons  of  Heber — 
called  after  him  Hebrews — to  whom  their  language  re- 
mained intact  after  the  general  confusion,  in  order  that 
our  Redeemer,  who  was  to  be  born  of  that  nation,  might, 
when  He  spoke,  according  to  His  manhood  employ  the 
language  of  grace,  and  not  of  confusion. 

'  It  was  the  Hebrew  idiom  which  was  uttered  by  the 
lips  of  the  first  man  who  ever  spoke  in  this  world.'^ 

This  idea  was  afterwards  relinquished  by  Dante, 
as  in  the  '  Paradiso '  he  puts  these  words  into  the 
mouth  of  Adam  : 

'  La  lingua  ch'  io  parlai  fu  tutta  spenta 
Innanzi  che  all'  ovra  inconsumabile 
Fosse  la  gente  di  Nembrotte  attenta.' 

Par.^  xxvi.  124-126. 

'  The  language  I  did  use 
Was  worn  away  or  ever  Nimrod's  race 
Their  unaccomplishable  work  began.' 

But  the  misconception  was,  as  we  know,  held 
by  many  generations,  and  supported  by  scholarly 
and  religious  minds  of  the  highest  order.  Although 
it  has  been  since  corrected  by  philological  dis- 
coveries which  have  established  the  relationship 
between  Hebrew,  Syriac,  Arabic,  and  other  ancient 

1  '  II  Volgare  Eloquio,'  lib.  i.,  c.  vi.,  pp.  154,  155. 

4—2 


52  Dante  at   Ravenna 

tonf:[ues,  the  oldest  form  of  human  speech  still 
remains  lost  in  the  darkness  of  antiquity.  But 
ever  since  the  time  of  Dante  the  effort  to  recover 
it  has  been  made  again  and  again,  for,  as  it  has 
been  truly  said  by  one  of  the  most  modern  writers 
upon  the  subject : 

'  Humanity  turns  with  a  natural  tenderness  and  rever- 
ence towards  any  details  respecting  the  first  Parents  of 
Mankind,  therefore  it  is  not  surprising  to  find  that  many 
attempts  have  been  made  to  discover  which  of  the  ancient 
tongues  was  the  one  original  speech  of  Adam  and  Eve. 
All  such  philological  efforts  have  been  necessarily  futile, 
for  the  account  given  in  Genesis  of  the  calamity  at  Babel 
shows  that  it  took  the  shape  of  a  supernatural  seizure, 
which  immediately  destroyed  the  common  language  and 
permanently  dislocated  the  articulation  of  the  people  by 
confusing  its  normal  action  and  dispersing  its  unity,  like 
the  sudden  volcanic  disturbance  of  a  river-bed,  resulting 
in  a  separation  and  a  scattering  of  one  mighty  stream 
into  new  and  innumerable  channels.'^ 

Chapter  vii.,  with  many  a  characteristic  touch, 
describes  the  building  of  the  Tower  of  Babel, 
and  leads  up  to  the  climax  in  the  confounding 
for  ever  of  the  human  speech.  Dante  follows 
Josephus-  when  he  interprets  the  word  '  Babel ' 
to  mean  confusion,  and  in  attributing  the  sug- 
gestion of  the  tower  which  was  to  reach  to 
heaven  to  Nimrod. 

'  'The  Speech  of  Man  and  Holy  Writ,'  p.  58. 
-  '  Antiq.  Jud.,'  lib.  i.,  c.  iv. 


The  Tower  of  Babel  53 

'  Per  lo  cui  mal  coto, 
Pur  un  linguaggio  nel  mondo  non  usa.' 

Inf.,  xxxi.  77,  78. 

*  Through  whose  ill-counsel  in  the  world  no  more 
One  tongue  prevails.' 

The  semi-Scriptural,  semi-mythological,  gigantic 
personality  of  Nimrod  is  well  known  to  all  readers 
of  the  '  Inferno  ': 

'  La  faccia  sua  mi  parea  lunga  e  grossa 
Come  la  pina  di  San  Pietro  a  Roma  ; 
Ed  a  sua  proporzione  eran  1'  altre  ossa.' 

Ibid.,  58-60. 

'  His  visage  seemed 
In  length  and  bulk  as  doth  the  pine  that  tops 
Saint  Peter's  Roman  fane.' 

The  jargon  which  he  shouts  forth  as  Dante 
and  Virgil  approach  is  meant  to  furnish  a  travesty 
of  each  one  of  the  three  languages  of  Southern 
Europe — Italian,  French,  and  Spanish  : 


Raphel  mai 

amech 

zabi  almi. 

or 

Re  fello  mai 

aimoyt 

sabias  almas, 

(Italian) 

(French) 

(Spanish) 

A  bad  king  never  loves  wise  men,  or  sages, 
sages  being  the  term  always  applied  by  Dante  to 
the  poets. 

These  three  great  groups  of  language,  distin- 


54  Dante  at  Ravenna 

guished  by  their  affirmatives  of  '  oc,'  '  oil,'  and 
'  si,'  are  derived,  Dante  supposes,  from  one 
common  source,  because  in  the  description  of 
certain  things  the  three  nations  employ  the  same 
vocabulary,  as,  for  example,  in  the  words  '  Dio,' 
*  cielo,'  '  amore,'  *  mare,'  '  terra,'  '  vive,'  '  muore,' 
'  amare,'  and  many  others.  Here  we  find  resolved 
into  a  nutshell  the  great  achievement  of  modern 
science,  so  that  Dante  may  be  looked  upon  as 
the  father  of  the  comparative  philology  which 
rests  on  this  principle. 

We  find  this  theory  pursued  more  closely  in 
chapter  ix.,  where,  taking  the  single  example  of 
the  word  *  amor,'  he  cites  from  three  selected 
masters  in  each  of  the  languages  of  '  oc,'  *  oil,' 
and  '  si,'  Gerardo  di  Borneil,  the  King  of  Navarre, 
and  Guido  Guinicelli,  to  prove  the  use  of  the 
word. 

'  Let  us  investigate,'  Dante  continues,  '  how  the 
variations  may  principally  be  classed  under  three  heads, 
and  why  each  of  these  variations  is  also  variable — why, 
for  example,  the  right  side  of  Italy  has  a  different  form 
of  speech  to  the  left,  why  the  Paduans  should  speak 
differently  to  the  Pisans,  and  why,  moreover,  those  who 
live  in  close  neighbourhood,  like  the  Milanese  and  the 
inhabitants  of  Verona,  the  Romans  and  the  Florentines; 
why,  again,  should  the  form  of  speech  vary  between 
those  who  belong  to  the  same  race,  like  the  Neapolitans 
and  the  Gaetani,  the  Ravennese  and  the  inhabitants  of 
Faenza  ;  and,  what  is  perhaps  the  most  marvellous  of  all, 
why  those  who  dwell  in  the  same  city  cannot  agree  upon 


The  Tower  of  Babel  ^^ 

the  same  form  of  speech — as,  for  example,  the  Bolognese 
of  Borgo  San  Felice  and  the  Bolognese  of  the  City.  All 
these  differences  and  varieties  of  speech  can  be  attributed 
to  one  cause. '^ 

The  cause  is  traced  back  with  some  elabora- 
tion to  his  original  idea  of  the  confusion  of  the 
Tower  of  Babel,  and  the  oblivion  of  the  first 
form  of  speech,  which  afterwards  became  altered 
and  corrupt. 

*  And  man  being  ever  unstable  and  variable,  his  form 
of  speech  could  never  continue  settled  and  fixed,  but, 
like  everything  else,  was  subject  to  the  changes  of  time 
and  place,  till  at  last  there  appeared  the  inventors  of  the 
art  of  grammar,  which  is  nothing  less  than  an  unalter- 
able conformity  of  speech  at  diflerent  times  and  in 
different  places. '- 

The  grammarians  having  decided  to  take  *  si ' 
for  an  adverb  of  affirmation,  Dante  concludes 
from  this  that  the  Italian  language  derives  a 
certain  authority  over  the  other  two  languages, 
although  it  is  very  difficult  to  decide  between 
the  three,  as  all  are  supported  by  a  great  weight 
of  testimony. 

It  may  be  urged,  he  argues  in  favour  of  the 
language  of  '  oil,'  that  on  account  of  the  facilit}' 
and  sweetness  of  its  dialect  it  contains  all  the 
translations  that  have  been  either  found  or  ren- 
dered into  the  vulgar  tongue,  such  as  the  books 
containing    the    accounts    of    the    Trojans    and 

'  Lib.  i.,  c.  ix.,  p.  163.  -  //>/(/.,  p.  165. 


56  Dante  at   Ravenna 

the  Romans/  the  beautiful  romance  of  King 
Arthur,  and  many  other  legends  and  books  of 
learning. 

The  language  of  '  oc,'  on  the  other  hand,  has 
to  rest  its  claim  for  distinction  upon  the  fact 
that  it  was  the  language  employed  by  the  most 
eloquent  writers  in  the  vulgar  tongue  for  their 
first  poems,  such  as  Piero  di  Avernia,  and  many 
other  ancient  writers,  as  the  most  perfect  and 
the  sweetest  form  of  language. 

The  third,  that  is,  the  Italian  language,  claims 
the  superiority  on  two  grounds  :  The  first,  that 
those  who  have  written  the  most  graceful,  polished 
poetry  were  familiar  and  intimate  with  it.  Such 
were  Cino  da  Pistoja  and  *  his  friend.'-  The 
second  reason,  that  it  keeps  the  closest  to  the 
grammar  which  is  common  to  all. 

Leaving  the  decision  of  this  knotty  point  to 
others,  Dante  returns  to  his  treatise  on  the  lingua 
volgare,  discussing  the  variations  which  occur  in 
it,  and  comparing  them  one  with  another. 

First  of  all  he  states  that  Italy  is  divided  into 
two  parts:  the  right  hand  and  the  left  hand. 

'Should  anyone  ask  what  is  the  line  of  division,  I 
briefly  reply,  the  yoke  of  the  Apennines'^ — on  the  right 

^  In  Trissino's  translation  the  Latin  original  has  been  wrongly 
rendered,  '  Biblia  cum  Trojanorum  Romanuinque  gestibus'  being 
translated  '  La  Bibbia,  I  fatti  dei  Troiani  e  Komani,'  whereas  it 
signifies  'i  libri  che  contengono  i  fatti  de'  Trojani  e  de'  Romani.' 

-  By  whom  Dante  means  himself  (ex.,  p.  167). 
When  Dante  speaks  of  the  yoke  of  the  Apennines,  he  includes 
the  whole  chain  of  the  Alps,  following  the  terminology  of  Lucan  in 


The  *  Pharsalia  '  of  Lucan  ^y 

hand  lie  the  regions  of  La  Puglia  (but  not  all  of  it), 
Rome,  the  Duchy  (Urbino),  Tuscany,  and  the  Marches 

his  '  Pharsalia.'*    It  will  be  remembered  that  Lucan  was  the  last  of 
the  four  great  shades  of  the  poets  who  advanced  to  greet  him  and 
Virgil  when  they  made  their  entrance  into  Limbo  : 
'  L'  ultimo  e  Lucano.' 

In/.,  iv. ,  p.  90. 

*  Lucan,  '  Pharsalia,'  book  ii.  : 

'  Retreating  Pompey  with  his  trembling  band 
At  Trojan  walls  of  Capua  took  his  stand, 
His  chosen  seat  of  war.     Here  he  intends 
'Gainst  the  great  foe  to  range  his  scattered  friends. 
Where  Apennine  through  wooded  hills  her  peaks 
Ridge  upon  ridge  uplifts,  and  closer  seeks 
The  heights  of  heaven,  midmost  Italian  crest, 
High  swelling  o'er  all  foreign  heights  confessed, 
A  chain  which  stretches  'twixt  our  twofold  main, 
Lower  and  higher.     Pisa  doth  contain 
Those  Western  hills,  the  Tuscan  waters'  shore  ; 
Ancon  the  East,  where  waves  Dalmatian  roar. 
Here  bounteous  springs  give  birth  to  rivers  vast 
Which  towards  either  sea  dividing  haste. 
Left  fall  the  Lakes,  Crusiumium  fierce,  Metaurus, 
Senna,  Isapis,  joined  to  Isaurus, 
And  Orfidus,  which  smites  th'  Hadrian  Sea, 
And  that  Eridanus,  than  which  there  be 
No  greater  earth  despoiler,  melting  soils, 
.Sucking  lands  dry,  bearing  off  forest  spoils. 
First  said  to  crown  his  banks  with  poplar  shade. 
When  Phaethon,  from  western  course  once  strayed 
Kindled  the  air  with  red-hot  scorching  rein  ; 
And  all  the  fountains  from  burnt  earth  were  ta'en  ; 
This  flood  alone  had  waves  which  could  the  fire  restrain. 
Not  less  than  Nile.     But  Nile  through  Afric's  sand 
Expands  o'er  Egypt's  flat  and  sluggish  sand. 
Not  less  than  Danube.     If  his  devious  course 
Half  through  the  world  withdrew  not  from  each  source 
Waters  that  help  him  feed  the  sea  with  foreign  force 
The  rainfall  forms,  as  slopes  the  right-hand  side, 
Tiber  and  hollow  Rutuba  ;  thence  glide 
Volturn  the  swift  ;  Sarnus,  the  night  fog's  cause  ; 
Lyris,  whose  wooded  bed  the  stream  withdraws 
From  Vestines  to  Marica.     Siler's  way 
Which  bounds  .Salurnum.     Macra,  on  whom  stay 
No  carvels,  till  she  stretch  to  Luna's  neighl)'ring  bay. 
Longer  the  chain  than  country  ;  for  her  spine 


S8 


Dante  at  Ravenna 


of  Genoa ;  on  the  left  hand  He  La  Puglia  (the  rest  of  it), 
La  Marca  d'  Ancona,  La  Romagna,  La  Lombardia,  La 
Marca  Trivigiana,  and  Venice.  In  truth,  II  FriuH  and 
Istria  cannot  but  belong  to  the  left  side  of  Italy,  just  as 
the  islands  of  the  Tyrrhenian  Sea — that  is  to  say,  Sicily 
and  Sardinia,  including  Corsica — must  be  included  in  the 
right  side.  On  either  side,  and  in  all  these  parts  which 
are  thus  included,  and  even  in  each  city,  as  we  have 
already  said,  we  find  some  variation  of  speech  ;  so  that 
if  we  care  to  calculate  the  first  and  the  second  and  all 
the  subdivisions  of  the  vulgar  tongue  in  Italy,  we  find 
that  in  that  small  corner  of  the  world  alone  there  may 
be  even  more  than  a  thousand  or  more  variations  of 
speech.' 

Many  of  these  Dante  proceeds  to  show  in  the 
next  chapter  are  discordant  and  bad,  and  that, 
like  trees  which  have  fallen  across  the  road,  or 
thorns  which  obstruct  the  path,  they  must  be  cast 
out  of  the  author's  way  as  he  patiently  plods 
along  the  difficult  path  of  investigation.  Such 
are  the  Roman  dialect,  which,  to  our  surprise,  we 
learn  was  then  '  il  piu  brutto  di  tutto,'  also  those 
of  Ancona  and  Spoleto. 

Next,  those  of  Milano  and  Bergamo  are  passed 

Rises  to  Gallic  fields,  where  Alps  incline. 

Fruitful  to  Umbrian,  Marsian,  Sabine  field, 

Well  tilled,  embracing  as  with  pinous  shield 

The  earth-lDorn  Latin  tribes.     Nor  yet  it  leaves 

Italian  bounds,  till  closed  with  Scylla's  caves. 

Or  western  rocks,  Lacinian  Juno's  fane. 

Longer  than  Italy,  until  the  main 

Loosen'd  its  bond  with  blows  and  floods  rolled  back  again. 

But  since  the  double  sea  the  land  o'ercame 

Its  last  cliffs  to  Pelorus  yield  their  name.' 

Walter  G.  F.  Phillimore. 


La  *  Crusca'  59 

through  the  sieve,  the  harsh  accents  of  the 
Aquilejan  and  the  Istrian,  and  all  the  patois  of 
the  mountains  and  villages  which  offend  the  ears 
of  the  citizen.  Such,  for  example,  are  the  Casen- 
tini  and  the  Pratesi.  The  Sardinians,  who  do 
not  really  belong  to  Italy,  but  have  only  been 
included  in  the  category,  are  next  cast  to  the 
winds. 

What,  then,  remains  for  comparison  after  this 
vigorous  sifting  of  the  dialects  of  Italy  ?  Which 
of  those,  asks  Dante,  that  now  remain  in  the 
sieve^  is  the  most  to  be  esteemed  ?  Be  it  under- 
stood then  that,  to  the  shame  of  the  other  princes 
of  Italy,  the  palm  of  minstrelsy  belongs  to  Sicily 
and  to  her  illustrious  heroes,  such  as 


^  Evidently  following  in  the  footsteps  of  Dante,  a  sieve — or, 
strictly  speaking,  a  bolting-cloth,  because  used  for  separating  the 
wheat  from  the  bran — became  the  device  of  the  Accademia  della 
Crusca,  and  its  motto  'II  piii  bel  fior  ne  coglie  '  ('  Jt  gathers  the 
finest  flour').  The  metaphor  was  kept  up  by  the  names  of  the 
members,  as,  for  example,  Tasso's  critical  and  literary  assailants, 
Leonardo  Salviati  and  Bastiano  de'  Rossi,  were  called  Lo  Infari- 
nato  (Mealy)  and  Lo  Inferigno  (Brown  Bread).  These  entitled 
their  first  criticism  '  a  sifting,'  and  it  opened  as  follows :  '  Our 
Academy,  which  has  taken,  as  wc  know,  the  title  of  the  Bolting- 
Cloth,  because  it  bolts  the  flour  presented  to  it  from  time  to  time, 
that  it  may  separate  off  the  bran,  being  assembled  in  full  conclave 
according  to  custom  at  their  dwelling  ;  and  having  learned  from 
their  steward  that  a  little  bag  of  flour  had  just  been  left  to  be  passed 
through  the  sieve,  gave  orders  that  it  should  be  brought  before  them 
by  their  bailiff's  servants.  Having  read  in  the  ticket  slitcned  upon 
it  the  name  of  Cammillo  Pellegrino,  they  had  the  mouth  of  the  bag 
untied,  and  when  the  judges  had  examined  it,  they  ordered  tiieir 
factor  immediately  lo  take  the  measure  and  the  weight,  and  to 
register  both,  together  with  the  ticket,  on  their  book  of  accounts. 
No  sooner  said  than  done  ;  and  l)y  oriler  of  the  Arch-Consul  (this 
was  the  title  of  the  President  of  the  Academy)  the  flour  was  sjieedily 
sifted  through  the  i)OuUer,  and  the  bran  separated  from  it.' — Milman's 
*  Life  of  Tasso,'  vol.  ii.,  pp.  69,  70. 


6o  Dante  at  Ravenna 

'Imperial  Frederick  and  Manfred, hiswellnurlured  son,^ 
who,  while  fortune  favoured  them,  followed  the  higher 
path,  and  disdained  to  copy  the  examples  of  bestial 
tyranny  around  them.  Therefore  those  who  were  of 
lofty  soul  and  gifted  with  every  grace  attached  them- 
selves to  these  great  princes  in  their  majesty,  so  that  in 
that  time  poetical  compositions  of  the  best  writers  in 
Italy  first  appeared  in  their  Court.  And  because  their 
regal  Court  was  held  in  Sicily,  it  fell  out  that  all  which 
our  predecessors  composed  in  the  vulgar  tongue  was 
called  Sicilian  :  this  we  maintain,  and  it  can  never  be 
altered  by  our  posterity. '^ 

'  Yet,'  he  adds,  '  as  this  is  not  the  language  of  the 
majority  of  the  people,  but  only  of  the  cultivated  writers 
of  the  Court,  it  cannot  be  said  that  the  Sicilian  or 
the  Puglian  is  the  most  beautiful  of  the  Italian  dialects.' 

Chapter  xiii.  addresses  itself  to  the  Tuscans, 
who  arrogantly  boast  that  theirs  is  the  volgare 
illnstre  of  Italy,  and  are  unhesitatingly  con- 
demned, together  with  the  Pisans,  Lucchesi, 
Sienesi,  and  Aretini,  as  obstinate  in  their  ugly 
dialect,  and  therefore  not  amongst  them  can  the 
vulgar  tongue  be  found  in  its  excellence,  although 
the  Tuscan  writers,  Guido,  Lapo,  and  one  other 
Florentine  besides,  Cino  da  Pistoja,  are  fully 
cognisant  of  how  to  render  it  in  its  excellence. 

As  to  the  Genoese,  they  are  dismissed  with  the 
ironical  remark  that  if  by  chance  they  forget  to 
pronounce  the  letter  z,  they  may  as  well  give  up 
the  point  of  speech  altogether,  as  the  z  constitutes 

^  '  Purg.,'  iii.  105.  ■•'  V.  E.,  xii.  175. 


Dialects  of  the  Romagna  6i 

the  main  element  of  their  speech,  a  letter  which 
can  never  be  pronounced  without  an  ugly  aspirate.^ 

Passing  over  the  wooded  sides  of  the  Apennines, 
which  suggest  the  beautiful  oak  glades  of  the  old 
forest  of  the  Marziana,  Dante  begins  the  investi- 
gation of  the  dialect  of  the  Romagna,  with  which 
his  long  residence  in  the  country  made  him  fully 
acquainted.  There,  indeed,  he  finds  two  distinct 
forms  of  dialect,  the  one  essentially  feminine 
from  the  softness  of  the  vowels  and  the  pronuncia- 
tion, especially  in  Forli  and  the  neighbourhood ; 
the  other  form  harsh  and  rough  in  its  vowels  and 
accent,  which,  on  account  of  its  asperity  if  used 
by  a  woman,  would  be  so  unnatural  to  her  that  it 
would  make  you  wonder  if  it  was  not  a  man  who 
was  speaking.  Such  are  all  who  make  use  of  the 
word  '  magara,'  Bresciani,  Veronesi,  Nicentini, 
and  even  the  Paduans,  who  render  the  participles 
in  *tus'  and  denominatives  in  *  tas  '  with  an 
ugly  syncope  as  '  marco  '  and  'corti.'  To  this  group 
belong  the  Trevisani,  who,  after  the  fashion  of  the 
Bresciani  and  the  neighbourhood,  exchange  the/ 
for  a  V,  removing  the  last  syllable,  as,  for  example, 
*  nov  '  for  *  nove,'  *  vif '  for  '  vivo,'  which  is  in  truth 
most  barbarous. 

As  for  the  Venetians,  they  are  dismissed  as 
unworthy  even  of  the  honour  of  investigation. 

Chapter  xiv.  is  devoted  to  the  discussion  of  the 
Bolognese  dialect,  and  they  are  not  far  wrong,  the 
author   tells    us,    who    have    pronounced    in    its 

'  V.  K.,  xiii.  iSi. 


62  Dante  at   Ravenna 

favour,  although  the  Bolognese  have  borrovi^ed 
something  from  Imola,  Ferrara,  and  Modena,  and 
have  thus  added  to  their  own  dialect  ;  but  this,  as 
we  have  seen,  is  not  an  uncommon  proceeding,  as 
Sordello  tells  us  of  his  Mantua,  which  is  bounded 
by  Cremona,  Brescia,  and  Verona.  This  man 
was  so  eloquent  that  not  only  in  his  poems,  but 
even  in  his  ordinary  method  of  speech,  he  dis- 
carded the  simple  use  of  his  mother-tongue.^ 

In  the  same  way  the  Bolognese  citizens  have 
borrowed  a  sweetness  from  Imola,  and  from 
Ferrara  and  Modena  a  certain  loquacity  which  is 
proper  to  the  Lombard.  This  characteristic  has 
remained  with  them,  owing  to  the  mixture  of  the 
Longobardian  foreigners,  and  this  is  the  reason 
why  neither  Ferrara  (Ariosto  was  yet  to  be  born), 
Modena,  nor  Reggio  have  supplied  a  poet — 
because,  infatuated  with  their  own  loquacity, 
they  could  never  attain  without  a  certain  asperity 
of  diction  to  the  cultivated  volgare  of  the  Court. 

As,  then,  the  Bolognese  have  borrowed  from  this 
side  and  from  that,  it  is  a  natural  result  that  their 
language  should  remain  tempered  by  a  mixture 
of  opposite  characteristics  with  a  praiseworthy 
sweetness.  But  yet,  if  it  had  been  a  perfect 
dialect,  neither  Guido  Guinicelli,  Guido  Ghislero, 
Fabrizio,  and  Onesto,  nor  the  other  poets,  would 
have  departed  from  it,  for  they  are  illustrious  in 
learning,  and  with  a  perfect  knowledge  of  the 
vulgar  dialects. 

^  See  '  Purg.,'  vi.  74. 


II  Volgare  Italiano  Illustre  63 

The  result  of  all  these  researches  and  elaborate 
descriptions  is  to  prove  that,  as  not  one  among 
all  the  Italian  dialects  is  worthy  to  be  exalted 
sufficiently  above  the  others  to  give  it  a  claim  to 
be  that  one  noble  Italian  language  in  which  all  the 
learned  and  cultivated  people  of  Italy  should  con- 
verse and  unite,  it  remains  that  a  language  should 
be  constructed  worthy  of  the  Court  and  of  the 
Senate,  which  should  appertain  to  all  the  cities  of 
Italy,  and  not  to  one  alone. ^  This  language,  this 
vulgar  tongue,  in  its  perfection  should  have  four 
characteristic  qualities.  It  should  be  noble 
(illustre),  cardinal  {cardinale),  stately  {aiilico),  of 
the  Court,  and  cortigiano,  which  means  judicial 
or  forensic,  belonging  to  the  courts  of  law. 
Noble  or  illustrious,  because  both  illuminated  and 
illuminating,  it  should  shine. 

Why,  he  argues,  are  men  called  illustrious? 
Because,  illuminated  with  power,  they  are  wont 
with  justice  and  charity  to  illuminate  others  ;  or, 
again,  excellently  instructed,  they  can  in  their 
turn  excellently  instruct.  Such  were  Seneca  and 
Numa  Pompilius.  The  vulgar  tongue  of  which  we 
speak,  being  exalted  with  learning  and  power, 
should  exalt  those  who  use  it  to  honour  and 
glory. 

That  it  is  exalted  by  learning  we  can  perceive 
for  ourselves,  when,   freed  from  so  many  rough 

'  Chapter  xvi.  : 

*Dello  eccellente  parlar 
Volgare  il  quale  e  comune  a  tuUi  gli  Italian!. ' 


64  Dante  at  Ravenna 

dialects,  so  many  perf)lexities  of  construction,  so 
many  deficiencies  of  pronunciation,  so  much 
village  jargon,  it  can  become  perfect  and  elegant 
when  employed  by  such  poets  as  Cino  da  Pistoja 
and  '  his  friend.' 

That  it  becomes  exalted  with  power  is  easy  to 
prove  ;  for 

'  What  is  a  greater  power  than  that  which  can  turn  a 
man's  heart  so  as  to  make  him  wish  who  did  not  wish, 
and  he  who  willed  not  to  will,  as  this  language  in  its 
noble  form  has  done  and  does  ?  That  it  raises  to  honour 
those  who  are  gifted  with  it  is  very  evident.  Do  not  its 
disciples  surpass  in  fame  all  the  great  ones  of  the  earth, 
King,  Marquis,  or  Count?  Of  that  there  is  no  need  of 
proof ;  and  that  it  makes  its  followers  glorious  we  our- 
selves have  experienced,  as  on  account  of  this  glory  we 
are  able  to  cast  our  exile  behind  us.  Then,  certainly  it 
deserves  to  be  called  illustrious.^ 

'  Not  without  reason  do  we  bestow  the  second  epithet 
of  "cardinal  "  upon  it,  because,  as  the  door  follows  the 
hinge  whether  it  turns  inside  or  outside,  so  do  all  the 
multitude  of  dialects  of  the  cities  turn  and  return, 
move  and  remain  still,  in  accordance  with  the  volgare 
illustre;  or  courtly  {auUco\  or  of  the  Court,  because, 
if  the  Italians  had  a  Court,  the  language  would  reign 
there  as  County  Palatine,  it  being  of  necessity  that  all 
who  reside  in  a  Court  should  speak  the  volgare  illustre, 
or  language  of  the  Court.  Having  no  Court,  it  has 
ensued  that  our  volgare  illustre  seeks  refuge  as  a 
wanderer,  now  in  this  lonely  dwelling  and  now  in  that, 
having  no  abode  worthy  of  it. 

'  Chapter  xvii.,  p.  191. 


II  Volgare  Italiano   Illustre  65 

'  Finally,  it  is  called  forensic  or  judicial,  because  it 
serves  as  a  measured  rule  for  the  things  which  have  to 
be  done ;  and  as  the  accurate  measure  is  only  to  be 
found  in  the  most  excellent  court  (of  justice),  it  happens 
that  all  that  which  is  well  weighed  in  our  actions  and 
conformable  to  the  law  may  be  termed  forensic,  or 
judicial. 

'  This  language,  then,  which  should  be  at  once  illus- 
trious, cardinal,  stately  and  judicial,  we  declare  to  be  the 
volgare  Italiano.''^ 

Here  ends  the  first  book,  perhaps  the  most 
important  of  the  two,  because  it  lays  before  us, 
down  to  every  quaint  detail,  the  dialects  of 
Italy  in  the  untutored  rudeness  of  the  Middle 
Age. 

In  the  second  book  we  find  the  great  master  of 
the  language,  pen  in  hand,^  diligently  at  work 
upon  his  elaborate  and  self-imposed  task.  That 
*  II  Volgare  Italiano  illustre'  is  adapted  alike  for 
verse  and  prose  is  his  first  axiom.  But  as  those 
who  write  in  prose  are  wont  to  model  their  lan- 
guage upon  that  employed  by  the  troubadours,  it 
is  well  to  examine  whether  all  who  write  in  verse 
are  entitled  to  the  use  of  this  polished  style.  It 
is  only  properly  employed  by  men  of  science  and 
intellect,  because  it  should  be  reserved  for  the  ex- 
pression of  noble  ideas  and  noble  themes,  of  which 
such  men  alone  can  be  the  originating  source.  It 
does  not  belong  to  the  rough  and  common  herd 

'  Chapter  xix.,  lib.  i. 

-   '  Kilornando  al  calanio  della  utile  opera,'  lib.  ii.,  c.  i. 


66  Dante  at   Ravenna 


of  versifiers,  of  whom  there  are  many,  who  make 
verses  without  either  science  or  intellect.  And  as 
without  science  or  intellect  the  mind  must  be 
barren  of  noble  themes  for  verse,  so,  Dante 
argues,  this  stately  style  is  not  for  them. 

'  And  when  it  is  argued  that  each  poet  should  adorn 
his  verse  as  much  as  possible,  we  admit  that  to  be  true, 
but,  at  the  same  time,  if  we  saw  an  ox  in  a  saddle  with 
housings, or  a  pig  girt  with  a  sash,  we  should  not  think  either 
of  them  adorned ;  but,  on  the  contrary,  that  their  ugliness 
was  only  further  enhanced,  ornament  being  nothing  else 
than  the  addition  of  something  befitting  the  object  to  be 
adorned.     Again,  to  those  who  urge  that  the  combining 
of  the  inferior  with  the  superior  will  produce  perfection, 
I  reply  that  is  also  true  when  the  two  commingle  and  do 
not  remain  separate.     As,  for  example,  if  gold  and  silver 
were  blended  together,  but  if  the  two  parts  remain  sepa- 
rate, then  the  inferior,  by  comparison  with  the  superior 
element,  only  appears  more  vile.     Therefore,  if  the  theme 
for  versification  does  not  lend  itself  to  the  words,  instead 
of  being  enhanced  by  an  ornate  style,  its  unworthiness 
is  only  the  more  accentuated,  just  as  an  ugly  woman 
appears  to  worse  advantage  when  bedizened  in  silk  and 
gold.'i 

The  question  naturally  follows  as  to  what  are 
fitting  subjects  for  the  volgare  illustre,  which, 
*  being  in  itself  excellent,  can  only  treat  of  things 
excellent.'  These  are  resolved  by  the  author  under 
three  heads,  briefly  stated  :  Feats  of  Arms,  Love, 

'  Lib.  ii.,  c.  i.,  pp.  189,  190. 


'  La  Teseide  '  67 

and  Righteousness.  All  have  been  treated  by  the 
great  poets  of  the  da}^  and  examples  are  cited  as 
to  feats  of  arms  from  the  Gascon  warrior 
troubadour  Beltram  di  Bornio/  as  to  love  from 
Arnaldo  Daniello,-  as  to  righteousness  Gerardo 
di  Borniello.  Again,  of  love,  Cino  da  Pistoja  ; 
again,  of  righteousness,  the  *  friend  of  Cino  da 
Pistoja'  {i.e.,  Dante). 

*  As  yet,  so  far  as  I  know,'  Dante  concludes,  *  no 
Italian  has  sung  of  arms.' 

It  was  not  long,  however,  before  Boccaccio 
took  up  this  challenge,  and  supplied  the  de- 
ficiency in  his  '  Teseide,'  i.e.,  Duke  Theseus 
against  the  Amazons,  whence  Chaucer  borrowed 
in  part  his  '  Knight's  Tale.'  He  plumes  himself 
on  having  filled  the  vacant  place  in  the  eighty- 
fourth  stanza  of  the  last  book  of  the  poem. 

'  But  thou,  O  Book !  be  thou  the  first  to  tell 
Of  feats  of  Mars ;  how  warriors  fought  and  fell 
In  vulgar  parlance  of  the  Latium  tongue — 
Deeds  that  till  now  remained  unknown,  unsung; 
And  as  thou  art  the  first  whose  keel  will  leap 
Through  the  wide  waste  of  trackless  waters  deep, 
Ploughing  through  waves  that  ne'er  were  ploughed  be- 
fore, 

^  'Sappi  ch'  io  son  Beltramo  dal  Bornio,  quelli 
Che  al  Re  giovane  diede  i  inai  comforti.' 

Inf.,  xxviii.  134,  135. 
^  '  Li  dolci  detti  vostri 

Che  quanto  durera  1'  iiso  moderno 
Faranno  cari  ancora  i  loro  inchiostri.' 

Purg.,  xxvi.  112-115. 

5—2 


68  Dante  at  Ravenna 


Thou  in  all  lowliness  niayst  pass  them  o'er, 

And  from  the  novel  subject  of  thy  lays 

Mayst  share  with  others  honour,  fame  and  praise.'^ 

Of  the  five  illustrations  drawn  from  the  writers 
of  the  time,"  we  select  a  few  of  the  verses  by 
Guido  Guinizzelli,  justly  honoured  by  Dante  as  the 
father  of  Tuscan  rhyme,  on  account  of  their  per- 
fection both  as  to  manner  and  matter: 

'  Al  cor  gentil  ripara  sempre  amore, 
Siccome  augello  in  selva  la  verdura  : 
Non  fu  Amore  anzi  che  gentil  core, 
N^  gentil  core  anzi  ch'  Amor,  Natura  : 
Ch'  adesso  come  fu  '1  Sole, 
Si  tosto  lo  splendore  fue  lucente  ; 
Ne  fu  davanti  al  Sole  : 
E  prende  Amore  in  gentilezza  loco, 

Cosi  propriamente, 
Com,  il  calore  in  clarit^  del  foco. 

'  Fuoco  d' Amore  in  gentil  core  s'  apprende, 
Come  vertute  in  pietra  preziosa, 
Che  dalla  stella  valor  non  discende, 
Anzi  ch'l  Sol  la  faccia  gentil  cosa  ; 

Poi  che  n'ha  tratto  fuore 
Per  la  sua  forza  il  Sol  cib,  che  gli  e  vile, 

La  Stella  i  dh.  valore  : 
Cosi  lo  cuor,  che  fatto  e  da  natura 

Schietto,  pur,  gentile, 

Donna  a  guisa  di  Stella  lo'  nnamora. 

•  ♦  La  Teseide,'  lib.  iv.,  84. 
2  V.  E.,  lib.  ii.,  c.  v.,  215. 


Guido  Guinizzelli  69 

'  Amor  per  tal  ragion  sta  in  cor  gentile, 
Per  qual  lo  foco  in  cima  del  doppiero  ; 
Splende  al  suo  diletto,  clar,  sottile, 
Non  gli  staria  altra  guisa  tanto  e  fiero  : 

Perb  prava  natura 
Incontr'  a  amor  fa  come  1'  aigua  al  fuoco, 

Caldo  per  la  freddura  : 
Amore  in  gentil  core  prende  rivera  ; 

Perocchi  simil  luoco  ; 
Come  adamas  del  ferro  in  la  minera,'  etc.^ 
Translation. 
*  Like  as  the  birds  to  depths  of  sylvan  grove, 
So  to  the  gentle  soul  comes  hastening  love ; 
Nor  without  gentle  soul  can  such  love  be, 
Nor  without  love  the  soul's  gentility. 
Swift  as  the  sun  appears  with  glitt'ring  ray. 
So  swiftly  Nature  dons  her  mantle  gay  ; 
Nor  was  her  splendour  previous  to  the  sun. 
Thus  blend  the  gentle  soul  and  love  in  one, 

So  of  necessity 
Must  heat  by  clearest  flame  engendered  be. 

'  Fire  of  love  pertains  to  gentle  heart 
As  virtue  doth  of  precious  stone  make  part ; 
Celestial  powers  fall  not  from  the  star 
Till  they  by  solar  influence  fashioned  are. 

When  his  magnetic  ray 
All  that  is  vile  or  mean  hath  purged  away. 

Then  from  that  radiant  star 
Virtue  and  worth  derived  infused  are. 

So  to  the  gentle  heart 

Fair  lady's  glance  like  star  doth  love  impart. 

^   '  I'vime  fli  diversi  Antichi  Toscani  di  Guido  Guinizzelli,'  pp.  288, 
280.     Guido  Guinizzelli,  f.  1220. 


70 


Dante  at   Ravenna 


'  In  gentle  heart  it  follows  love  must  stay, 
As  on  the  burnished  helm  the  glancing  ray ; 
Subtle  the  glint  which  darts  from  side  to  side, 
And  such  the  guise  beseeming  love's  true  pride. 

The  nature  mean 
Towards  love  as  magnet  in  the  fire  is  seen, 

Cold  'mid  the  heat ; 
Love  and  the  gentle  heart  together  meet — 

The  place  akin — 
As  iron  drawn  by  loadstone's  power  unseen,' etc. 

The  interest  of  these  lines  is  further  enhanced 
by  Dante's  own  reference  to  them  in  his  tenth 
sonnet.  On  being  asked  to  define  the  nature  of 
love,  he  wrote  as  follows : 

'  Amor  e  cor  gentil  son  una  cosa 
Siccome  11  saggio  in  suo  dittato  pone 
E  cosi  senza  1'  un  1'  altro  esser  osa 
Come  alma  razional  senza  ragione.'^ 

'  Love  and  the  gentle  heart  agree  in  one  : 
Thus  into  verse  by  poet  sage  'tis  done ; 
As  lief  without  the  other  one  dare  be. 
As  without  reason  reasoning  soul  we  see.' 

He  is,  moreover,  the  poet  referred  to  in  the 
Hnes  of  the  '  Purgatorio '  as  having  been  robbed 
of  his  fame  by  Guido  Cavalcanti : 

'  Cosi  ha  tolto  r  uno  all'  altro  Guido 
La  gloria  della  lingua  ;' 

'  Thus  hath  one  Guido  from  the  other  snatched 
The  letter'd  prize ;' 

^  Sonnet  x.,  '  II  Canzoniere  di  Dante  Alighieri,'  p.  99. 


*  La  Rettitudine  '  71 

while    the    concluding    line    of    the    passage   is 
supposed  to  refer  to  Dante  himself : 

*  e  forse  e  nato 
Chi  r  uno  e  1'  altro  caccera  dal  nidoi' 

'  And  he  perhaps  is  born 
Who  shall  drive  either  from  their  nest.'^ 

But  to  return  to  the  theme  chosen  by  Dante, 
*  La  Rettitudine,'  for  it  furnishes  the  solution  of 
apparent  inconsistencies  in  the  *  Divina  Corn- 
media,'  and  the  explanation  of  what  is  dark  and 
obscure.  Inwardly  convinced  of  the  power  of  a 
native  language,  he  made  use  of  it  while  yet  in  its 
roughness,  not  with  the  object  of  perfecting 
romantic  poetry  nor  of  illustrating  the  theme  of 
love,  nor  yet  to  flatter  those  in  power,  but  with 
the  purpose  of  elucidating  the  hidden  depths  of 
philosophy  and  theology,  taking  for  his  foundation 
the  system  of  sacred  monarchy  which  he  had 
evolved.  Therefore,  instead  of  relying  upon  pagan 
authors,  he  borrows  both  imagery  and  method 
from  the  Psalms,  the  Canticles,  the  Apocalypse, 
and  the  Prophets.  If  we  examine  the  *  Divina 
Commedia '  attentively,  it  becomes  at  once 
evident  that  it  resembles  in  no  way  the  Greek 
and  Latin  classical  methods  of  construction,  either 
in  space,  time,  or  the  action  to  be  represented. 
With  Dante  the  space  is  no  less  than  the  whole 
creation — all  the  known  world  which  he  covers 
in  his  journey  from  the  centre  of  the  earth  to  the 

1  '  Purg.,'  xi.  97,  et  seq. 


72  Dante  at   Ravenna 

planets,  thence  to  the  stars,  and  even  beyond  them. 
As  in  all  that  space  there  must  be  some  connect- 
ing-link, we  have  the  strange  conception  of  a 
gigantic  Lucifer,  who,  falling  head  downwards 
from  the  spheres,  displaces  the  surface  of  the 
globe  in  depth  and  extent  sufficiently  to  invert 
the  Mount  of  Purgatory,  whose  summit  is  lost  in 
the  clouds  as  it  joins  the  first  of  the  planets. 
Thus,  the  gradation  of  the  heights  of  the  *  Purga- 
torio '  is  in  proportion  to  the  depths  of  the 
*  Inferno,'  and  no  less  marvellous,  producing  a 
scheme  of  architecture  as  novel  as  it  is  awe- 
inspiring. 

Then,  if  we  consider  how  these  three  realms  are 
peopled,  and  that  to  each  inhabitant  is  justly 
apportioned  either  punishment,  probation,  or 
reward,  it  becomes  evident  that  the  eternal 
principles  of  truth  and  justice  govern  that  distri- 
bution. Nor  are  these  principles  warped,  as  a 
superficial  observer  might  think,  by  human 
passions.  The  punishments  are  not  meted  out  to 
the  enemies  of  Uante  because  they  were  his 
enemies — in  many  cases,  notably  that  of  Brunetto 
Latini,  his  dear  and  honoured  master,  the  sufferers 
were  his  friends — but  because  they  had  sinned 
against  that  principle  of  righteousness  which 
was  his  theme.  Like  Milton,  who  followed  him, 
it  was  the  '  great  argument '  by  which  he  meant  to 

'  Assert  eternal  Providence, 
And  justify  the  ways  of  God  to  men.'' 

'  '  Paradise  Lost,'  c.  i. 


La  Drittura  73 

Under  the  name  of  La  Drittura,  Righteousness 
appears  again  in  the  '  Canzoniere,'^  and,  with 
reference  to  the  disordered  state  of  Italy,  is  made 
thus  to  reply  to  Love's  question  as  to  who  she  is : 

'  lo,  che  son  la  piu  trista 
Son  suora  alia  tua  Madre,  e  son  Drittura 
Povera,  vedi,  a  panni  ed  a  cintura.' 

Love  is  here  meant  to  personate  the  Love  of 
Virtue,  whose  mother  is  Justice,  while  the 
tattered  and  dilapidated  and  poverty-stricken 
condition  of  Drittura,  i.e..  Righteousness,  illus- 
trates the  strife  and  confusion  of  the  world  at 
that  moment. 

Having  disposed  of  the  subject-matter  adapted 
for  a  lofty  style,  Dante  proceeds  in  his  deliberate, 
methodical  way  to  treat  of  the  manner.  Putting 
aside  prose,  he  devotes  his  attention  to  the  three 
forms  of  poetry  then  in  use:  the  sonnet,  the 
ballad,  and  the  canzone  ;  and  of  these  three  the 
canzone,  in  his  opinion,  bears  away  the  palm. 
Therefore,  leaving  the  discussion  of  the  ballad 
and  the  sonnet  for  the  fourth  book,  which,  as  we 
know,  was  never  written,  he  devotes  himself  to 
the  examination  of  the  canzone.  He  distin- 
guishes briefly  the  three  styles — the  tragic,  the 
comic,  and  the  elegiac. 

Again  relegating  these  two  last  to  the  fourth 
book,  he  deals  with  the  tragic  style,  the  highest 
of  all,  and  destined  for  the  highest  theme. 

'  '  II  Canzoniere  '  xix.,  p.  206. 


74  Dante  at  Ravenna 

It  befits  no  other,  and 

'  Let  no  one  who  attempts  cither  theme  or  style  think 
that  the  task  can  be  accomphshed  without  natural  gift, 
great  assiduity,  and  perfect  knowledge  of  the  art.  Such 
have  been  truly  described  by  the  poet  of  the  "  Aineid  "  as 
blessed  of  the  gods,  and  as  immortal  sons  of  the  gods 
let  them  speak.  Palpable,  on  the  other  hand,  is  the 
folly  of  those  who  without  science  or  art  rely  only  upon 
their  own  natural  talent  to  attempt  to  sing  the  highest 
themes  :  let  them  cease  from  their  presumption,  and  if 
from  idleness  or  lack  of  study  they  are  nothing  but 
geese,  let  them  not  attempt  to  imitate  the  flight  of  the 
eagle. '^ 

The  succeeding  chapters  deal  with  the  me- 
chanical construction  of  rhyme  and  verse,  treating 
at  length  of  the  words,  the  verses,  stanzas,  and 
rhymes,  preparing,  as  he  says,  the  wood  for  the 
faggot  and  the  cords,  that  he  may  show  how  the 
bundle,  that  is,  the  canzone,  should  be  united. 

To  the  verse  of  eleven  feet  he  gives  the  palm, 
both  on  account  of  the  occupation  of  time, 
capacity  of  sentence,  construction  and  choice  of 
words.  Dante  says  that  the  learned  have  all  been 
aware  of  this,  and  their  noblest  poems  open  in 
this  manner. 

Verses,  we  are  told,  are  beautiful  when  they 
close  in  rhyme  ;  but  the  poet  should  have  free 
license  to  arrange  them  according  to  his  own 
talents  if  it  makes  a  harmonious  rhythm  and 
avoids  repetition. 

'  Lib.  ii.,  c.  iv. 


'  Amor  che  nella  mente  mi  ragiona  '    j^ 

He  cites  the  translations  from  the  troubadour 
poets  of  his  time,  most  of  whom  are  familiar  to 
us  either  by  name  or  allusion  in  the  *  Divina 
Commedia.' 

Gerault  de  Borneil,  who  calls  his  lady-love 

'MonSobreTos'i 
('Mio  sopra  tutti'); 

the  King  of  Navarre,  Tebaldo  II. : 

'  Dreit  Amor  oh'  en  men  cor  repaire.'- 
('  Dritto  Amore  che  in  mio  core  ripara  ') ; 

Folchetto  di  Marsala  •? 

'  Tam  m'  abelheis  1'  amorosos  pensameno  ' 

('  Tanto  m'  abbelisce  1'  amoroso  pensamento  '); 

ending   always  with    Cino   da   Pistoja  and    '  his 
friend,'  whose  noble  canzone* 

'  Amor  che  nella  mente  mi  ragiona  ' 

is  the  song,  set  to  the  sweet  music  of  Casella, 
sung  by  the  spirits  in  the  *  Purgatorio.'^ 

'  Do  not  be  surprised,'  he  concludes,  '  my  reader,  that 
I  have  cited  so  many  examples  from  so  many  authors, 
because  it  is  not  possible  to  judge  of  the  construction  of 

^  'Purg.,'  xxvi.  I20.  'Quel  di  Limosl'  (he  was  a  citizen  of 
Limofjes). 

-  *  Inf.,'  xxii.  52.  Ciampolo  says  :  '  Poi  fui  famiglio  del  buon  Re 
Tebaldo.' 

*  '  Par.,'  ix.  94,  95  : 

•  Folco  mi  disse  quella  gente,  a  cui 
Fu  nolo  ii  nome  mio.' 

*  No.  xii.,  '  Canzonieie.'  '•'  'Purg.,'  ii.  112. 


76  Dante  at  Ravenna 

the  highest  style  without  some  illustration  of  its  perfec- 
tion. In  truth,  to  obtain  a  real  mastery  over  style,  it 
would  be  a  most  useful  study  to  refer  to  the  classical  poets, 
such  as  Virgil,  the  "  Metamorphoses  "  of  Ovid,  Statius 
and  Lucan ;  also  to  those  who  have  written  prose  in  the 
great  style,  such  as  TuUius,  Livy,  Fliny,  Frontinus,  Paulus 
Orosius,  and  many  others,  to  the  study  of  whose  works 
our  own  solitude  is  friendly.'^ 

These  studies  must  certainly  have  compre- 
hended the  *Ars  Poetica '  of  Horace,  from  whom 
Dante  borrowed  largely  in  his  treatment  of  rhyme 
and  metre,  and  the  '  Rhetoric '  and  '  Poetics '  of 
Aristotle,  his  revered  master,  whose  Praise  is 
summed  up  in  the  single  line, 

'  II  Maestro  di  color  che  sanno.' 

Inf.,  iv.  131. 

Evidently  such  were  his  great  models  as  to 
the  choice  of  subjects  adapted  for  poetry,  and 
the  method  of  dealing  with  them.  The  quota- 
tion from  chapter  vii.  of  the  first  book  of  the 
'  Volgare  Eloquio  '  runs  parallel^  with  the  chapter 
in  *  Rhetoric'  '  Of  the  Becoming  in  Style,'  and  the 
chapters  in  the  '  Poetics'  '  On  Diction  '^  have  laid 
the  ground  for  the  suggestions  in  the  '  Volgare 
Eloquio '  as  to  the  choice  of  words. 

'  Many,  O  reader,  are  those  which  must  be  sifted  from 
your  vocabulary,  so  that  only  the  highest  and  best  may 

^  '  II  Volgare  Eloquio,'  lib.  ii.,  c.  vi. 
*  Aristotle's  '  Rhetoric,'  c.  vii. 
^  *  Poetics,'  c.  xix. 


The  Canzone  jj 

remain  in  your  sieve.  .  .  .  All  puerile  words  must  be 
discarded — words  too  feminine  in  their  softness,  all  the 
rough  harsh  dialects  of  the  provinces,  all  the  jabber  of 
the  town.'^ 

Not  to  enter  into  the  elaborate  discussion 
which  follows,  and  which  would  be  wearisome 
if  reproduced  here,  the  cultivated  and  polished 
citizen  is  advised  to  employ  words  of  pure  mas- 
culine strength  for  the  description  of  his  subject, 
adding  for  ornament  words  of  many  and  high- 
sounding  syllables,  which  will  make  an  excellent 
combination. 

At  last  we  reach  the  construction  of  the  can- 
zone in  chapter  viii.  In  this  and  the  following 
chapters  the  canzone — according  to  Dante,  the 
most  excellent  form  of  poetry — is  described. 

The  art  of  the  canzone  seems  to  consist  in 
three  things :  the  division  of  the  subject,  the 
disposition  of  the  parts,  the  number  of  verses  and 
the  syllables.  Rhymes  do  not  properly  belong 
to  a  canzone,  though  it  is  lawful  to  introduce 
them. 

In  the  following  chapters  are  described  the 
action  it  should  recite,  and  the  method  of  recital. 
The  illustration  is  given  from  the  famous  can- 
zone of  the  '  Convito  ': 

'  Donne  che  avcte  intelletto  d'  amore.' 
Rules  for  the  mechanical  art  of  foot  and  verse 

'   '  II  Volgare  Eloquio,'  lib.  ii.,  c.  vii. 


78  Dante  at  Ravenna 

and  rhythm,  wherewith  to  interweave  the  chaplet 
of  verse,  occupy  the  three  next  chapters.  It  is 
obvious  that  these  rules  must  have  afterwards 
guided  Petrarch,  Ariosto,  and  Tasso  in  succes- 
sion. Tasso,  it  is  known,  noted  the  *  Volgare 
Eloquio '  with  his  own  hand.  But  these  appear 
now  to  have  been  quite  forgotten  in  Italy.  No 
modern  writer  studies  them,  and  therefore  none 
are  capable  of  reproducing  the  classical  canzone 
of  the  fourteenth  century.  Their  versi  sciolti, 
although,  as  in  the  case  of  Aleardo  Aleardi, 
they  often  give  expression  to  original  and  most 
poetical  imaginings,  are  a  very  poor  exchange  for 
the  interwoven  crown  of  grace  and  rhythm, 
cadence  and  melody,  which  will  remain  for  ever 
the  charm  of  the  Italian  lyrics. 

As  of  the  manner  so  of  the  matter.  The 
great  Master  would  have  written  upon  variety  of 
style,  for  example,  as  to  one  manner  being  suit- 
able for  one  subject,  and  another  for  another  ; 
only  the  fourteenth  chapter,  which  was  to  be 
dedicated  to  this  important  subject,  breaks  off  in 
the  middle.  The  end  was  either  never  written  or  it 
has  been  lost.  The  fragment  that  remains  recom- 
mends discretion  in  the  choice  of  the  argument 
to  be  treated  by  the  Poetic  Muse ;  that  the  mode 
of  versification  should  be  adapted  to  the  theme, 
and  as  all  the  subject-matter  for  poetry  is  capable 
of  division  into  two  classes,  placing  the  one  on 
the  right  hand,  and  the  other  on  the  left,  that  is 
to  say,  it  is  sometimes  the  province  of  song  to 


Subject-matter  for  Poetry  79 

persuade,  sometimes  to  dissuade,  sometimes  it 
should  move  to  joy,  sometimes  to  praise,  some- 
times to  blame  ;^  therefore,  as  the  words  which 
treat  of  things  sinister  (or  on  the  left  hand) 
should  hurry  to  their  close,  so,  on  the  contrary, 
those  on  the  right  hand  should,  with  suitable 
lingering,  advance  step  by  step  towards  their 
climax. 

Here,  as  if  the  pen  of  the  writer  were  sud- 
denly arrested,  the  chapter  breaks  off,  and  the 
treatise  on  the  sublime  style  was  therefore  never 
finished.  No  more  were  the  two  remaining 
chapters,  which  the  author  intended,  as  we  have 
seen,  to  dedicate  to  the  treatment  of  the  comic 
and  elegiac  styles,  in  which  the  ballad  and  sonnet 
would  have  found  their  place.  Had  the  work 
been  complete,  Dante  would  have  established 
the  laws  for  every  kind  of  composition  in  the 
vulgar  tongue,  even  as  he  himself  said  in  the 
course  of  the  work,  down  to  the  common  daily 
parlance  of  family  life. 

But  the  fragment  which  remains  to  us  has 
been  quoted  at  length,  because  it  contributes  in 
no  small  degree  to  the  portrait  of  Dante,  which 


'  Compare  again  Aristotle's  '  Poetics,'  c.  iv.  : 

'  But  poetry  was  divided  according  to  appropriate  manners.  For 
men  of  a  more  venerable  character  imitated  beautiful  actions  and  the 
actions  of  such  men  ;  but  the  more  ignoble  imitated  the  actions  of 
depraved  characters,  first  composing  vituperative  verses  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  others  composed  hymns  and  encomiums. 

♦  •  ♦  «  • 

'  Hence  also  the  iambic  verse  is  now  called,  because  in  this  metre 
they  used  to  ianibize,  i.e.,  defame,  each  other.' 


8o  Dante  at   Ravenna 

in  all  his  works  is  more  or  less  drawn  by  his 
own  hand.  These  may  be  said  almost  to  con- 
stitute an  autobiography  of  the  man,  without 
that  touch  of  egotism  which  seems  almost  in- 
separable from  autobiography.  Indeed,  we  find 
him  so  true  to  his  maxim,  twice  over  expressed,^ 
that  a  rhetorician  should  never  quote  his  own 
name,  that  his  own  is  always  coupled  with  that 
of  Cino  da  Pistoja  as  *  1'  amico  suo,'  who  chose 
for  his  theme  '  La  Rettitudine.'  For  with  Dante 
his  own  personality  is  always  second  to  the  work 
he  undertakes.  It  is  there,  unmistakable  in  its 
familiar,  severe  outlines,  but  subordinate  to  the 
matter  in  hand.  Original,  almost  archaic  in  its 
simplicity,  is  the  passage  which  traces  all  lan- 
guage to  its  source ;  and  then  suddenly  the  proud 
yet  wistful  exile  stands  before  us  in  his  regret 
that  he  cannot  in  justice,  notwithstanding  his 
unalterable  love  for  his  country,  assign  to  her 
language  the  coveted  distinction  of  having  been 
the  first  language  uttered  in  Paradise. 

With  the  utmost  deliberation,  step  by  step,  he 
proceeds  in  his  careful  analysis,  and  by  his 
masterly  division  of  the  European  languages  into 
groups  forestalls  in  the  thirteenth  century  the 
modern  methods  of  comparative  philological  and 
ethnographical  research.  Then  some  little  touch 
of  irony  in  the  illustration,  like  that  of  the  ugly 
woman  bedizened  with  gold  and  silk,  the  ox  in 
trappings   or  the  pig    in    a   sash,    brings    Dante 

'  '  Convito  Trattato,'  I.,  c.  ii.,  p.  i  ;  '  Purg.,'  xxx.  63. 


'  II  Volgare  Eloquio  '  8 1 

before  us  in  his  strong  sense  of  humour — or,  again, 
in  his  love  of  order  and  fitness,  when  he  lays 
down  the  axiom  that  '  ornament  is  nothing  but 
the  addition  of  something  befitting  the  object  to 
be  adorned/  Here  we  find  again  forestalled  the 
keystone  of  the  architecture  of  the  Renaissance. 

Dante  took  nothing  for  granted.  All  his  work 
is  drawn  from  life — the  result  of  personal  observa- 
tion, personal  exertion,  personal  care.  Just  as 
the  phenomena  of  Nature  in  every  varied  phase 
of  beauty,  and  at  every  hour  of  the  day,  from  the 
first  silver  streak  of  the  dawn  to  the  last  ray  of 
the  setting  sun,  became  familiar  to  his  eye  in  his 
nineteen  years  of  wandering,  suggesting  reflec- 
tions and  illustrations  which  are  set  like  pearls 
along  the  thread  of  his  great  conception  of  the 
'  Divina  Commedia,'  so  to  the  same  causes  may 
be  attributed  his  oral  acquaintance  with  all  the 
dialects  of  Italy. 

From  the  friendly  and  beautiful  solitude  of  the 
Castello  of  Tolmino,  where  he  probably  took 
refuge  from  the  harsh  accents  of  Aquileja,  to 
Padua,  thence  to  Bologna,  through  the  Romagna 
and  Puglia,  where  yet  lingered  the  cultivated 
influence  of  the  Court  of  Frederick  II.  and  Manfred 
his  son,  the  ear  attuned  to  the  melody  of  Casella, 
which  in  the  '  Purgatorio'  could  anticipate  the 
celestial  harmony  of  the  spheres,  caught  and 
noted,  one  by  one,  the  characteristics  of  each 
/Jialcct,  sifted  and  classified  them  all. 

We  have  seen  that  Dante  took  the   Tower  of 

b 


82  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Babel  and  the  confusion  of  speech  for  his  starting- 
point  in  his  treatise  on  the  *  Volgare  Eloquio,'  and 
there  is  a  dramatic  unity  of  purpose  highly  charac- 
teristic of  his  mind  in  the  intention  which  he  so 
adequately  fulfilled  of  fusing  again  into  one 
language  the  various  dialects  of  Italy. 

But  the  great  Master  did  more  yet.  He  taught 
by  example  as  well  as  by  precept.  Not  only  did 
he  create  the  Italian  language  out  of  the  raw 
material  of  jargon  and  dialect,  but  he  secured 
for  that  language  immortality  when  he  wove  it 
into  such  a  chaplet  of  verse  as  must  for  ever 
remain  the  birthright  and  the  inheritance,  as  of 
the  past,  so  of  every  future  generation. 

'  Del  bel  Paese  la  dove  il  si  suona.' 

/«/[,  xxxiii.  80. 

'  In  that  fair  region,  where  the  Italian  voice 
Is  heard.' 

Gary,  Trans. 


CHAPTER    IV. 

LIFE  AND  PUPILS  AT  RAVENNA 


6—2 


CHAPTER    IV. 

LIFE   AND    PUPILS   AT   RAVENNA. 

'  Dimmi,  Maestro  mio,  dimmi,  Signore.' 

Inf.,  iv.  46. 

THE  biographers  are  not  in  accord  as  to 
the  exact  locahty  of  Dante's  house  in 
Ravenna,  but  there  is  no  doubt  that  he 
had  one  assigned  to  him  by  Guido  Novello, 
where  he  might  Hve  in  undisturbed  peace,  and, 
free  from  all  molesting  cares,  pursue  his  great 
work. 

It  was  also  the  centre  of  a  little  circle  of 
friends  and  pupils,  whom  he  taught,  and  whose 
boast  it  was  to  have  received  instruction  in  poetry 
from  him. 

Five  centuries  have  learnt  from  the  written 
words  of  Dante ;  but  who  were  the  pupils  who 
hung  on  his  living  lips?  Foremost  among  them 
stands  the  remarkable  figure  of  Guido  da  Polenta, 
whose  reverence  for  his  master  was  such  as  may 
be  best  expressed  by  the  well-known  line  that  *  ne'er 
from  son  to  father  more  was  owed.'^ 

'   'Che  piu  non  dee  a  padre  alcun  figliuolo.' 

Purg.,  i.  II. 


86  Dante  at  Ravenna 

This  veneration  is  all  the  more  remarkable  as 
the  Polentani  cannot  be  said  to  have  been  favour- 
ably dealt  with  in  the  '  Divina  Commedia.' 

With  regard  to  the  principal  episode  connected 
with  them,  that  of  Francesca  da  Rimini,  the 
aunt  of  Guido  Novello,  there  was  no  doubt  that 
Guido  was  himself  familiar  with  the  famous  lines 
which  describe  her  story,  as  he  imported  one  of 
them,  '  Che  mai  da  me  non  fia  diviso,'  into  one  of 
his  own  sonnets.^ 

Moreover,  it  might  be  reasonably  urged  that 
the  handling  of  the  narrative  by  Dante,  and  the 
unrivalled  pathos  which  he  imparts  to  it,  might 
go  far  to  reinstate  the  unfortunate  Francesca  in 
the  opinion  of  posterity.  It  certainly  gave  the 
keynote  to  one  of  the  earliest  historical  narratives 
of  the  event  as  recounted  by  Boccaccio.^ 

But  apart  from  this  episode,  which  can  of 
course  be  considered  in  two  ways,  the  family  of 
the  Polenta  are  rigidly  dealt  with  by  Dante. 
They  are  not  exempted  from  the  fierce  invectives 
against  the  tyrants  of  the  Romagna,  into  which 
category  also  falls  the  family  of  Caterina,  the 
wife  of  Guido  Novello.  She  was  descended  from 
the  Bagnacavalli,  a  family  specially  singled  out 
for  vituperation  in  the  *  Inferno,'  in  words  which 
could  be  hardly  pleasing  to  their  surviving 
descendant.^      Nevertheless,    so  strong  was   the 

Sonnet  xii.,  'Ultimo  Rifugio,'  p.  384. 

'  II  Comento  di  Giovanni  Boccaccio  sopra  la  Commedia,'  vol.  i., 

76,  lezione  xx. 


p.  476,  lezione  xx. 
^  'Inf.,'  XXX.  76-78. 


Life  and   Pupils  at  Ravenna        87 

love  of  letters  and  learning,  so  great  the  venera- 
tion inspired  by  the  personality  of  the  poet, 
blended,  perhaps,  with  a  feeling  of  compassion  for 
his  unmerited  and  unhappy  exile,  that  there  seems 
to  have  been  no  place  left  for  rancour  in  the  mind 
of  the  generous  Polentani.  Far  from  this,  the 
hospitality  to  the  father  extended  itself  to  the 
son,  and  benefactions  were  heaped  upon  Pietro 
di  Dante  by  Caterina  and  her  family.  Such 
generosity  makes  a  bright  spot  in  the  dark  annals 
of  a  period  when  revenge  for  injuries  received 
was  a  matter  of  course,  and,  far  from  being  a  vice, 
even  aspired  to  a  place  on  the  borderland  of 
virtue. 

The  just  verdict  of  posterity  recognises  the 
noble  exception  afforded  by  the  example  of  the 
Polenta  family,  and  has  repaired  all  former  injury 
by  associating  for  ever  the  name  of  Guido  Novello 
with  that  of  Dante.  Much  interest  centres  round 
their  relationship  as  pupil  and  teacher.  There  is 
historical  confirmation  of  the  fact  that  Guido 
Novello  learnt  from  Dante  the  art  of  poetry, 
described  in  those  days  as  '  il  dire  in  rime  volgare,' 
the  secrets  of  which  art  seem,  as  we  have  seen, 
to  have  been  comprised  in  the  *  Volgare  Eloquio,' 
and  happily  there  are  sonnets  by  Guido  still 
extant  which  serve  to  prove  that  he  was  no 
unworthy  follower  in  the  footsteps  of  his  great 
Master.  There  is  a  collection  of  his  verses  in  the 
"  Codice  Marciano,^  gathered  from  various  sources 

'  cxci.,  cl.  ix.,  Ital.  Sec.  xvi.      '  Ultimo  Rifugio,'  etc.,  86,  87. 


88  Dante  at  Ravenna 


by  a  Venetian,  Antonio  Isidoro  Mezzabarba,  and 
copied,  as  the  note  records, 

'by  my  own  hand  in  the  month  of  May,  1509,  neither 
changing  in  any  way,  nor  adding  to  that  which  I  have 
found  in  the  ancient  books.' 

This  collection  consists  of  sixteen  ballads  in 
which  we  discover  a  certain  power  as  well  as 
variety  of  expression  not  always  to  be  found  in 
the  minor  poets  of  that  period,  and  which  recall 
the  influence  of  his  ^reat  Master,  more  distinctly 
to  be  perceived  when  compared  with  his  '  Can- 
zoniere  '  than  with  his  great  poem. 

We  recognise  many  familar  turns  of  thought 
and  language  besides  the  one  already  cited  out  of 
sonnet  xii.,  which  finds  its  counterpart  in  the 
episode  of  Francesca  da  Rimini,  and  which  for 
that  reason  is  reproduced  at  length : 

'  Era  r  aer  sereno  e  lo  bel  tempo 
Et  cantavan  gli  augei  per  la  rivera, 
Et  in  quel  giorno  apparve  primavera 
Quand'  io  te  vidi  prima  bella  gioia. 
Ben  fosti  gioia,  che  tal  m'  apparisti 
E  CO  '1  novo  color  nel  tuo  bel  viso, 
Che  gih,  da  la  mia  mente  non  si  parte, 
E  quando  sono  in  piii  lontana  parte, 
Piu  mi  sovvien  de  '1  tuo  piacente  riso 
Si  dolcemente  ne  '1  mio  cor  venisti 
Per  un  soave  sguardo  che  facisti, 
Da  tuoi  begli  occhi,  che  mi  mirar  fiso 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna        89 

Si  che  gia  da  me  non  fia  diviso 
Tanta  allegrezza  mi  da  fuor  di  noia.'^ 

'  Serene  the  air,  and  sweet  the  happy  time, 
When  spring  appears — the  glad  year's  fairest  part — 
And  on  the  banks  the  birds  rang  tuneful  chime 
When  first  I  saw  thee,  jewel  of  my  heart ! 
Jewel !     Ah  yes  !     x\s  such  thou  didst  appear 
When  the  fair  colour  flashed  across  thy  face, 
And  never  leaves  my  thoughts  that  vision  dear. 
When  far  away,  in  sad  and  lonely  case, 
I  most  bethink  me  of  thy  radiant  smile  ; 
And  straight  into  my  inmost  heart  doth  come, 
In  memory  fond,  that  sweetest  glance  erewhile 
Shot  from  thine  eyes — and,  piercing,  found  its  home. 
Henceforth  divided  never  can  we  be, 
And  joy  from  grief's  sad  clutch  doth  ransom  me.' 

To  cite  one  more  example  especially  pleasing  on 
account  of  the  grace  of  thought  and  diction  : 

'  Quando  specchiate.  Donna,  il  vostro  viso 

II  cor  del  vostro  servo 

Vedete  com'  e  fatto  e  dove  e  miso. 
Come  del  viso  al  specchio  ogni  bellezza 

Vi  si  mostra  compiuta, 
Cosl  fermate  '1  cor  da  la  chiarezza 

Quella  cor  desiosi  occhi  sentuta; 

Si  che  non  e  fattezza 
Nel  viso  bel,  che  'n  lui  non  sia  veduta, 
Onde  r  onesto  sguardo  c  '1  dolce  riso 

Con  la  forza  d'  Amore, 

II  tiene  in  quel,  da  lui  sempre  diviso. '- 

'  '  Ultimo  Rifugio,'  appendix,  quoted  from  Cod.  Marciano,  cxci., 
w.  I,  2.     Hallatc  di  Guido  da  Polenta. 
*  Ibid.,  XV. 


90  Dante  at  Ravenna 


'  Lady,  when  in  thy  face  thy  servant's  heart, 
As  in  a  mirror,  clear  reflected  lies, 
See  how  'tis  formed,  and  look  on  ev'ry  part ; 
As  the  reflection  with  the  object  vies 
So  read  thy  servant's  heart  in  thine  own  eyes, 
And  see  him  stand  reflected  in  thy  sight. 
There  is  no  feature  in  thy  own  fair  face 
Which  calls  not  forth  an  answer  from  thy  knight. 
Thy  smile,  thy  look,  command  an  answering  grace. 
And  Love,  thy  willing  servant.  Lady  fair, 
E'en  though  apart,  must  ever  hold  him  there.' 

The  cultured  and  refined  taste  which  could  in 
the  midst  of  a  barbarous  age  find  expression  in 
such  delicate  forms  of  thought  was  not  less 
susceptible  to  the  influence  of  the  sister  art  of 
painting.  It  is  no  uncertain  tradition  which 
records  that  at  the  instance  of  Guido  da  Polenta 
Giotto  was  summoned  to  Ravenna  by  Dante. 

We  may  please  ourselves  with  fancying  these 
two  friends  the  great  types  of  the  highest  attain- 
able perfection  in  the  sister  arts  in  the  thirteenth 
century,  following  and  interpreting  each  other 
more  and  more  in  the  close  harmony  of  a  friend- 
ship which  had  deepened  with  advancing  years. 
In  process  of  ripening  when  both  were  at  Rome 
in  the  year  of  the  jubilee,  1300,  it  had  matured 
itself  in  that  brief  interval  between  the  return  of 
Dante  to  Florence  and  his  fatal  embassy  to 
Boniface  VIIL^ 

The  record  of  that  period  of  their  friendship 

^    Vide  ante,  p.  29. 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna        91 

remains  in  the  authentic  contemporary  portrait 
of  the  poet,  introduced  by  Giotto  into  his  fresco, 
on  the  walls  of  the  Bargello,  representing  the 
arrival  of  Charles  of  Valois  as  the  pacificator  of 
Florence.  This  famous  incident  in  the  feud 
between  the  Bianchi  and  Neri  resulted,  as  it  is 
well  known,  in  the  perpetual  exile  of  Dante.  But 
by  a  strange  irony  of  fate  his  painted  semblance, 
as  portrayed  by  the  hand  of  his  friend,  remains 
as  a  perpetual  spectator  of  the  event  so  fatal  to 
his  hopes.  The  episode  is  represented,  moreover, 
on  the  walls  of  the  Palazzo  whence  issued  the 
harsh  and  often-repeated  decrees  of  perpetual 
banishment. 

Many  years  of  exile  had  passed  over  that  head 
when  the  two  friends  met  again,  and  Giotto  must 
have  gazed  once  more  upon  the  face  so  faithfully 
delineated  by  him  in  the  prime  of  manhood  and 
the  flush  of  fame.  It  is  sad  that  no  portrait  should 
be  extant  by  the  same  hand  representing  that 
same  countenance  as  it  must  have  appeared  then, 
wan  with  long  years  of  persevering  study,^  dark- 
ened with  disappointed  hope,  furrowed  with  the 
hardships  of  his  wandering  life!  And  yet  through 
all  must  have  blazed  the  unquenched  fire  of 
genius — above  all,  the  ennobling  influence  of  a 
lifelong  converse  with  things  Divine.  Such  a 
portrait  Giotto,  and  only  Giotto,  the  contem- 
porary artist,  the  companion  mind,  the  beloved 

'  '  Si  che  m'  ha  fatto  per  piii  anni  macro.' 

Par.,  XXV.  3. 


92  Dante  at  Ravenna 

and  intimate  friend,^  might  have  painted.  Alas 
that  such  a  portrait  does  not  form  part  of  the  few 
{genuine  fragments  of  Giotto's  work  in  Ravenna  ! 
All  that  now  exists  is  to  be  found  in  the  side- 
chapel  of  San  Giovanni  Evangelista,  representing 
the  Evangelists  with  their  symbols,  and  the  Latin 
Fathers  of  the  Church — SS.  Gregory,  Ambrose, 
Augustine,  and  Jerome.  These  have  been  so 
repainted  that  the  original  work  makes  itself  felt 
with  difficulty  through  the  gray  film  which 
defaces  it. 

Once  the  Church  of  Sta.  Maria  in  Porto  Fuori 
was  all  covered  with  paintings  by  Giotto  ;  not  one 
trace  of  them  remains.  But  the  beautiful  work 
of  his  pupils,  Giuliano,  Giovanni,  and  Pietro  da 
Rimini,  has  been  recently  redeemed  from  the 
whitewash  which  defaced  it  by  the  patient  effort 
of  Don  Pio  Pozzi,  the  priest  in  charge  of  the 
church,  revealing  certain  characteristics  of  type 
which  indicate  both  Giotto  and  Dante  among 
the  bystanders  in  the  frescoes  of  the  Presentation. 
Although  this  representation  of  the  two  friends 
can  only  rest  upon  tradition,  contemporary 
evidence  will  furnish  historical  proof  of  the 
actual  presence  of  Giotto  in  Ravenna  at  that 
time. 

The  chain  is  unbroken.  First  of  all  we  find  the 
record  of  a  sum  of  300  scudi,  bequeathed  by 
Lamberto  da  Polenta  in  his  will  bearing  date 
January    18,    13 16,    for    the    express    purpose   of 

^  Vasari :  '  Di  cui  era  moltissimo  aniico  ;'  vol.  i.,  p.  372. 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna        93 


restoring  the  fabric  of  San  Giovanni  Evangelista. 
Next  in  order  we  read  of  the  determination  of 
Guido  Novello,  the  immediate  successor  of  Lam- 
berto,  to  summon  Giotto  through  the  agency  of 
Dante  to  undertake  the  decorative  part  of  the 
work.  Finally,  there  is  the  treatise  composed 
by  Rainaldo  Concoreggio,  at  that  time  Archbishop 
of  Ravenna,  upon  Galla  Placidia  and  her  church, 
'  now  about  to  be  rededicated  after  the  completion 
of  its  restoration.'^ 

This  Archbishop  forms  another  figure  in  the  re- 
markable group  which  Dante,  the  great  personality 
of  Dante,  gathered  round  him  at  Ravenna.  He 
came  of  a  noble  Milanese  family,  and  studied  at 
Bologna  contemporaneously  with  Dante.  At 
Lodi  he  was  offered  the  post  of  a  Teacher  of  Law 
at  the  rate  of  40  imperial  livres  a  year,  to  which 
ten  more  were  to  be  added  if  he  succeeded  in 
obtaining  his  degree,  which  he  did.  Having 
subsequently  taken  Holy  Orders,  a  rapid  and 
splendid  career  was  immediately  open  to  him, 
due  in  the  first  instance,  no  doubt,  to  the  in- 
fluence of  his  powerful  family,  but  ably  seconded 
by  his  own  great  learning  and  ability.  He  be- 
came chaplain  to  Boniface  VIII.,  thence  was 
promoted  to  the  See  of  Vicenza,  and  afterwards 
was  sent  to  France  as  Papal  Nuncio  during  the 
war  between  Philip  IV.  and  Edward  III.  of 
England.  On  his  return  to  Italy,  having  been 
appointed    Vicar-General    of    the    Romagna,   he 

'Mur.  Rev.  Ilal.  Script.,'  t.  i.,  part  ii.,  567. 


1  I 


94  Dante  at  Ravenna 

went  unarmed  to  mediate  between  the  Ordelaffi 
and  the  insurgent  populace  of  Forli,  and  was  so 
severely  wounded  that  his  recovery  was  looked 
upon  as  little  short  of  a  miracle.  Finally,  he 
was  elected  Archbishop  of  Ravenna,  where  his 
care  of  his  diocese,  his  zeal  in  his  pastoral  office, 
his  remarkable  learning,  which  he  devoted  to 
reconstructing  the  decaying  schools  of  theology 
and  music  in  Ravenna,  and  his  simple  piety, 
single  him  out  from  among  the  rapacious  and 
ambitious  clergy  of  the  time,  just  as  Guido  da 
Polenta  stands  alone  in  his  cultivation  and  re- 
finement amongst  the  lawless  tyrants  of  the 
Romagna. 

It  is  curious  that  this  Archbishop  should  have 
been  so  little  noticed  by  the  early  biographers 
of  Dante,  for  it  is  not  an  improbable  surmise, 
though  it  cannot  pretend  to  even  the  basis  of 
tradition,  that  those  great  and  kindred  minds 
must  have  met  in  intercourse  upon  the  scene  of 
a  common  interest  like  the  restoration  of  the 
ancient  church  of  San  Giovanni  Evangelista. 

The  Archbishop  predeceased  Dante  by  a  few 

short  weeks,  or   perhaps  his    name  would  have 

been  recorded  in  a  manner  less  ambiguous  than 

that  of  a  predecessor   in   the  See   of  Ravenna, 

Archbishop  Bonifazio : 

'  Che  pastur6  col  rocco  molte  genti,'^ 

'  '  Purg.,'  xxiv.  29,  30,  i.e. : 

'  Who  from  the  revenues  of  his  bishopric  fed  his  flock.' 
The  rocco  was  the  ancient  pastoral  staff  of  the  See  of  Ravenna. 
It  was  so  called  because,  instead  of  the  usual  crook  in  which  the 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna        95 

if,  indeed,  it  had  not  shared  the  honours  of  Pier 
Damiano  in  the  '  Paradiso.'^ 

The  sarcophagus  to  which  the  remains  of  Arch- 
bishop Rainaldo  were  consigned,  a  specimen  of 
early  Christian  art,  is  still  to  be  seen  in  the 
cathedral  at  Ravenna.  Hardly  were  the  funeral 
rites  completed,  when  Dante  was  himself  over- 
taken by  the  illness  which  closed  his  mortal  career. 

Guido  Novello,  the  Archbishop  Rainaldo,  and 
Giotto,  are  the  great  personal  contemporaries  of 
Dante  in  Ravenna,  and  among  his  pupils  Guido 
may  claim  precedence  on  every  ground.  With- 
in a  very  short  period  of  each  other — indeed,  in 
a  manner  almost  simultaneous — all  these  great 
characters  passed  from  this  world's  stage ;  but 
there  were  others  belonging  to  either  the  first 
or  second  category,  and  sometimes  both,  who 
contributed  their  meed  of  interest  and  no  insig- 
nificant details  to  fill  in  the  picture  of  the  time. 
We  read  of  Ser  Dino  Perini,  Ser  Pietro  di  Messer 
Giardino  the  notary,  Menghino  Mezzani  the 
rhymester,  Fiduccio  dei   Milotti  the  companion 


crozier  terminates,  it  was  surmounted  by  a  little  shrine,  or  rocco. 
The  line  refers  not  only  to  the  government  of  his  people,  but  to  his 
large  liberalities.  These,  together  with  a  personal  failing,  that  of 
gluttony,  must  have  been  etjually  a  tradition  in  Ravenna  when 
Dante  was  resident  there.  With  characteristic  impartiality,  both 
aspects  of  the  character  of  the  Archbishop  are  presented  in  the 
'  Divina  Commedia.'  He  is  assigned  a  place  among  the  gluttons  in 
that  division  of  the  '  Purgatorio '  where  this  crime  against  self  is 
expiated  ;  but  at  the  same  time  is  chronicled  tlie  redeeming  virtue 
r{  his  great  liberality  to  others.  He  fdled  the  See  of  Ravenna  for 
twenty  years  (1274- 1294). 
'   '  Par.,'  xxi.  120,  et  sc<i. 


96  Dante  at  Ravenna 


of  his  walks  in  the  Pineta,  who  dissuaded  Dante 
from  going  to  Bologna,  Niccolo  Carnevalli,  Achilla 
Mattarclli,  and  Bernardo  Canaccio,  who  many 
years  afterwards  engraved  the  epitaph  on  the 
poet's  tomb. 

It  may  be  asked  how  these  names  have  been 
preserved  through  the  long  tract  of  centuries, 
and  it  is  satisfactory,  and  at  the  same  time  very 
interesting,  to  trace  them  sometimes  under  a 
feigned  classical  name  in  the  Latin  eclogues 
written  by  the  poet  himself  from  Ravenna  to 
Giovanni  del  Virgilio.  Giovanni  del  Virgilio, 
so  called  because  of  the  facility  he  displayed  in 
imitating  Virgil,  was  a  Bolognese,  and  held  a 
school  in  Bologna,  where  he  received  a  salary 
from  the  State.  He  afterwards  moved  to  Cesena, 
where  he  died  ;  but  he  was  at  Bologna  when 
the  remarkable  correspondence  took  place  between 
him  and  Dante.  This  correspondence  has  already 
been  alluded  to  in  order  to  fix  the  date  of  Dante's 
residence  at  Ravenna.^ 

We  will  now  examine  it  more  closely,  as  from 
it,  as  from  a  lantern  held  by  the  poet  himself, 
there  falls  the  most  certain  light  upon  this  period 
of  his  life.  The  correspondence  consists  of  one 
poem,  the  '  Carmen,'  as  it  is  called,  of  Giovanni 
del  Virgilio,  and  three  eclogues.  The  authenticity 
of  all  has  been  clearly  proved,^  and  there  have 
been  several  recent  Italian  editions  with  annota- 

^    Vide  ante,  Introduction  p.  11. 
2  'Ultimo  Rifugio,'  p.  68. 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna         97 

tions,  from  which  the  following  account  of  them 
has  been  taken.  The  *  Carmen '  opens  the  cor- 
respondence. In  the  first  hexameters,  Giovanni 
del  Virgilio  praises  Dante  for  his  noble  work  of 
the  *  Divina  Commedia,'  the  great  theme  of  those 
immortal  *  cantiche :' 

'  Which  in  new  rhymes  the  listening  age  beguile, 
Fixing  of  souls  their  after-state,  the  while 
Thou  from  three  diverse  confines  draw'st  the  veil. 
In  Pit  of  Hell  the  bad  their  sins  bewail, 
The  penitent  in  Lethe  are  washed  white, 
The  blest  ascend  to  realms  beyond  the  light ;' 

and  then  takes  him  to  task  for  writing  in  the 
vulgar  tongue  : 

'  Ah,  wherefore  theme  so  grand,  so  grave,  so  vast, 
Before  the  vulgar  herd  dost  deign  to  cast, 
And  we,  the  Poets,  who  thy  meaning  prize, 
Turn  towards  thee,  in  longing  vain,  our  eyes  : 
For  well  'tis  known  the  Poet  Sage  will  none 
Of  people's  jargons,  were  there  even  one  ! 
And  there  are  thousand  such.     Till  now 
None  of  that  Choir,  sixth  amongst  whom  thou,^ 
E'er  sung  in  common  parlance,  nor  yet  he 
'I'hou  foUowedst  heavenwards.-     Suffer  me. 
Censor  of  Poets,  greatest  among  men  ! 
Ah  !  suffer  me  to  speak,  nor  chide  my  pen. 

'  '  Inf.,'  iv.  102.     Homer,  Virgil,  Horace,  Ovid,  Lucan. 

'  .SI  ch'  io  fui  sesto  tra  cotanto  senno.' 
'  •  Purg. ,'  xxii.    Statius,  whom  Dante  followed  with  ^'i^gil  round 
the  fifth  cornice  of  the  '  Purgatorio.' 

'  Seguiva  in  su  gli  spirit!  veloci.' 

7 


98 


Dante  at  Ravenna 


Throw  not  with  lavish  hand  thy  pearls  to  swine, 
Nor  clothe  unworthily  the  Muse  divine  ; 
But  still  thy  verse  in  such  a  form  unfold 
Common  to  all — all  clear  thy  meaning  hold.' 

He  then  implores  Dante  to  address  his  next 
poem  to  the  pacification  of  Italy,  harassed  on 
all  sides  and  devastated  by  war,  and  the  follow- 
ing lines  contain  allusions  to  the  principal 
historical  events  of  the  period,  and  fix  approxi- 
mately the  date  of  the  correspondence  : 

'  Awake,  then  !  tell  how  wings  to  realms  above 
His  lofty  flight  the  sacred  Bird  of  Jove  ;^ 
Of  Lilies  lopped  by  Ploughman's  ruthless  hand  ;^ 
How  writhe  'neath  canine  fangs  the  Frison  Band  f 
Tell  how  Ligurian  shore  with  triumph  hails, 
Resounding  loud,  Parthenope's  proud  sails  : 
Till  Cadiz  wake  Alcides'  giant  rock. 
And  through  the  world  reverberates  the  shock  ! 
Ister  to  Fano  will  repeat  thy  strain, 
x\nd  Dido's  shores  re-echo  it  again.'"* 

But  the  exact  date  seems  to  be  fixed  by  the 
lines  which  describe  in  the  present  tense  the 
siege  of  Genoa  in  the  winter  of  the  following 
year,  13 19. 

^  The  Eagle  of  the  Empire — this  is  an  allusion  to  the  death  of  the 
Emperor  Henry  VII.,  August  24,  1313. 

^  The  rout  of  the  Florentines  by  Uguccicne  della  Faggiola  at 
Montecabini,  August  29,  1315. 

'^  The  slaughter  of  the  Paduans  by  Can  Grande  della  Scala 
between  1314-1318. 

*  The  triumphant  entry  of  King  Robert  of  Naples  into  Genoa, 
July,  1318,  which  resounded  throughout  the  four  quarters  of  the 
European  world. 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna         99 

'  E'en  now  there  fills  my  ears  loud  din  of  war, 
And  threats  which  menace,  both  from  near  and  far, 
O  Father  Apennine,  thy  lofty  crest, 
And  thou  Tyrrhenian  sea  by  storms  possessed  ! 
O  Mars  !  what  dost  thou,  scatt'ring  wide  all  peace  ? 
Then  tune  thy  lyre  and  bid  such  discord  cease.' 

The  poetical  metaphors,  which  appear  so  high- 
flown,  are  supported  by  the  historical  narrative 
of  the  events  by  Muratori,  in  which  he  relates 
how  fiercely  the  battle  raged  both  by  sea  and 
land  round  Genoa  before  the  siege  was  raised 
and  King  Robert  able  to  make  his  escape  to 
Avignon.^ 

Such  a  subject  as  this,  the  eclogue  proceeds  to 
say,  treated  in  Latin  verse,  and  not  in  the  vulgar 
tongue,  would  be  worthy  of  the  pen  of  Dante, 
and  would  obtain  for  him  the  laurel  crown  of 
Bologna,  whither  Giovanni  del  Virgilio  adjures 
him  to  come — in  the  concluding  lines  of  his 
poem — or,  if  he  will  not  come,  will  he  at  least 
send  him  a  friendly  word,  to  say  the  appeal 
has  not  been  distasteful  to  him  ?  Alluding  to 
the  residence  of  Dante  at  Ravenna, 

'  Su  la  marina  dove  '1  Po  discende 
Per  aver  pace  co'  seguaci  sui ' 

{Inf.,  V.  98,  99), 

he  is  apostrophized  as —  ' 

1  •  Annali  d'  Italia,'  t.  viii.,  pp.  72,  75,  107,  108. 

7-2 


loo  Dante  at  Ravenna 

*  Dweller  on  banks  of  Po,^  if  hope  canst  give 
That  thou  wilt  come  and  in  my  dwelling  live, 
Some  friendly  missive  send  ;  nor  take  amiss 
The  fevered  lines  I  send  to  thee  with  this, 
Unworthy  crow  that  dares  uplift  its  note,^ 
Nor  falls  abashed  before  the  Swan's  proud  throat — 
Answer,  my  master,  or  my  prayer  fulfil.' 

No  common  interest  centres  round  the  reply 
of  Dante,  which  was  apparently  despatched  about 
the  summer  of  1319.  It  is  couched  in  the  form 
of  an  eclogue,  closely  modelled  upon  the  Pastorals 
of  his  great  Master,  Virgil,  to  which  both  the 
locality  and  the  circumstances  lend  themselves 
with  curious  exactitude,  the  first  Pastoral  of 
Virgil  being  written  from  *  the  lands  about 
Cremona  and  Mantua,'  when  Virgil  was  in 
exile,  though  afterwards — and  here  the  com- 
parison fails  —  restored  to  his  country.  Yet 
when  Dante  wrote  his  eclogue  his  hopes  were 
not  yet  dead,  as  we  may  gather  from  its  wistful 
lines.  He  follows  Virgil  exactly  in  his  persona- 
tion of  Tityrus,  while  to  his  friend  Dino  Perini 
he  gives  the  name  of  Melibceus.^  Giovanni  del 
Virgilio  he  addresses  as   Mopsus — *  one  of  two 

'  Ravenna  was  at  that  time  surrounded  by  the  various  branches 
of  the  great  river.  The  Po  di  Primaro,  the  Po  di  Padoreno,  and 
the  branch  called  the  Padenna,  actually  flowed  through  the  streets 
of  the  town. 

^  Probably  imitated  from 

'  And  the  hoarse  raven  on  the  blasted  bough.' 

Drydkn's  Virgil,  Pastoral  i. 

'  This  is  shown  by  a  gloss  upon  the  MS.  supposed  to  have  been 
written  by  Boccaccio.  Codice  Laurenziana,  xxix.  8 ;  quoted  in 
'  Ultimo  Rifugio,'  p.  84. 


Life  and  Pupils  at   Ravenna       loi 

very  expert  shepherds  at  song/  as  Dryden  tells 
us.  The  classical  scholar  will  pardon  a  quota- 
tion from  Dryden's  translation  of  the  well-known 
opening  of  the  first  Pastoral,  for  the  purpose 
of  showing  how  much  the  eclogue  of  Dante  was 
influenced  by  it. 
Melibceus  speaks  : 

'  "  Beneath  the  shade  which  beechen  boughs  diffuse, 
You,  Tityrus,  entertain  your  sylvan  muse  ; 
Round  the  wide  world  in  banishment  we  roam, 
Forced  from  our  pleasing  fields  and  native  home."  '^ 

Dante  opens  his  eclogue  by  declaring  that 
when  the  poem  reached  him  he  was  collecting 
his  pastured  goats  (Me  Pasciute  capre'-).  He 
throws  his  composition  into  the  form  of  a 
dialogue,  which  runs  thus  : 

'  On  the  white  sheet  impressed,  the  lettered  line 
Of  songs  inspired  by  the  heavenly  nine 
We  saw,  Melibceus  and  I,  expressed 
In  graceful  terms,  and  thus  to  us  addressed. 
Still  as  we  stood  beneath  the  oak-tree  shade, 
And  of  the  pastured  flocks  the  reckoning  made, 
Melibceus-^  spake  :  "  O  Tityrus,*  my  friend, 
Speak,  then,  and  tell  me  what  doth  Mopsus^  send  ?" 
And  while  I  laughed,  insisting  as  before, 
He  pressed  his  fond  entreaties  more  and  more. 

'  The  First  Pastoral,  or  Tityrus  and  Melibceus,  Dryden's 
Trans.,  1-4. 

'•'  In  the  same  MS.  already  cited  another  gloss  substitutes 
'  scolares '  for  '  capre. ' 

*  Dino  Perini.  *  Dante.  '  Giovanni  dt.1  Virgilio. 


I02  Dante  at  Ravenna 


At  length,  O  Mopsus,  yielding  to  his  whim 
For  friendship's  sake,  I  turned  and  spoke  to  him : 
"  Insensate,  mind  thy  flocks,  nor  vainly  heed 
Aught  else,"  I  said ;  "  thy  utmost  care  they  need."  * 

But  Meliboeus  persisting  in  his  demand,  Dante 
pours  forth  his  idyll,  and,  declining  the  invitation 
to  Bologna,  gives  free  course  to  the  still  cherished 
hope  of  return  to  his  country,  there  and  there  only 
to  receive  the  poet's  crown,  in  terms  which  run 
parallel  with  the  well-known  lines  in  the  *  Divina 
Commedia,'^ 

'  Rather  would  I  wait 
Till  my  own  country  grant  a  triumph  late. 
And  laurel  wreath  for  hoary  locks  prepare — 
Locks  which  erewhile  on  Arno's  banks  were  fair.' 

Meliboeus  urges  the  flight  of  time,  and  asks 
when  will  that  moment  come,  to  which  Tityrus 
(Dante)  replies  again,  and  that  reply  indicates 
exactly  the  point  which  he  had  reached,  at 
that  time,  in  the  composition  of  the  '  Divina 
Commedia ' : 

'  "  When  my  songs  relate 
How  planets  circle  round  the  heavenly  gate, 
Of  souls  in  bliss  the  sweet  estate  shall  tell 
As  of  those  left  in  Purgatory  or  Hell, 
Then  shall  the  bay  and  laurel  intertwine 
To  crown  my  brows — for,  Mopsus,  they  are  mine." 

'  '  Par.,'  XXV.  5  : 

'  Con  altra  voce  omai,  con  altro  vello 
Ritomero  Poeta,  ed  in  sul  fonte 
Del  mio  Battesimo  prendero  il  Cappello.' 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna       103 

"But  Mopsus,"  urged  Melibceus,  "dost  not  see — 

Will  not  away  with  words  in  comedy  ? 

Such  common  parlance  and  such  trivial  sound 

Beseem  the  women,  and  with  them  abound. 

So  does  he  write,  and  to  Castalian  choir 

Blushes  that  songs  like  these  should  e'er  aspire  !" 

He  spake  thus,  Mopsus,  then  did  loud  exclaim, 

"  What  power  can  INIopsus  change,  or  heal  his  blame  ?"  ' 

The  allegory  which  follows  of  the  favoured 
solitary  sheep,  while  the  rest  of  the  flock  repose 
under  the  shadow  of  a  great  rock,  the  sheep 
which  is  to  give  milk  so  abundant^  as  to  fill 
ten  vessels,  is  interpreted  to  mean  ten  cantos 
of  the  *  Paradiso,'  as  yet  unknown  to  the  world, 
while  the  great  rock  which  shelters  the  rest  of 
the  flock  is  supposed  to  represent  the  mount 
of  Purgatory. 

'  One  favoured  sheep  I  have,  thou  knowest  well, 
So  rich  in  milky  store  that  none  can  tell 
The  great  abundance.     While  the  flock  remain 
'Neath  the  great  rock  upon  the  sheltered  plain, 
Or  else  in  search  of  food  together  roam. 
Apart  and  solitary  she  wanders  home. 
i>Io  shepherd's  wand  compels  her  willing  feet, 
But  straightway  comes  to  yield  the  treasure  sweet ; 
From  the  rich  source  ten  vessels  overflow, 
And  these  to  Mopsus  will  my  labours  show. 

'  The  '  abundance  '  is  intended  to  represent  the  abundant,  flowing 
verse  of  the  '  Divina  Commcfba,'  called  the  '  ]5ucolicum  Carmen,' 
because  written  in  the  vulgar  tongue,  by  contrast  with  the  scant 
paucity  of  the  Latin  eclogues. 


I04  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Tend  thou  the  goats,  for  good  teeth  will  they  need 
On  the  hard  bread  of  charity  to  feed.^ 
And  thus,  still  sitting  'neath  the  spreading  oak, 
And  reasoning  o'er  the  words  Meliboeus  spoke, 
We  sang  and  pondered  o'er  each  other's  lays, 
While  in  the  hut  hard  by  prepared  the  maize.' 

The  interesting  correspondence  continues,  for 
Giovanni  del  Virgilio  hastens  to  reply  from  his 
native  *  cave '  or  '  grotto '  in  Bologna  to  the 
poet,  whose  lays  have  been  despatched  to  him 
from  the  pine  forest  at  Ravenna  : 

'  There,  where  on  meadow's  sward  of  emerald  green 
The  dense,  deep  shadow  of  the  pines  is  seen — 
Pines  that  as  sentinels  in  long,  dark  row 
Man  the  lone  coast  where  Hadrian's  breezes  blow 
Soft  as  the  zephyr  o'er  the  favoured  strand ; 
Where  flow'ring  myrtles  scent  the  pleasant  land. 
And  limpid  waters,  hurrying  to  the  sea, 
O'erflow  their  banks  and  bid  them  fertile  be : 
In  such  a  spot,  and  'neath  such  grateful  shade, 
E'en  there,  O  Tityrus,  thy  song  was  made. 
Then  Eurus  breathed,  and  o'er  the  murmuring  trees 
The  echo  reached  me,  borne  upon  the  breeze  ; 
And  through  the  rocky  steep,  distinct  and  clear. 
It  fell  as  balsam  on  my  list'ning  ear. 
The  milk  I  taste — or  was  it  nectar's  wine  ? 
For  since  the  golden  age  no  draught  like  thine 

1  'Come  su  di  sale 
Lo  pane  altrui,  e  com'  e  duro  calle 
Lo  scendere  e  '1  salir  per  1'  altrui  scale.' 

Far.,  xvii.  59,  60. 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna       105 

Can  shepherd  pond'ring  o'er  his  flocks  recall, 
E'en  though  Arcadian  pastures  bred  them  all. 
Ah !  woe  is  me,  that  base  and  sordid  shed, 
Should  sadly  canopy  thy  honoured  head, 
Or  that  thy  noble  soul  should  grieve  and  fret 
(Shame  on  the  graceless  city,  cruel  yet !) 
O'er  flocks  which  wander  homeless  on  the  plain, 
While  Arno's  meadows  stretch  their  shores  in  vain. 
Forgive  thy  Mopsus,  nor  shall  useless  tears 
O'erflow  mine  eyes  and  conjure  up  new  fears. 
Adding  fresh  torments  to  thy  bitter  fate. 
Oh,  my  sweet  master  1  on  whose  words  I  wait. 
Round  whom  my  love  in  fond  embrace  doth  twine 
As  wreathes  the  husband  elm,  the  clinging  vine. 
Rather  let  hope  in  fiatt'ring,  fond  presage 
Bid  youth  regild  the  hoary  head  of  age, 
Near  the  baptismal  font  the  feast  prepare, 
And  drop  the  laurel  garland  on  thine  hair. 
Ah  !  who  shall  paint  the  joy  and  dear  delight 
When  thy  loved  country  dawns  upon  thy  sight  ! 
But  as  on  Time  and  Chance  we  patient  wait, 
Time  that  doth  travel  but  with  heavy  gait. 
Come  thou  to  me,  my  tranquil  rest  to  share. 
Relax  thy  mind,  and  free  thy  soul  from  care, 
And  thought  exchange  with  thought,  as  friend  with 

friend ; 
Thus  in  sweet  harmony  our  songs  shall  blend, 
Upon  the  reed  pipe  I,  take  thou  the  lyre, 
As  best  befits  of  noble  song  the  sire. 

*  *  *  *  * 

'  Here  will  Hock 
Both  old  and  young  from  sweet  Parnassus'  rock  ; 


io6  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Those  who  would  see  the  honoured  face  again, 
To  learn  the  old  and  hear  thy  newest  strain  ; 
Come,  then,  I  pray  thee  .  .  . 
.   .  .  Mopsus,  art  thou  mad  ? 
Paltry  thy  gifts,  thy  dwelling  mean  and  bad. 
Can  these  with  Jolas'^  palace  proud  compare  ? — 
Jolas,  who  tends  his  guests  with  courteous  care  ; 
And  yet  again  Hope  spreads  her  fiutt'ring  wings. 
Still  'neath  thy  feet  the  ciuick  desire  springs. 
Hast  ever  seen  a  maid  with  fond  delight 
Behold  a  child,  what  time  the  child's  keen  sight 
Follows  a  bird,  the  bird  the  waving  trees — 
Trees  which  all  eager  wait  the  fresh'ning  breeze  ? 
Ah,  Tityrus  !  to  thee  in  such  a  guise 
Doth  Mopsus  turn  his  ever-longing  eyes. 
Despise  him  not,  but  come,  for  it  is  said 
Love  born  of  sight  by  sight  is  also  made.' 

In  a  second  eclogue,  Dante  meets  and  replies 
to  the  poetic  effusion  of  his  friend.  We  read 
first,  in  the  opening  lines,  of  Meliboeus  running 
and  panting  with  eagerness  to  bring  him  the 
missive  from  Giovanni  del  Virgilio.  And  then 
another  friend  comes  upon  the  scene,  to  whom 
Dante  gives  the  name  of  Alfesibeo.  He  was 
in  reality  Fiduccio  dei  Milotti,-  by  birth  a 
Tuscan  of  Certaldo,  but  at  that  time  a  doctor 
of  medicine  in  Ravenna — a  favourite  companion 
of  Dante  in  his  walks  in  the  Pineta,  who  warned 
him  against  leaving  Ravenna  for  Bologna,  and 

^  Name  chosen  for  Guido  Novello. 

-  Noted  in  the  margin  of  the  MS.  as  follows  :  '  Magister  Fiducius 
de'  Milottis  de  Certaldo,  Medicus,  qui  tunc,  morabatur  Ravenna.' 
— '  Ultimo  Rifugio,'  p.  105. 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna      107 

who   in  all    probability,  as   he   survived    Dante, 
must  have  attended  him  in  his  last  hours. 

But  to  return  to  the  eclogue.  The  hour  of 
the  day,  and  this  time  it  is  the  full  mid-da)^ 
heat  of  the  sun,  is  indicated  in  one  of  those 
semi -mythological,  semi -astronomical  descrip- 
tions which  so  often  recur  in  the  pages  of  the 
'  Divina  Commedia  ' — Tityrus  and  Alphesibaeus, 
taking  pity  on  the  flock  and  themselves,  have 
fled  from  the  heat  of  the  town  into  the  out- 
skirts of  the  forest,  and  there 

'  'Neath  shade  of  lime  and  plane  and  ashtree  gray 
The  lambs  and  kids  in  mixed  confusion  lay ; 
And,  Tityrus,  above  thy  aged  head 
A  maple's  boughs  their  shelt'ring  welcome  spread  ; 
Thy  weary  limbs  doth  knotty  staff  sustain, 
Cut  from  the  pear  which  in  the  earth  had  lain. 
Alphesibaeus  spake,  and  smoothly  flow 
His  lucid  reasonings,  as  he  would  show 
That  souls  which  from  the  stars  receive  their  force 
Must  to  those  stars  return  in  Nature's  course,'  etc. 

The  translation  is  not  pursued,  because  all 
readers  of  the  *  Divina  Commedia '  will  be 
familiar  with  the  passages  which  treat  the  same 
subject,  only  at  greater  length  and  with  more 
mastery.^  But  it  is  interesting  to  see  how 
strictly  Dante  adheres  to  his  model  Virgil,  for 
the  discussion  of  the  Platonic  philosophy  by 
Alphesibaius     finds     a     close     parallel     in     the 

'  •  I'ury.,'  XXV.  52,  el  scq.     '  Par.,'  iv.  i,  el  scq. 


io8  Dante  at  Ravenna 


description  by  Silenus  of  the  formation  of  the 
universe  and  the  origin  of  animals  according  to 
the  Epicurean  philosophy. 

'  He  sang  the  secret  seeds  of  Nature's  frame, 
How  seas  and  earth,  and  air,  and  active  flame 
Fell  through  the  mighty  void,  and  in  their  fall 
Were  blindly  gathered  in  this  goodly  ball,'  etc. 

Dryden's   Virgil^  Pastoral  vi. 

Dante,  continuing  the  imaginary  dialogue,  puts 
these  words  into  the  mouth  of  Alphesibaeus  : 

'  "  Revered  old  man,  dost  dare  to  leave  again 
The  dewy  meadows  of  Pelorus'  plain. 
And  seek  the  darkness  of  the  Cyclops'  cave?" 
*'  My  friend,  what  fear'st  thou  for  me,  what  wilt  have?" 
"  Oh,  my  sweet  master !  prythee  with  us  stay, 
Nor  heed  the  voice  which  would  thee  lure  away ; 
Climb  not  the  steeps  of  Etna's  shaggy  rock — 
The  forest  nymphs  forbid — thy  loving  flock, 
Sad  and  bereaved,  their  master's  loss  bewail ; 
Hill,  wood,  and  stream  repeat  the  same  sad  tale." ' 


By  Pelorus  he  indicates  the  plain  round 
Ravenna,  as  by  the  rocks  of  Etna  the  approach  to 
Bologna,  and  any  modern  traveller  will  recognise 
without  effort  the  justice  of  the  comparison.  But 
on  account  of  his  great  love  for  Mopsus  these 
objections  would  not  have  weighed  with  him  did 
he  not  fear  the  giant  Polyphemus. 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna       109 

'  "  Though  Etna's  craggy  steeps  compare  in  vain 
With  the  smooth  fragrance  of  the  smiling  plain, 
Yet,  Mopsus,  as  for  thee  my  heart  doth  burn, 
To  thee,  by  love  impelled,  my  steps  would  turn  ; 
E'en  my  loved  flock  would  leave  behind  me  here. 

But  for  thee,  Polypheme,  whose  wrath  I  fear " 

"  And  who,"  Alphesiba^us  spoke  again, 

"  Did  such  as  Polypheme  e'er  fear  in  vain  ? 

Horrid  the  monster,  deaf  to  prayer  or  tear, 

And  wont  with  gore  his  tangled  locks  to  smear. 

Aye,  Galatea,  since  that  fatal  day 

When  done  to  death  his  victim  Acis  lay, 

And  thou,  in  breathless  terror's  rapid  flight, 

Didst  scarce  evade  the  giant's  eager  sight. 

Can  love  with  such  o'erwhelming  force  contend  ? 

Bethink  thee  well  of  the  forgotten  friend 

In  Cyclops'  cave,  Achemenides  left 

In  dire  distress,  alone,  of  hope  bereft, 

His  soul  aghast,  for  there  before  his  eyes, 

Stained  with  his  comrade's  blood,  the  monster  lies  ! 

The  gods  forbid  !"  thus  Alphesibaeus  said, 

"  Go  not,  my  life.     Ah  !  spare  thy  honoured  head, 

Nor  heed  Bologna's  Naiad  when  she  weaves 

Of  laurel  garland  the  perpetual  leaves." 

And  thus,  O  Tityrus,  into  thy  mind 

Sank  words  of  wisdom  and  entreaties  kind, 

Unheeded  not  they  fell,  nor  without  force. 

But  see,  the  car  of  Phoebus  turns  its  course. 

Cleaving  so  fast,  in  its  descent,  the  skies. 

That  broad  upon  the  earth  the  shadow  lies. 

Homewards,  behind  their  flocks,  their  way 

The  shepherds  take,  while  fades  the  dying  day — 

Flocks  which,  returning  from  the  valleys  cold 


1 1  o  Dante  at   Ravenna 

And  distant  woods,  already  seek  the  fold  ; 
The  shaggy  goats  the  bleating  troop  precede. 
Meanwhile  hard  by,  where  ends  the  flow'ry  mead, 
Jolas  the  wise  the  long  discourse  had  heard, 
And  there,  unseen,  had  noted  every  word ; 
Each  word  to  us  he  showed  in  meaning  plain. 
Which  we  to  thee,  O  Mopsus,  tell  again. '^ 

Various  conjectures  have  been  hazarded  as  to 
who  this  giant  is  meant  to  represent,  whether 
Romeo  de'  Pepoli,  at  that  time  Tyrant  of  Bologna, 
King  Robert  and  the  Guelph  party  generally,  or 
a  certain  '  Zenga,'  a  contemporary  of  Dante,  and 
a  descendant  of  the  Venetico,  and  Ghisolabella 
Caccianimici  of  the  *  Inferno,'-  eager  to  avenge 
the  insults  of  the  poet. 

Whoever  it  was  that  the  giant  was  intended  to 
personate,  Dante  thought  it  wiser  to  abide  by  the 
counsel,  either  real  or  feigned,  of  '  Alfesibeo,'  and 
to  stay  at  Ravenna  under  the  protection  of  his 
kind  friend  and  patron,  Guido  Novello,  referred  to 
in  the  last  eclogue  under  the  name  of  Jolas.  True 
to  his  imitation  of  Virgil  throughout,  the  name  of 
Jolas  was  chosen  on  account  of  the  friendship 
between  Jolas  and  i^neas. 

It  has  been  thought  worth  while  to  analyze 
carefully  the  Latin  correspondence  between 
Giovanni  del  Virgilio  and  Dante,  because  those 
who  have  the  patience  to  unravel  the  somewhat 
stilted     classical     similitudes    which     were     the 

'  '  II  Canzoniere  di  Dante  Alighieri  uggiuntori  le  Egloghe  Latine 
di  Giovanni  del  Virgilio  e  di  Dante  Alighieri,'  pp.  410,  437. 
-  '  Inf.,'  xviii.  41,  66. 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna       1 1 1 

characteristic  of  the  period  will  find  the  clue  not 
only  to  the  life  and  friendship  of  the  poet  at 
Ravenna,  but  also  to  the  progress  of  his  great 
work.  For  we  gather  from  the  correspondence 
some  very  important  facts.  In  the  first  place, 
that  early  in  the  year  1319  both  the  '  Inferno  ' 
and  the  '  Purgatorio '  were  not  onl}-  completed, 
but  known  and  discussed  in  Bologna,  at  that  time 
the  principal  University  of  the  civilized  world,  and 
the  resort  of  thousands  of  students. 

In  the  second  place,  as  to  the  '  Paradise' 
More  than  once  we  find  in  the  Latin  eclogues 
ideas  and  passages  which  recall  some  of  the  best- 
known  lines  of  the  *  Paradiso.'  We  have  seen 
that  ten  cantos  were,  at  all  events,  completed,  for 
under  the  simile  of  the  '  ten  vessels  of  milk ' 
they  were  despatched  to  Giovanni  del  Virgilio  at 
Bologna,  received,  read,  and  highly  approved  by 
him.  There  is  no  actual  evidence  to  prove  which 
these  were,  but  if  we  compare  the  opening  of  the 
tenth  canto,  where  the  reader  is  invited  to  lift 
his  eyes  to  the  celestial  spheres  that  he  may 

'  See  how  thence  oblique 
Brancheth  the  circle  where  the  planets  roll,'^ 

with  the  lines  in  the  eclogue, 

'  When  my  songs  relate 
How  planets  circle  round  the  heavenly  gate,' 

'  '  Par.,'  X.  12-15  '■ 

'  Vedi  come  da  indi  sidirama 
L'  obliquo  cerchio  che  i  Pianehi  porta,'  etc. 


112  Dante  at  Ravenna 

it  rather  suggests  itself  that  the  composition  had 
reached  that  point,  and  that  the  first  ten  cantos 
of  the  *  Paradiso '  were  the  portion  of  the  poem 
despatched  to  Bologna. 

By  means  of  the  Latin  correspondence  we 
have  gained  some  acquaintance  with  Dino  Perini 
under  the  name  of  Meliboeus,  and  Fiduccio  dei 
Milotti  under  the  name  of  Alphesibseus.  But  the 
picture  would  not  be  complete  without  the  men- 
tion of  three  other  friends  and  pupils  whose 
connection  with  their  great  Master  can  be  traced 
with  almost  equal  certainty,  although  their  names 
do  not  appear  in  the 'eclogues,  Pietro  Giardini, 
Menghino  Mezzani,  and  Bernardo  Canaccio. 

Pietro  Giardini,  whose  family  dates  back  to 
the  beginning  of  the  thirteenth  century,  had  been 
for  some  years  a  notary  in  Ravenna  before  Dante 
came  to  take  up  his  sojourn  there.  This  is 
proved  by  a  document  in  the  archiepiscopal 
archives  dated  May  i8,  131 1,  bearing  his  signa- 
ture. Besides  this  deed,  many  others  attested  by 
him  are  extant  to  prove  his  existence  in  Ravenna 
up  to  the  year  1348.  We  must  keep  this  date 
before  our  minds,  because  in  the  year  1346  Boc- 
caccio paid  one  of  his  visits  to  Ravenna,  and 
Pietro  dei  Giardini  claims  our  very  special  atten- 
tion as  the  source  of  the  information  which  Boc- 
caccio has  collected  concerning  Dante,  as  from 
the  living  friend  who  had  seen  and  held  constant 
converse  with  the  poet. 

From  the  same  source  must  have  been  derived 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna       1 1 3 

those  personal  characteristics  which  give  such 
interest  to  his  description  of  Dante.  These  will 
be  referred  to  later  on,  together  with  the  account 
of  the  discovery  of  the  missing  cantos  of  the 
*  Paradiso  '  in  the  house  of  Piero  di  Giardino — a 
house  much  frequented  by  Dante  in  his  lifetime. 
No  doubt  because  of  the  vital  interest  attached  to 
these  statements,  and  all  that  they  involve,  the 
whole  narrative  has  been  the  mark  for  the  fiercest 
darts  of  destructive  criticism  ;  but  those  who  care 
to  follow  the  comparison  of  contemporary  docu- 
ments, which  have  been  brought  together  in  the 
last  great  work  upon  the  period,^  will  see  that  the 
researches  of  the  nineteenth  century  have  gone 
far  to  establish  the  simple  statements  made  by 
Boccaccio  not  twenty-five  years  after  the  death 
of  Dante,  as  he  had  himself  received  them  from 
the  lips  of  Piero  di  Giardino,  the  constant  com- 
panion and  chosen  friend  of  the  poet.  Nor  is 
contemporary  evidence  lacking  with  regard  to 
Menghino  Mezzani.  He  was  descended  from  an 
ancient  family  of  Mezzano  near  Ferrara,  and  was 
also  a  notary  at  Ravenna  when  Dante  arrived 
there  in  1317.  Deeds  bearing  his  signature,  rela- 
ting both  to  the  public  affairs  of  the  city  and  the 
private  matters  of  the  citizens,  date  from  that 
year,  and  arc  preserved  among  the  archives.  He 
was,  moreover,  associated  with  other  learned 
jurists  in  revising  the  statutes  of  Ravenna.     But 

*  '  Ultimo  Kifugio,'  pp.  204-21S.     See  also  Appendix  of  Docu- 
ments, p.  412. 

8 


114  Dante  at  Ravenna 

as  a  pupil  of  Dante  in  poetry,  as  Menghino 
Mezzani  the  rhymester,  he  is  more  interesting  to 
us.  Not  equal  to  Guido  Novello  in  imagination, 
grace,  or  power  of  diction,  his  verses  relating  to 
the  actual  events  of  the  period  have  great  value 
from  a  historical  point  of  view.  Thrown  into 
prison,  after  the  banishment  of  Guido  Novello,  by 
Bernardino  da  Polenta,  his  verses  written  from 
his  captivity  to  his  friend  Antonio  da  Ferrara  give 
a  piteous  account  of  his  sufferings.  Antonio  da 
Ferrara,  on  his  part,  comforts  him,  and  holds  out 
a  prospect  of  escape  in  a  sonnet  dedicated  to 
'  Hope ' : 

'  My  friend,  I  will  thou  don  that  fairest  robe 
Of  Hope,  who  throws  her  mantle  o'er  our  globe  ; 
For  if  thou  wilt  not,  then  I  say.  Beware  ! 
Know  that  without  it  mortal  life  lies  bare. 
The  solace  of  mankind,  did  she  not  stay 
When  Faith  and  Charity  had  fled  away  ? 
Her  sisters,  made  by  wickedness  to  fly 
From  cruel  earth,  to  seek  the  kinder  sky. 

Ah,  who  would  sojourn  in  this  world  of  ours, 
But  for  the  comfort  of  her  succ'ring  powers  ! 
False  dost  thou  call  her  ?     Vain  the  promised  dream  ! 
Strike  off  the  promise — how  does  life  then  seem  ? 
Reason  should  balance  chance,  then  take  the  blame. 
Deceived?     To  her,  and  not  to  Hope,  be  shame.' 

The  reply  of  Mezzani  has  only  been  preserved 
in  a  fragmentary  form.  But  it  appears  from  two 
preceding   sonnets    (III.,    IV.)   that    their   hope 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna       1 1  5 

was  centred,  according  to  the  Ghibelline  practice 
of  the  period,  upon  a  German  dehverer,  and  in 
so  doing  their  reason  was  certainly  '  to  blame,' 
for  it  was  a  vain  illusion  to  expect  anything  from 
that  quarter.  It  is  evident  that  the  famous 
appeal  of  their  master  to  *  German  Albert '  was 
fresh  in  their  remembrance,  for  it  is  reproduced 
word  for  word  in  the  sonnets  which  vituperate 
his  successor,  Charles  of  Luxembourg,  in  Caesar's 
seat. 

But,  like  his  predecessors,  Charles  of  Luxem- 
bourg, laden  with  the  spoils  of  Italy,  returned 
to  Germany,  '  more  intent,'  as  the  historian  says, 
'  upon  robbing  Italy  of  her  money  than  upon 
healing  her  divisions  '  ;^  and  Menghino  Mezzani, 
like  Dante  before  him,  was  obhged  to  seek  com- 
fort in  the  hope  that  some  unknown  deliverer,  as 
personified  by  the  famous  '  Veltro,'  would  arise — 
one  who 

'  Will  not  life  support 
By  earth,  nor  its  base  metals,  but  by  love, 
Wisdom  and  virtue.   ...  In  his  might 
Shall  safety  to  Italia's  plains  arise.' 

/«/,  i.  1 01,  Gary,  Trans. 

It  was  not  till  the  year  1350,  at  the  death  of 
Bernardino  da  Polenta,  that  Mezzani  obtained 
his  release,  and  during  this  captivity,  which 
lasted  many  years,  he  had  another  correspon- 
dent of  no  less  importance  than  Petrarch,  whose 

'  .Mur.,  'Ann.  d'  Italia,'  viii.,  291,  292. 

8—2 


1 1 6  Dante  at  Ravenna 


sonnet,  offering  him  consolation,  and  Mezzani's 
reply,  have  been  preserved  in  the  contemporary 
MSS.  It  is  also  supposed  that  the  allusion  is 
intended  for  him  when  Petrarch,  in  his  letter  to 
Boccaccio,  refers  to 

•  that  old  sage  of  Ravenna  who,  being  fully  competent 
to  decide  in  such  matters,  assigns  to  thee  the  third  place 
in  our  literature.'^ 

The  first  place  had  evidently  been  assigned 
to  Dante,  and  the  second  to  Petrarch.  That 
he  opinion  of  Mezzani  was  held  in  high  esteem 
appears  from  the  testimony  of  Coluccio  Salutati, 
who,  in  a  letter  to  a  friend,  speaks  of  Mezzani 
'  as  known  to  have  been  the  friend  and  com- 
panion of  Dante.'"- 

This  testimony  is  of  great  importance,  because 
not  only  does  it  come  from  a  contemporary 
source,  supported  by  documentary  evidence,  but 
there  is  actually  now  extant  in  the  Bibliotheque 
Nationale  at  Paris^  a  letter  from  Coluccio  Salutati 
to  Mezzani,  addressed  as  follows  :  '  Eloquentis- 
simi  viro  domino  Menghino  Mezano,  civi  Raven- 
nati,  amico  ignoto  carissimo.' 

The  word  '  ignoto  '  shows  that  they  had  never 
known  each  other  personally,  nor  had  they  corre- 
sponded before  this  letter,  which  describes  itself 
as    the  first  writing  which   had  passed  between 


'  '  Lett.  Sen.  di  F.  Petrarca,'  vol.  i.,  pp.  274,  283. 

■  '  Ult.  Kif.,'  p.  218. 

'  MS.  Lat.  8572,  pp.  25,  26  ;  quoted  in  the  *  Ult.  Rif.,'  p.  232. 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna       117 

them,  and  to  which  the  reply,  if  there  was  any, 
has  not  been  preserved.  But  this  single  letter 
refers  to  the  testimony  of  a  common  friend, 
Tommaso  di  Mengardino,  from  whose  lips  the 
writer  had  heard  that  Mezzani 

'  is  not  less  remarkable  for  his  eloquence  than  for  his 
noble,  upright  life,  and  that  he  is  a  constant  student 
of  the  poets  and  moral  writers.  To  thee'  (the  letter 
continues)  '  belongs  the  power  which  is  the  gift  of  the 
auspicious  star  under  which  thou  wert  born,  to  discourse 
of  virtue,  and  to  hold  in  little  account  those  things 
which  most  delight  mankind.'^ 

In  another  passage  this  contemporary  writer 
refers  to  Mezzani's  commentary  on  the  '  Inferno ' 
and  '  Purgatorio '  of  Dante,-  a  work  which  takes 
the  shape  of  an  epitome  rather  than  a  com- 
mentary. It  has  no  merit  from  a  literary  point 
of  view,  as  it  contributes  nothing  to  the  history 
or  explanation  of  the  poem.  Nor  yet  as  poetry 
does  it  deserve  the  name,  for  it  is  a  sort  of 
doggerel  paraphrase,  taking  the  opening  words  of 
each  verse  from  the  original,  and  completing  the 
explanation  of  the  text  after  the  commentator's 
own  fashion,  as  for  example  : 

'  Ibid.,  p.  235,  et  seq. 

^  The  MS.  of  this  work  is  extant  in  the  Gambaiunga  Library  at 
Rimini,  and  a  portion  of  it  in  the  Bodleian  at  Oxford.  It  was  com- 
mented on  by  Professor  Crescentino  Giannini  in  the  '  Bibliofilo,'  Ann. 
i.,  p.  155,  and  by  Luigi  Tonini  in  his  pamphlet  on  *  Francesca 
da  Rimini.' 


Ii8  Dante  at  Ravenna 

*  Nel  mezzo  del  camin,  si  trova  Dante 
Smarrito  fuor  di  via  per  selva  oscura 
Et  le  bramose  fiere  starse  avanti,'  etc. 

Appetidix  to  '  Ult.  Rif.,'  p.  i. 

Yet,  as  a  literary  curiosity  and  contemporary 
work,  it  is  certainly  worthy  of  attention.  But 
the  interest  which  surrounds  Mezzani  as  a  friend 
and  companion  of  Dante  culminates  in  the 
sonnet  addressed  to  Bernardo  Canacci,  in  which 
he  pours  forth  eulogies  and  thanks  for  the  epitaph 
in  honour  of  his  dear  master : 

'  Thine,  then,  at  last  the  pious  tribute  laid, 
Messer  Bernardo,  at  our  Dante's  feet, 
Dearer  to  him  because  none  else  have  made, 
Of  all  his  other  friends,  an  offering  meet. 

'  In  heaven,  amid  the  saints,  you  win  his  praise, 

And  mine,  who  perish  in  affliction's  fire  ; 
Such  that  nor  eye  nor  voice  I  dare  to  raise, 
Nor  can  I  serve  you  as  I  would  desire. 

'  That  which  the  lowliest  of  all  Dantists,  I, 

May  not  bestow  of  honour,  praise  and  fame, 
Abashed,  I  leave  to  greater  minds  to  try 
How  they  may  celebrate  his  noble  name. 

'  Through  thy  device  that  name  can  never  die. 
Unless,  indeed,  first  die  this  iron  age ; 
Behold  thy  marble — there  where  every  eye 

Can  read  the  lines  from  off  the  solid  page. 
Honour  thus  paid  unto  the  senseless  clay 
Of  thy  great  love  in  life  shall  fitly  say.' 


Life  and  Pupils  at  Ravenna         1 19 

To  which  Bernardo  repHed  : 

'  Pallas  the  beautiful !  to  thee  his  eye 

Thy  troubled  votary  turns  with  gasping  breath, 
And,  as  the  last  discomfiture  draws  nigh, 

Through  thee  more  constant  meets  the  approach  of 
death. 

'  And  so  St.  Lawrence,  servant  of  his  God, 

Stretched  on  the  bed  of  pain  all  patient  lay, 
And  firm  as  rock  the  path  of  sorrow  trod, 
Nor  cast,  in  cowardice,  his  crown  away. 

'  So  felt  the  Psalmist,  who  in  bitter  grief 

Prostrate  on  earth  did  mourn  the  livelong  night — 
The  sometime  shepherd,  who  as  wolf  and  thief 
Stole  Bathsheba  from  him  who  fell  in  fight. 

'  So  we  of  less  account,  in  such-like  guise. 

Can  steadfast  stand  beneath  the  storms  of  fate 
Until  the  end  be  won,  or  purpose  wise 

Complete  for  those  who  thus  can  patient  wait. 
And  so,  in  dear  remembrance  of  thy  praise, 
I  would  revive  thy  hope,  thy  spirits  raise.' 

From  these  two  sonnets  we  can  settle  approxi- 
mately the  date  of  Bernardo  Canacci's  '  Epitaph 
on  Dante,'  and  place  it  about  the  year  1350, 
which,  looking  back  from  our  side  of  the  five 
hundred  years  which  have  elapsed,  seems  to  bring 
it  sufficiently  near  to  the  death  of  the  poet  to 
invest  it  with  a  very  significant  interest.  But  by 
the  surviving  contemporaries  and  friends  some 
such  tribute  to  his  memory  must  have  been 
eagerly  expected,  and  this  appears  from  Me2zani's 
sonnet,  long  before  it  came. 


I  20  Dante  at  Ravenna 

The  concluding  lines  of  that  sonnet,  which  refer 
to  the  'great  love  in  life '  entertained  by  llcrnardo 
Canacci  for  Dante,  establish  with  certainty  the 
fact  of  their  close  and  intimate  friendship.  But 
there  arc  no  other  facts  concerning  Bernardo 
which  can  be  looked  upon  as  equally  certain. 
Out  of  many  theories  respecting  him,  the  proba- 
bilities seem  to  lie  in  favour  of  his  having  belonged 
to  a  Bolognese  family  which  had  migrated  to 
Ravenna,  and  that  he  was  one  of  the  many 
rhymesters  of  the  Romagna  called  upon  by  Guido 
Novello  to  compete  for  the  honour  of  composing 
Dante's  epitaph.  That  he  was  the  successful  com- 
petitor we  have  already  seen,  and  in  the  conclud- 
ing chapter  the  epitaph  will  be  given,  with  further 
details  connected  with  it.  Upon  that  tribute  to 
the  memory  of  his  Master  and  friend  may  justly 
rest  the  claim  of  Bernardo  Canacci  to  the  notice 
of  posterity. 

Such  were  some  of  the  principal  characters  in 
that  remarkable  group  of  friends  who  surrounded 
Dante  during  his  residence  at  Ravenna,  sympathiz- 
ing with  him  in  the  yearnings  of  his  exile,  cheering 
his  solitude,  and  eagerly  watching  the  progress  of 
his  great  work,  with,  probably,  little  thought  that 
their  association  with  him  would  confer  upon 
them  a  share  in  the  immortality  of  his  fame.  Yet 
in  that  way  only  can  we  account  for  the  details  of 
their  personality  which  it  has  been  possible  to 
rescue  from  oblivion  and,  after  a  lapse  of  more 
than  five  centuries,  to  reinvest  with  life. 


CHAPTER  V. 

CLOSING  YEARS  OF  THE  LIFE  OF  DANTE  AT 
RAVENNA. 


CHAPTER  V. 

CLOSING    YEARS    OF   THE    LIFE    OF    DANTE    AT 
RAVENNA. 

'  Quando  mi  vidi  giunto  in  quella  parte 
Di  mia  eta,  dove  ciascun  dovrebbe 
Calar  le  vele  e  raccoglier  le  sarte. ' 

Inf.,  xxvii.  78-So. 

IN  the  last  chapter  we  have  gained  some  im- 
pression of  the  life  at  Ravenna  contempo- 
rary with  Dante,  and  of  his  own  work  in  the 
midst  of  it,  which   Boccaccio  sums  up  in  one  of 
his  graceful  paragraphs  : 

'  Dante  then  inhabited  Ravenna  (having  lost  all  hope, 
though  not  the  desire,  to  return  to  Florence)  for  some 
years,  under  the  protection  of  a  kind  and  benevolent 
patron,  and  there  by  his  lectures  he  instructed  many 
students  in  the  art  of  poetry,  and  especially  in  that  of 
the  vulgar  tongue ;  being,  in  my  opinion,  as  much  the 
first  among  the  Italians  to  place  the  language  in  a 
proper  position,  and  to  give  it  a  due  value,  as  Homer 
was  among  the  Greeks  or  Virgil  among  the  Romans. 
Before  him,  although  it  may  have  been  recognised  as  a 
language,  no  one  had  either  the  desire  or  the  courage 
to  make  it  instrumental    in    composition,  save  that   in 


I  24  Dante  at  Ravenna 

ballads  of  love  and  such-like  light  matters  it  was  some- 
times used.  But  he  proved,  and  effectually  proved,  that 
it  might  be  employed  when  treating  of  the  highest  sub- 
jects, and  thus  exalted  our  vulgar  tongue,  and  made  it 
more  glorious  than  that  of  any  other  nation.'^ 

Although  it  is  obvious  that  we  must  not  seek 
for  any  reference  to  the  living  contemporaries  of 
Dante  at  Ravenna  in  the  pages  of  the  '  Divina 
Commedia,'  more  than  one  passage  proves  how 
deeply  his  mind  was  imbued  with  the  past  tradi- 
tions of  the  city,  from  the  times  of  Julius  Caesar 
and  the  Emperors  down  to  the  great  families  of 
the  Traversari  and  the  Anastagi,  over  whose 
recent  extinction  he  deeply  grieves,  and  the  out- 
lines of  whose  tombs  must  have  been  as  familiar 
to  him  as  to  us.  '  Where  ' — such  is  the  ex- 
clamation he  puts  into  the  mouth  of  Guido  del 
Duca — 

'  Where  is  good  Lizio  ?  where  Arrigo  Mainardi, 
Pier  Traversaro"  and  Guido  di  Carpigna?' 

adding,  in  the  same  speech  : 

'  Marvel  not,  Tuscan,  if  thou  see  me  weep 
When  I  recall  those  once-loved  names. 

***** 
With  Traversaro's  house  and  Anastagio's 

(Each  race  disherited).' 

Purg.,  xiv.  108. 

'  Boccaccio,  'Vita  di  Dante,'  p.  27. 

*  I'ietro  de  Traversari  a  Podesta,  in  Ravenna  in  1 177,  was  a  very 
great   character   in   early   Ravennese   history.      lie   delivered   his 


Closing  Years  of  the  Life  of  Dante    125 

These  families,  whose  names  appear  in  chron- 
icles dating  from  the  fifth  century,  were  extinct, 
but  there  were  descendants  still  living  of  the 
family  of  the  Onesti,  and  their  hearts  may  have 
glowed  with  pride  when  they  found  their  name 
recur  in  the  pages  of  the  '  Paradiso.'  First  in 
order  comes  San  Romualdo  degli  Onesti,  born  at 
the  beginning  of  the  eleventh  century,  who  founded 
the  Order  of  the  Camaldolese.  Placed  by  Dante 
among  the  contemplative  spirits  in  the  seventh 
heaven,  which  is  the  planet  Saturn,  he  is  men- 
tioned in  the  eulogy  of  St.  Benedict : 

'  These  other  flames. 
The  spirits  of  men  contemplative,  were  all 
Enlivened  by  that  warmth,  whose  kindly  force 
Gives  birth  to  flowers  and  fruits  of  holiness  : 
Here  is  Macarius  ;  Romualdo  here  ; 
And  here  my  brethren  who  their  steps  refrained 
Within  the  cloisters,  and  held  firm  their  heart.' 

Par.,  xxii.  44,  et  seq. 

Next  we  have  Beato  Pietro  Onesti,  called  II 
Peccatore,  who  built,  in  iog6,  the  Church  of  Sta. 
Maria  in  Porto  Fuori.  In  the  last  chapter  we 
referred  to  the  beautiful  frescoes  which  cover 
the  walls  of  the  interior ;  the  exterior  is  no  less 


father  out  of  the  hands  of  the  Papal  Legate,  received  the  Emperor 
Frederick  on  his  return  from  Venice  after  his  humiliation  there 
before  Alexander  III.,  made  an  expedition  to  the  Holy  Land,  and 
was  buried  in  the  Church  of  S.  Giovanni  IJatlista.  The  tomb  has 
since  been  moved  into  the  museum. 


126  Dante  at  Ravenna 

interesting.  Once  on  the  coast,  it  now  stands  in 
the  midst  of  a  green  campagna,  from  which  the 
sea  has  receded.  The  curious  and  rather  clumsy 
campanile  rises  from  the  quadrangular  base  of 
the  old  Roman  lighthouse  of  the  port  whence  the 
church  derives  its  name. 

The  remains  of  the  founder  still  rest  in  the 
ancient  marble  sarcophagus  under  an  archway  on 
the  left  hand  of  the  nave,  adorned  with  the  figures 
of  our  Saviour  and  the  Apostles  in  rude  relief. 
Pietro  Peccatore  must  not  be  confounded  with 
Pier  Damiano,  another  Ravennese  saint,  born  in 
1007,  who  died  at  Faenza  in  1072,  and  whose  life 
and  works  are  too  well  known  to  be  recapitulated 
here.  Only  it  is  curious  that  Dante  should  him- 
self have  foreseen  the  confusion  which  has  arisen 
between  the  two  saints,  and  which  he  tried  to 
forestall. 

Pier  Damiano  is  made  by  Dante  to  describe  the 
]\Ionte  Catria  and  the  monastery  of  Fonte  Avel- 
lana.  This  monastery  is  still  to  be  found  nestling 
under  the  side  of  the  mountain  in  the  midst  of  the 
oak  glades  watered  by  ever-flowing  springs  of 
limpid  clearness,  still  served  by  the  Benedictine 
monks  in  their  white  habit,  though  only  three 
represent  the  brotherhood  which  once  peopled  the 
now  silent  and  deserted  cells.  Still  the  room 
which  Dante  occupied  remains  as  it  was  then  ; 
and  through  the  same  window  may  be  seen  the 
rolling  green  swards  of  the  base  of  the  Catria, 
that  giant  of  the  Apennines,  which  may  well  have 


Closing  Years  of  the  Life  of  Dante   127 

suggested  to  him  the  description  of  the  meta- 
phorical Mount  of  Consolation : 

'  Guardai  in  alto,  e  vidi  le  sue  spalle 
Vestite  gia  de'  raggi  del  pianeta 
Che  mena  dritto  altrui  per  ogni  calle.' 

Inf.^  i.  16. 

'  I  look'd  aloft,  and  saw  his  shoulders  broad 
Already  vested  with  that  planet's  beam 
Which  leads  all  wanderers  safe  through  every  way.' 

And   in   the  '  Purgatorio '  we  find  the   actual 
mountain  named,  and  the  convent  described  : 

'  'Twixt  either  shore 
Of  Italy,  nor  distant  from  thy  land, 
A  stony  ridge  ariseth  ;  in  such  sort 
The  thunder  doth  not  lift  his  voice  so  high. 
They  call  it  Catria :  at  whose  foot  a  cell 
Is  sacred  to  the  lonely  eremite : 
For  worship  set  apart,  and  holy  rites. 

.     There 
So  firmly  to  God's  service  I  adhered. 
That,  with  no  costlier  viands  than  the  juice 
Of  olives,  easily  I  passed  the  heats 
Of  summer  and  the  winter  frosts,  content 
In  heavenward  musings.  Rich  were  the  returns 
And  fertile,  which  that  cloister  once  was  used 
To  render  to  these  heavens ;  now  'tis  fallen 
Into  a  waste  so  empty  that  ere  long 
Detection  must  lay  bare  its  vanity. 
Pietro  Damiano  there  was  I  yclept.' 

Par.,  xxi.  94,  et  seq. 


128  Dante  at  Ravenna 

So  far  Gary's  translation  is  exact,  but  when  he 
goes  on  to  say, 

*  Pietro  the  sinner  when  before  I  dwelt 
Beside  the  Adriatic,  in  the  house 
Of  our  blest  Lady,' 

he  makes  the  very  confusion  which  Dante  had 
tried  to  anticipate  by  introducing  the  personal 
pronoun  (io).     The  original  runs  thus  : 

'  In  quel  loci  fu'  io  Pier  Damiano 
E  Pietro  Peccatore  fu  nella  casa 
Di  nostra  Donna  in  sul  lido  Adrian©,' 

which  should  be  rendered  : 

'  Pietro  Damiano  there  was  I  yclept. 
Peter  the  sinner  7cias  the  one  who  dwelt 
Beside  the  Adriatic,  in  the  house 
Of  our  blest  Lady.' 

There  is  one  conclusive  proof  that  Pietro 
Damiano  could  never  have  dwelt  in  the  monastery 
'  beside  the  Adriatic,'  because  that  monastery 
was  founded  twenty-four  years  after  his  death 
by  Pietro  Peccatore  degli  Onesti.  No  one  could 
be  better  aware  of  this  fact  than  Dante,  who 
when  at  Ravenna  was  the  contemporary  of  San 
Rainaldo,  the  esteemed  historian  of  the  Church 
which  he  had  governed  for  twenty  years.^ 

Moreover,  there  were  at  that  time  many  living 
descendants  of  the  family  of  the  Onesti,  to  whom 

'   Vide  ante. 


Closing  Years  of  the  Life  of  Dante    129 

the  sarcophagus  of  Pietro  Peccatore,  placed 
then,  as  now,  in  a  prominent  position  in  the 
church  which  he  had  founded  —  '  Di  nostra 
Donna  in  sul  hdo  Adriano  ' — was  a  source  of  just 
pride. 

Thus,  with  the  past  history  of  the  city  vividly 
before  his  mind,  amid  the  companionship  of 
living  contemporaries,  who  from  their  associa- 
tion with  him  have  left  their  mark  upon  the 
page  of  history,  in  the  midst  of  surroundings 
less  altered,  perhaps,  by  the  course  of  centuries 
than  any  other  of  the  cities  of  Italy  associated 
with  his  name,  we  can  imagine  Dante  at 
Ravenna. 

Even  at  this  distance  of  time  we  can  form 
some  idea  of  the  different  aspects  of  his  life. 
At  the  Court  of  Guido  Novello  it  is  evident  that 
he  filled  many  functions.  In  a  public  capacity 
he  was  the  trusted  counsellor  in  the  affairs  of 
State,  and  often  the  Ambassador,  chosen  on 
account  of  his  known  eloquence,  to  conduct 
delicate  and  difficult  negotiations  with  rival 
States.  On  the  other  hand,  in  a  private  capacity, 
he  was  the  intimate  friend,  the  honoured  guest, 
the  revered  master  in  the  art  of  rhetoric  and 
poetry,  whose  delight  it  was  to  guide  the  natural 
aptitude  and  the  refined  taste  of  his  illustrious 
pupil.  But,  besides  this  close  connection  with 
his  patron,  we  have  seen  that  he  had  a  separate 
independent  life,  a  recognised  position  as  a  public 
instructor  of  youth  in  Ravenna,  and  a  house  of 

9 


130  Dante  at  Ravenna 


his  own,  provided  for  him  by  Guido  Novello,  the 
site  of  which,  although  conjecture  has  been  busy 
with  suggestions,  has  not  yet  been  identified  with 
certainty. 

It  is  time  now  to  speak  of  his  family.  By 
his  marriage  in  1292,  two  years  after  the  death 
of  Beatrice,  with  Gemma  dei  Donati,  the  lady 
at  the  window,  whose  compassionate  glance  ap- 
pealed to  his  broken  heart,^  he  had  six  children. 
Of  these  Alighiero  and  Eliseo  died  of  the  plague 
in  childhood.  Imperia,  the  eldest  daughter,  be- 
came the  wife  of  Tano  di  Bencivenni  Pantaleoni  ; 
the  remaining  three  children — two  sons,  Pietro 
and  Jacopo,  and  one  daughter,  Beatrice — shared 
their  father's  exile.^  To  Pietro  we  have  already 
had  occasion  to  refer,  because  certain  dates  con- 
nected with  the  two  ecclesiastical  benefices,  San 
Simone  di  Muro  and  Sta.  Maria  di  Zenzanigola,^ 
which  he  held  in  Ravenna,  are  of  great  import- 
ance in  fixing  the  date  of  the  arrival  of  Dante  in 
the  city.  Pietro  was  a  lawyer  of  considerable 
reputation  and  fortune  in  Verona,  where  he 
filled  several  important  offices  of  the  State. 
Thence  he  came  to  join  his  father  in  Ravenna. 
The  benefices  which  he  held  there  did  not 
involve  in  his  case,   any   more   than    in   that  of 

'  '  Vita  Nuova,'  xxxvi.  : 

'  Sicche  tutta  pietade  pare  in  lei  raccolta.' 

-  '  Dante  e  il  suo  Secolo,'  p.  68. 

^  San  Simone  di  Muro,  because  built  on  the  wall  of  the  city ; 
Sta.  Maria  di  Zenzanigola,  from  the  name  of  the  street  which  exists 
to  this  day. 


Closing  Years  of  the  Life  of  Dante    131 

Jacopo,  who  held  a  canonry  in  the  parish  of 
S.  Giorgio  at  Verona,  the  necessity  of  taking 
Holy  Orders. 

Jacopo,  the  elder  of  the  two  brothers,  who 
had  shared  to  a  certain  extent  his  father's 
political  career  in  Florence,  was  included  in  the 
decree,  of  November  6,  1315,  which  renewed  for 
the  fourth  time  the  sentence  of  banishment,  and 
being  also  included  in  the  pardon,  offered  two  years 
later  to  the  illustrious  exile,  he  shared  in  his 
indignant  refusal  to  return  to  Florence  on  the 
terms  offered  to  him. 

It  was  the  custom  in  Florence,  on  the  feast- 
day  of  the  patron  saint  (San  Giovanni),  to  pardon 
a  few  of  the  condemned  criminals,  offering  them, 
so  to  speak,  before  the  altar  of  the  saint,  lighted 
taper  in  hand,  and  remitting  the  sentence  to  a 
fine.  In  that  year,  1317,  it  was  decreed,  probably 
for  the  first  time,  that  political  offenders  might 
be  admitted  to  the  same  privilege,  and  the  offer 
was  made  to  Dante.  His  reply  has  been  fortu- 
nately preserved  to  us,  and  whatever  doubts 
may  have  been  cast  upon  the  authenticity  of 
some  of  his  letters,  as  to  this  one  both  external 
and  internal  evidence  declare  it  to  be  his  own. 

'  Is  this,'  he  asks  with  a  scorn  worthy  of  the  epithet 
'  Alma  Sdegnosa,'  which  he  confers  upon  himself  in  his 
poem^ — '  is  this  the  triumphant  recall  of  Dante  Alighieri 
to  his  country  after  nearly   fifteen  years  of   unmerited 

'  *  Inf.,'  viii.  44. 

9—2 


132 


Dante  at  Ravenna 


exile  ?  Is  this  the  reward  of  an  innocence  patent  to  all, 
whoever  they  may  be,  of  continued  labour  and  study  in 
the  sweat  of  the  brow?  V>c  far  from  a  man  conversant 
with  philosophy  the  mere  thought  of  a  baseness  proper 
only  to  the  heart  of  a  churl,  that  he,  like  Ciolo^  and  his 
companions  of  evil  renown,  should  be  as  some  prisoner 
ransomed  from  just  condemnation. 

'  Be  it  far  from  a  man  who  has  once  held  the  scales 
of  justice,  that  he,  the  injured  party,  should  pay  the  fine 
to  his  injurers,  as  to  those  entitled  to  receive  it.  .  .  . 
Not  in  this  way  will  I  return  to  my  country ;  but  if,  O 
my  father,^  through  thee,  or  through  others,  another  way 
could  be  found  which  will  compromise  neither  the  honour 
nor  the  fame  of  Dante,  in  that  way  I  will  at  once  set 
myself.  For  if  I  cannot  re-enter  Florence  by  an  honour- 
able path,  I  will  not  re-enter  it  at  all.  And  forsooth  in 
whatever  corner  of  the  world  I  may  find  myself,  can  I 
not  behold  the  sun  and  the  stars  ?  Can  I  not  beneath 
any  portion  of  the  canopy  of  heaven  meditate  upon  the 
highest,  sweetest  truth,  unless  I  make  myself  a  man  of 
no  renown,  if  not,  indeed,  one  dishonoured  in  the  face  of 
the  people  and  the  city  of  Florence  ?  Nor,  I  am  confi- 
dent, shall  I  ever  want  for  bread. '^ 

The  rest  of  the  letter  is  lost,  but  the  frag- 
ment cited,  copied  in  Boccaccio's  handwriting, 
is  to    be  seen  in  the    Laurenziana  Library,  and 

■*  Probably  some  well-known  criminal  of  the  time. 

°  The  Florentine  friend  to  whom  this  letter  was  addressed  is 
supposed  by  Balbo  to  have  been  Fra  Moricone,  the  Prior  of  the 
Monastery  of  Fonte  Avellana  ;  but  there  are  also  other  theories 
respecting  it  ('Vita  di  Dante,'  vol.  ii.,  p.  282). 

'  Epistola  X.,  '  Air  amico  Fiorentino,'  Opere  Minore,  vol.  iii., 
p.  501. 


Closing  Years  of  the  Life  of  Dante    133 

it  is   commented   upon    by   him    in   his    Life    of 
Dante  : 

'  Oh,  noble  scorn  of  a  naagnanimous  soul !  how  power- 
ful was  thy  influence  in  withstanding  thy  eager  desire  to 
return,  if  such  return  could  only  be  accomplished  by 
means  unworthy  of  a  man  nourished  in  the  school  of 
philosophy  !'^ 

The  decree  of  exile  and  the  offer  of  pardon 
did  not  touch  Pietro,  who  had  taken  no  part  in 
politics ;  but  his  indignation  was  the  same  as 
that  of  his  brother  Jacopo,  and  even  after  his 
father's  death  he  never  re-entered  Florence,  nor, 
although  the  names  of  the  two  brothers  appear 
conjointly  in  the  deeds,  did  he  take  any  personal 
part  in  the  division  of  the  patrimony,  which 
Jacopo,  availing  himself  of  a  later  pardon  in 
1323,  sued  for  and  obtained  as  an  act  of  clemency 
from  the  Florentine  Duke  of  Athens. 

Although  there  is  scarcely  any  record  of  their 
intercourse  with  their  father  during  the  years  they 
shared  his  exile,  they  must  have  been  admitted 
into  his  full  confidence  respecting  his  great  work, 
a  portion  of  it  being  still  to  be  seen  in  the  hand- 
writing of  Pietro  in  the  rare  MS.  preserved  in  the 
museum  at  Ravenna,  while  upon  Jacopo  devolved 
the  task  of  recovering  the  lost  cantos  of  the 
*  Paradiso,'  and  of  addressing  the  completed  work 
to  Guido  Novello,  as  will  be  shown  in  the  last 
chapter. 

^  Boccaccio,  'Vita  di  Dante,'  p.  12. 


I  34  Dante  at  Ravenna 

But  the  entire  reticence  on  the  part  of  Dante 
himself  respecting  his  family  relationships  is  an 
accepted  fact.  There  was  no  exception  made, 
and  there  is  no  ground  for  supposing  that  the 
vituperation  which  Boccaccio  has  heaped  upon 
Gemma,  his  wife,  originated  with  Dante.  She 
may  or  may  not  have  been  the  Xantippe  depicted 
by  the  practised  hand  of  that  prince  of  narrators. 
No  word  upon  the  subject  fell  from  the  lips  of 
Dante  himself. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  is  no  word  of  praise, 
or  even  any  mention  of  her  after  she  became  his 
wife,  no  allusion  to  her  in  any  of  his  writings, 
and  it  is  certain  that  she  did  not  share  his  exile. 
This  absolute  silence,  this  proud  reserve,  shows  all 
the  more  strongly  by  contrast  with  the  outpouring 
of  the  stream  of  his  strong  affection,  the  expres- 
sion of  every  tender  thought  the  human  heart  is 
capable  of,  with  reference  to  Beatrice,  a  devotion 
which,  far  from  being  weakened,  seemed  only 
to  gain  strength  with  the  lapse  of  years,  and 
which  finds  expression  in  the  latest  utterances 
of  his  poetic  genius.  His  youngest  daughter 
bore  her  name,  and  was  with  her  father  at 
Ravenna. 

It  is  not  surprising  that  this  fact  should  have 
suggested  to  modern  art  a  most  inspiring  theme, 
and  that  it  should  have  commanded  the  utmost 
skill  of  poet,  novelist  and  dramatist  in  clothing  it 
with  all  the  grace  and  pathos  imaginable.  But  at 
present,  till  more  research  has  cast   further  light 


Closing  Years  of  the  Life  of  Dante    i  35 

upon  the  subject,  we  must  be  content  with  the  fact 
that  her  presence  at  Ravenna  is  proved  by  the 
circumstance  of  her  entering  the  Convent  of  San 
Stefano  degH  Uhvi  after  her  father's  death,  and 
that  there  Boccaccio  found  her  when  he  brought 
her,  in  1353,  the  pension  of  ten  gold  florins, 
whereby  Florence,  too  late,  endeavoured  to  repair 
an  irreparable  act  of  injustice. 

The  archives  of  Or  San  Michele  still  preserve 
the  following  entry  : 

'Sept.,  1350.  A.  M.  Giov.  di  Bocchacio  fiorini  dicci 
d'  ore  perchfe  gli  desse  a  Suora  Beatrice  figluola  di 
Dante  Alighieri,  Monaca  nel  Motiistero  di  S.  Stefano 
deir  Uliva  di  Ravenna.'^ 

To  this  visit  of  Boccaccio  to  Ravenna  we  owe 
the  sketch  of  Dante's  life.  It  forms  the  prefix  to 
the  famous  commentary  delivered  first  of  all  in 
the  form  of  lectures,  when  he  was  appointed  by 
the  Government  of  Florence  the  first  public  ex- 
ponent of  the  '  Divina  Commedia,'  in  the  Church 
of  San  Stefano  at  Florence,  in  1373.  But  to  return 
to  the  sketch  of  the  life.  It  was,  as  he  tells  us  in 
his  preface,  intended  as  a  slight  amends  to  the 
memory  of  Dante  for  his  exile,  and  the  lack  of 
any  monument  in  Florence.  He  wished  to  supply 
with  his  poor  faculty  of  writing  the  honours  which 
the  commonwealth  had  refused  to  the  noblest  of 
her  sons. 

1  '  Ult.  Rif.,'  p.  214. 


136  Dante  at  Ravenna 


'  And  therefore,  being  myself  of  the  same  city,  although 
my  citizenship  is  but  the  smallest  fraction  when  set  by  the 
side  of  the  large  nobility  and  virtue  of  Dante  Alighieri, 
yet  as  each  fellow-citizen  is  under  a  solemn  obligation 
to  celebrate  his  great  fame,  and  that  which  the  city 
ought  to  have  done  magnificently  not  having  been  done, 
I,  though  unworthy  to  undertake  the  task,  will  with  my 
poor  ability  endeavour  to  do,  not,  indeed,  with  a  statue 
or  a  gorgeous  sepulchre,  for  neither  would  be  in  my 
power,  but  with  my  pen,  all  unequal  though  it  may  be  to 
such  a  theme,  in  order  that  it  may  not  be  said  among 
strange  countries  that  our  nation  is  unworthy  of  such  a 
poet.  And  I  will  write  in  the  Florentine  idiom,  because 
it  will  agree  with  that  which  he  employed  in  the  greater 
part  of  his  works,  things  which  his  modesty  forbade  him 
to  speak  of;  that  is  to  say,  the  nobility  of  his  birth,  his 
life,  studies,  and  habits,  gathering  together  in  one  the 
works  of  his  composition,  the  which  he  has  himself 
made  so  clear  to  posterity  that  perhaps  my  exposition 
will  serve  rather  to  obscure  than  elucidate  them  further. 
Not  that  such  is  my  wish  or  my  intention,  being  con- 
tent to  abide  in  this,  as  in  other  things,  by  the  judg- 
ment of  those  wiser  than  myself,  and  to  be  corrected  by 
them.' 

Passing  by  that  portion  of  the  sketch  which 
relates  to  the  early  life  and  career  of  its  great 
subject,  we  will  turn  to  those  personal  character- 
istics which  must  have  been  derived  from  Piero 
di  Giardini,  who  was  still  living  when  Boccaccio 
arrived  in  Ravenna.^ 

'   Vide  ante,  p.  112. 


Closing  Years  of  the  Life  of  Dante    i  37 

'  Our  poet  was  of  middle  stature,  and  as  soon  as  he 
had  reached  middle  life  had  a  habit  of  stooping  when  he 
walked.  His  carriage  was  grave  and  dignified  ;  his 
dress  simple,  suitable  to  his  time  of  life  and  adapted 
to  his  advancing  years.  His  face  was  long,  the  nose 
aquiline ;  the  eyes  large,  rather  than  small ;  the  jaw 
massive,  and  the  under  lip  projected  somewhat ;  the 
complexion  dark,  and  the  hair  and  beard  thick,  dark 
and  curling ;  the  expression  always  thoughtful  and 
melancholy.  On  this  account  it  happened  that  one  day 
in  Verona  (the  fame  of  his  works  having  spread  every- 
where, and  particularly  that  part  of  the  "  Divina  Com- 
media"  entitled  the  "Inferno,"  which  was  well  known 
to  numbers  of  men  and  women),  as  he  passed  by  a 
doorway  where  many  women  were  congregated,  one  of 
them,  in  a  low  voice,  but  sufficiently  loud  to  be  heard  by 
himself  and  by  the  person  who  was  with  him,  said  to  the 
other  women  :  "  Look  at  him  !  That  is  the  man  who  goes 
down  to  hell,  and  returns  when  he  hkes  and  brings  to  us  up 
here  tidings  of  those  who  are  down  there."  To  which  one 
of  the  other  women  replied,  with  the  utmost  simplicity  : 
"  No  doubt  thou  art  speaking  the  truth,  because  dost  not 
see  how  his  hair  is  black  and  singed,  and  his  face  bronzed 
with  all  the  heat  and  the  smoke  there  is  below  ?"  And 
he,  hearing  these  words  ejaculated  behind  him,  and  per- 
ceiving that  they  were  uttered  by  the  women  in  simple 
faith,  pleased  and  content  that  such  should  be  their 
opinion,  smiled  to  himself  and  passed  on.  Both  in 
public  and  private  life  his  manner  was  ?'ways  composed 
and  sedate,  with  invariable  courtesy  towaras  all  men. 

'  He  was  most  temperate  both  as  to  eating  and  drink- 
ing, never  eating  but  at  the  regular  times,  and  never 
more  than  was  necessary ;    nor  did   he  ever  show  any 


■38 


Dante  at  Ravenna 


greediness  in  the  choice  either  of  food  or  drink  ;  and, 
although  he  appreciated  deHcate  fare,  he  lived  for  the 
most  part  on  common  and  ordinary  food,  greatly  blaming 
those  who  made  luxurious  food  and  its  special  preparation 
their  study,  declaring  that  such  people  did  not  eat  to 
live,  but  lived,  instead,  to  eat.  No  one  was  more  vigilant 
in  study,  allowing  no  other  care  or  interest  to  contend 
witli  it,  so  much  so  as  to  cause  grief  to  his  wife  and 
family  before  they  became  accustomed  to  his  habits, 
when  they  accepted  it  as  a  matter  of  course.  He  seldom 
spoke,  unless  directly  addressed,  and  when  he  did  speak 
it  was  with  a  voice  and  manner  exactly  measured  and 
adapted  to  the  matter  in  hand,  although  when  the  occasion 
required  his  eloquence  was  rich  and  abundant,  fluent 
also,  and  with  careful  distinct  enunciation. 

'  In  his  youth  he  took  great  delight  in  songs  and  melo- 
dies, and  attached  himself  to  anyone  who  had  made 
himself  famous  as  a  rhymester  or  minstrel  ;^  and  the 
result  of  this  delight  showed  itself  in  compositions 
adapted  for  melody,  which  were  so  arranged  by  his 
minstrel  friends.  How  much  he  was  influenced  by 
the  tender  passion  of  love  has  already  been  clearly  shown, 
and  it  is  universally  believed  that  this  passion  was  the 
main  incentive  to  his  becoming  first  of  all  a  rhymester  in 
the  vulgar  tongue,  and  then,  urged  by  the  desire  to  give 
solemnity  to  the  declaration  of  his  passion  and  to  gain 
subsequent  fame,  he  diligently  perfected  himself  in  the 
use  of  it  till  he  had  not  only  outstripped  all  his  con- 
temporaries, but  he  so  gready  improved  and  developed 
it  that  many  at  the  time  and  many  since  have  desired 
and  succeeded  in  becoming  experts  in  it.  He  preferred 
to  be  alone  and  to  live  a  solitary  life,  in  order  that  his 

'  Casella,  '  Purg./  ii.  91. 


Closing  Years  of  the  Life  of  Dante    139 

contemplations  might  be  uninterrupted ;  and  if  some 
thought  suddenly  struck  him,  he  being  at  that  time  in 
the  company  of  others,  he  would  remain  silent  and 
abstracted,  no  matter  what  question  was  put  to  him  or 
what  observation  made,  until  he  had  either  concluded 
his  meditation  or  dismissed  it  from  his  mind ;  this 
would  often  happen  either  when  at  table  or  when  walking 
with  his  companions,  and  they  desired  to  take  another 
way.  His  studies  he  pursued  with  unremitting  assiduity, 
and  no  new  occurrence  was  ever  allowed  to  alter  or  dis- 
place the  time  allotted  to  them.  It  is  said  by  those 
worthy  of  credence,  that  being  one  day  in  Sienna,  in 
front  of  the  booth  of  an  apothecary,  and  a  book  having 
been  brought  to  him  which  had  for  a  long  time  been 
promised  to  him — a  book  much  thought  of  by  the  learned 
men  of  the  time,  but  never  having  been  seen  by  him — 
and  having  by  chance  no  place  where  he  could  take  it 
away  to  study  it,  there  upon  the  bench  outside  the 
booth  where  he  stood,  he  placed  himself,  with  the  book 
before  him,  and  began  to  read  it  with  such  avidity  that, 
although  on  account  of  a  general  feast-day  in  Sienna 
there  was  a  joust  and  tournament  going  on  before  his 
eyes,  accompanied  with  the  clash  of  weapons  and  armour, 
the  sound  of  various  musical  instruments,  and  the  shouts 
of  the  people — to  say  nothing  of  the  accompaniments  of 
the  feast,  such  as  the  dancing  of  beautiful  women,  and 
deeds  of  prowess  and  skill  on  the  part  of  the  young  men 
—  he  was  never  seen  to  stir  or  to  lift  his  eyes  once  from 
the  book ;  and  having  placed  himself  there  at  nones,  it  was 
not  till  after  vespers  that,  having  read  the  book  through, 
and  having  made  himself  thoroughly  master  of  it,  he 
rose  from  his  seat.  On  being  asked  how  he  could  refrain 
from  looking  at  the  gay  spectacle  in  front  of  hiui,  he  re- 


140  Dante  at  Ravenna 


plied  that  he  had  not  been  even  aware  of  it,  and  so  to 
the  first  wonder  was  added  a  second  for  his  questioners 
to  ruminate  upon. 

'  He  was,  moreover,  a  poet  of  marvellous  genius,  of 
sound  memory,  and  keen  intellect — so  much  so  that, 
when  in  Paris,  assisting  at  a  discussion,  "  De  quolibet," 
a  subject  at  that  time  much  debated  in  the  schools  of 
theology,  fourteen  questions  were  put  to  him  by  different 
men  of  great  learning  upon  different  points,  with  the 
arguments  for  and  against  on  either  side,  he,  without 
a  moment's  hesitation,  gathered  them  together,  and,  in 
their  order  as  they  had  been  put  to  him,  replied  to 
them  one  by  one  in  the  same  order,  with  much  subtlety 
meeting  and  confuting  the  arguments  on  the  contrary 
side,  the  which  thing  was  looked  upon  as  a  miracle  by 
the  bystanders. 

'  To  the  loftiness  of  his  thought  and  the  subtlety  of 
his  inventive  faculty  his  own  works,  rather  than  my 
words,  bear  sufficient  testimony.  He  longed  for  honour 
and  fame,  perhaps  more  than  was  altogether  consistent 
with  the  nobility  of  his  character.  But,  on  the  other 
hand,  what  spirit  is  there  so  altogether  humble  as  to  be 
insensible  to  the  allurements  of  fame  ?  And  it  was,  I 
believe,  on  account  of  this  longing  that  he  preferred  the 
study  of  poetry,  perceiving  that  as  philosophy  was  superior 
to  all  other  studies,  its  excellence  could  only  be  under- 
stood by  the  few,  and  that  there  existed  already  in  the 
world  many  famous  philosophers  ;  whereas  in  the  case 
of  poetry  it  was  easy  to  all  to  understand  and  delight 
in  it,  yet  of  poets  they  were  few  and  far  between. 
Therefore,  hoping  by  means  of  poetry  to  attain  to  the 
almost  obsolete  and  distinguished  honour  of  the  laurel 
crown,  he  gave  himself  up  both  to  the  study  and  com- 


Closing  Years  of  the  Life  of  Dante    141 

position  of  tiie  art.  And  certainly  his  desire  would 
have  been  fulfilled  had  fortune  been  favourable  to  him, 
and  had  he  been  able  to  return  to  Florence,  where  alone, 
at  the  Font  of  San  Giovanni,  would  he  have  accepted  the 
laurel  crown  —  there  where  he  had  received  the  first 
name  to  take  the  second  in  the  act  of  coronation.  But 
thus  it  fell  out,  that,  although  his  merit  was  sufficiently 
great  to  have  enabled  him  to  claim  anywhere  the  honour 
of  the  laurel  crown  (which  does  not,  of  itself,  increase 
knowledge,  being  but  the  seal  and  adornment  of  it),  yet 
that  falling  out  which  never  should  have  been,  he  waited 
in  vain,  and,  refusing  every  other  offer,  died  without  the 
much-coveted  honour.'^ 

Such  is  the  outline  of  the  portrait  traced  by  the 
first  biographer  of  Dante.  Popular  tradition  has 
added,  in  the  form  of  anecdote,  a  few  character- 
istic  touches.      One   of  these   relates   how   that 

^  Later  on  in  the  same  work  Boccaccio  makes  a  divergence  to 
treat  of  this  custom,  and  gives  three  reasons  for  the  choice  of  the 
laurel,  because  the  laurel  amongst  others  has  three  especial  pro- 
perties :  '  The  first,  we  can  see  for  ourselves  it  is  evergreen  ;  the 
second,  it  is  impervious  to  the  bolt  of  the  thunder  and  the  blast  of 
the  lightning,  in  which  it  differs  from  all  other  trees ;  the  third,  it 
is  odoriferous  with  the  sweetest  perfume — this  we  can  also  per- 
ceive for  ourselves.  These  three  properties  were  reckoned  by  the 
ancients,  from  whom  the  custom  is  derived,  to  mark  its  fitness  for 
celebrating  the  merit  of  the  poet  and  the  victory  of  the  commander. 
First,  because  the  perpetual  green  of  the  leaves  demonstrates  the 
undying  fame  of  their  deeds,  those  who  have  been  crowned,  or  who 
ever  will  be  crowned,  being  thereby  rendered  immortal.  Secondly, 
their  fame  is  so  surely  established  as  to  be  impervious  to  the  blast 
of  envy  and  the  destructive  power  of  time,  which  consumes  every- 
thing. Thirdly,  to  show  that  all  deeds  of  fame  can  never,  in  the 
course  of  years,  lose  their  enchantment  for  reader  and  listener  alike, 
but,  being  always  acceptable  and  full  of  charm,  are  in  their  per- 
petual sweetness  like  the  leaves  of  the  laurel.' — 'Vita  di  Uante,' 
PP-  52,  53- 


142  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Dante,  in  one  day's  journey,  passed  through 
Lugo,  where  he  was  cheated  and  given  short 
measure  by  a  mercer ;  through  Fusignano,  where 
he  was  made  to  pay  an  unjust  tax;  through 
Bagnacavallo,  where  he  was  insulted  by  the 
people.  Recapitulating  in  his  evening  orisons 
the  three  outrages  of  the  day,  he  is  said  to  have 
exclaimed  : 

'  A  statera  Luci,  a  justitia  Fusignani  et  ab  infami  plebe 
Balneocaballi  libera  nos  Domine.' 

'  From  the  standard  of  the  Lughese,  from  the  injustice 
of  the  Fusignanese,  and  from  the  insults  of  the  men  of 
Bagnacavallo,  deliver  us,  O  Lord.' 

The  tradition  remains  among  the  people  of 
Bagnacavallo  to  such  an  extent  that,  when  any- 
one embarks  in  a  search  for  hidden  treasures  or 
antiquities,  they  are  derided  for  '  searching  after 
the  bones  of  Dante's  ass,'  The  poor  animal 
which  carried  the  poet  that  day  was  so  ill-treated, 
while  its  master,  the  Ghibelline  passing  through 
Guelph  territory,  was  insulted,  that  it  died  shortly 
afterwards,  and  was  buried  at  Bagnacavallo. 

A  second  anecdote  is  important,  because  it  has 
reference  to  what  is  called  the  '  Credo '  of  Dante, 
which,  although  pronounced  by  modern  criticism 
to  be  apocryphal,  has  hitherto  been  printed  with 
the  minor  works  of  Dante.  It  was  originally 
published  in  the  fifteenth  century  in  Latin,  in  the 
modern  spelling,  and  translated  into  Italian  by 


Closing  Years  of  the  Life  of  Dante    143 

Quadrio.^  Confronted  again  with  the  original 
MS.-  by  Rigoli,  who  discovered  corroboration  in 
no  less  than  twelve  original  MSS,  of  the  fourteenth 
century,  and  acquired  a  '  terzina  '  in  this  process, 
which  had  never  been  printed  before,^  the  '  Credo ' 
was  placed  by  him  at  the  head  of  a  collection  of 
rhymes  by  various  great  writers,*  with  the  follow- 
ing introduction  : 

'  It  would  not  be  possible  to  open  our  collection  with 
a  more  illustrious  name.  Dante  stands  first,  both  on 
account  of  his  fame  and  because  of  the  chronological 
order  which  we  propose  to  adopt  in  the  disposition  of 
our  material.  We  therefore  start  with  his  "  Profession  of 
Faith,"  which  contains  the  Apostles'  Creed,  the  Exposi- 
tion of  the  Sacrament,  and  the  Decalogue,  the  enumera- 
tion of  the  deadly  sins,  the  Paraphrase  of  the  Lord's 
Prayer,  and  the  Ave  Maria  in  "  terza  rima."  '^ 

Although,  as  a  matter  of  poetry,  it  has  no 
extraordinary  merit,  yet  on  account  of  the  terse 
and  pellucid  exposition  of  the  faith  as  Dante 
believed  it,  showing  exactly  what  his  tenets  were 
even  with  respect  to  the  observance  of  Sunday ."^  it 

'  Author  of  '  Storia  e  Ragione  di  Ogni  Letteratura,'  a  standard 
work. 

'  Codice  1,011  della  Riccardiana. 
'  '  Masol  di  quell'  eterno,'  etc.,  xxvi. 
*  '  Saggio  di  Rime  di  diversi  buoni  Autori.' 
'  '  II  Canzoniere  di  Dante  Alighieri,'  etc.,  Da  Pietro  Fraticelli. 
*  '  II  Terzo  si  e,  che  ciascun  si  riposa 
D'  ogni  fatica  un  dl  nella  semana 
Siccome  Santa  Chiesa  aperto  pose.' 

The  commandment  is  called  the  third  instead  of  the  fourth,  because 
the  first  and  second  are  made  into  one. 


144  Dante  at  Ravenna 

is  to  be  hoped  that  the  further  researches  in  con- 
templation will  remove  all  doubt  that  it  was 
indeed  his  work.  Moreover,  the  origin  of  the 
composition  is  not  a  little  interesting.  The  story 
is  as  follows : 

There  dwelt  in  Ravenna  a  learned  friar  of  the 
minor  order,  who  was  an  inquisitor,  and  hear- 
ing much  talk  of  this  Dante,  he  determined  '  in 
his  heart  to  know  him  so  that  he  might  see 
whether  in  truth  he  erred  from  the  faith  of  Christ; 
and  one  morning,  when  Dante  was  in  a  church  to 
worship  our  Lord,  this  inquisitor  arrived  in  the 
same  church,  and  Dante  was  pointed  out  to  him. 
Then  the  inquisitor  caused  him  to  be  summoned. 
Dante  approached  him  with  reverence.  The 
inquisitor  then  asked,  "  Art  thou  that  Dante  who 
sayest  that  thou  hast  passed  through  hell,  purga- 
tory and  paradise  ?"  And  Dante  replied,  "  I  am 
Dante  Alighieri  of  Florence."  And  the  inquisitor 
went  on  angrily,  "Thou  makest  songs  and  sonnets 
and  such-like  rubbish.  Thou  wouldst  have  done 
far  better  to  write  a  grammar,  and  have  been 
content  to  rest  on  the  foundations  of  the  Church 
of  God,  giving  no  heed  to  such  inventions,  which 
may  one  day  bring  thee  the  reward  that  thou 
meritest."  And  Dante  making  as  if  he  would 
reply  to  this,  the  inquisitor  said,  "  This  is  not  the 
time  ;  but  on  such  a  day  we  will  meet,  for  I  wish 
to  investigate  these  things."  Dante  then  an- 
swered that  this  would  be  most  agreeable  to  him, 
and,  leaving  the  inquisitor,  retired  to  his  room. 


Closing  Years  of  the  Life  of  Dante    1 45 

There  he  wrote  the  treatise  which  is  called  the 
"  Little  Creed,"  the  which  is  a  complete  affirma- 
tion of  the  creed  of  Christ.  Having  shown  this  to 
the  inquisitor,  it  seemed  to  him  a  very  remarkable 
production,  and  he  knew  not  any  more  what  to 
say  to  Dante.' 

A  third  anecdote  is  cited  as  valuable  evidence 
that  Dante  gave  public  instruction  in  Ravenna. 
It  is  said  that,  while  these  lectures  were  being 
delivered,  another  of  the  Ravennese  doctors  said 
to  a  student  who  was  praising  the  science  of 
Dante,  '  You  speak  of  the  science  of  a  rogue,' 
adding,  *  Because  Dante  has  said  everything 
worthy  of  fame  and  remembrance  in  his  poems, 
and  has  left  nothing  for  anyone  else  to  say,  there- 
fore he  is  a  rogue.' 

The  fourth  and  last  shows  the  unfailing  readi- 
ness of  his  wit.  One  day,  at  the  Court  of  Guido 
da  Polenta,  a  courtier,  perceiving  that  Dante, 
silent  and  grave,  as  was  his  wont,  kept  aloof  from 
the  company,  never  ceased  persecuting  him  with 
questions  as  to  what  was  the  matter — what  was 
he  thinking  about  ? 

'  I  was  wondering,'  replied  Dante,  *  which  was 
the  greatest  beast  in  the  world.' 

'  Oh  !'  said  his  tormentor,  '  don't  rack  your 
brains  any  more  about  that,  for  I  can  tell  you. 
The  elephant  is  the  greatest  beast  in  the 
world.' 

'  Then,'    replied     Dante    immediately,     *  dear 

10 


146  Dante  at  Ravenna 


Mr.  Elephant,  do  leave  me  alone  and  attend  to 
your  own  affairs.' 

These  anecdotes  are  preserved  in  Ravenna  with 
as  much  care  as  the  tradition  which  indicates  the 
path,  called  the  Viale  de'  Poeti,  or  del  Poeta,  taken 
by  Dante  on  his  way  to  the  Pine  Forest. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  PIN  ETA— EMBASSY  TO  VENICE— DEATH  AND 
BURIAL. 


10 — 2 


CHAPTER  VI. 

THE    PINETA — EMBASSY   TO    VENICE — DEATH 
AND    BURIAL. 

'  La  divina  Foresta  spessa  e  viva.' 

Furg.,  xxviii.  I,  2. 

IF,  from  the  Latin  correspondence,  it  is  reason- 
able to  suppose  that  the  *  Paradiso '  was 
mainly  written  at  Ravenna,  the  description 
of  the  *  divina  Foresta  spessa  e  viva  '  in  the  *  Pur- 
gatorio  '  leaves  no  room  for  doubt  that  the  Pine 
Forest  at  Ravenr.a  must  have  inspired  that 
passage,  and  that  there,  and  nowhere  else,  could 
it  have  been  written. 

It  has  been  ably  argued,  in  the  paper  already 
alluded  to,  by  Mr,  Gladstone,  when  enumerating 
probabilities  in  favour  of  Dante's  visit  to  Oxford, 
that  he  must  have  had  personal  cognizance  of  the 
places  he  described.  For  example,  when  he  nar- 
rates the  journey  of  Caesar  up  the  Rhone  it  is 
through  his  own  personal  experience  of  the  place. 
Again,  the  cities  of  Flanders  are  named  by  him, 
because  he  saw  them  in  his  journey  further  North, 


150  Dante  at  Ravenna 

and  so  on  till  he  reaches  England,  adding  touches 
of  local  interest  which  could  only  have  been  ob- 
tained by  a  personal  knowledge  of  the  spot. 

This  argument  is  still  more  forcible  when 
applied,  not  to  a  city  or  a  place,  but  to  some  pass- 
ing phenomenon  of  Nature  or  sudden  effect.  How, 
for  example,  if  he  had  not  himself  witnessed  it, 
could  Dante  have  described  the  appearance  of 
the  Tower  of  Cariscenda,  which,  if  the  clouds 
behind  it  are  travelling  in  the  direction  contrary 
to    the   inclination    of  the  tower,   make    it    seem 

about  to  fall  P^ 

'  As  appears 
The  Tower  of  Cariscenda,  from  beneath 
Where  it  doth  lean,  if  chance  a  passing  cloud 
So  sail  across,  that  opposite  it  hangs. 
Such  then  Antaeus  seemed,  as  at  mine  ease 
I  marked  him  stooping.' 

Carv,  Trans. 

Or,  again,  the  gentle  fall  of  the  snow  in  the  silence 
of  a  mountain  pass,-  or  the  sudden  rising  and 
spreading  of  the  mist  till  the  whole  landscape  was 
blotted  out,  if  he  had  not  himself  beheld  the 
phenomena  while  passing  the  Apennines  in  the 
early  winter  ? 

In  a  similar  way,  only  more  forcible  still,  the 
forest  in  the  'Purgatorio'  is  a  living  picture  of  the 
Pineta  at  Ravenna,  and  has  been  referred  to  in 
this  sense  in  all  the  commentaries,  most  notably 
in  that  of  Benvenuto  da  Imola.^ 

'   'Inf.,'  xxxi.  136,  141.  "  'Purg.,'  xxx.  85. 

*  '  Comentum,' iv.  161,  162. 


The  Pineta  151 

It  is  not  only  the  rustle  of  the  pines  and  the 
song  of  the  birds  which,  in  the  poem,  exactly 
describe  the  great  forest  at  Ravenna.  The  picture 
is  a  facsimile  in  all  its  details,  and  proves  how 
profound  was  the  impression  upon  the  mind  of 
Dante.  No  point  of  note  escapes  him  when,  in 
the  '  Purgatorio,'  he  paints  from  the  life  the  tall, 
rugged  trunks,  often  in  straight  rows  like  the 
aisles  of  an  ancient  basilica,  with  branches  reach- 
ing out  from  side  to  side,  interlacing  each  other, 
making  shelter  alike  from  heat  and  storm,  and 
penetrated  by  an  even,  tempered  light.  Below, 
an  undergrowth  of  myrtle  and  juniper,  as  if 
rejoicing  in  the  protection  overhead,  spreads 
itself  over  a  carpet  of  moss,  broken  here  and 
there  by  little  clumps  of  flowering  shrubs  and 
sweet-smelling  flowers.  Here  is  the  first  picture 
of  it  in  the  lines  : 

'  Vago  gia  di  cercar  dentro  e  dintorno, 
La  divina  Foresta  spessa  e  viva.' 

Purg.^  xxviii.  i. 

'  Through  that  celestial  forest,  whose  thick  shade 
With  lively  greenness  the  new  springing  day 
Attempered,  eager  now  to  roam,  and  search 
Its  limits  round,  forthwith  I  left  the  bank.' 

Like  a  curtain  of  green  velvet,  the  thick  crests 
of  the  pines  break  the  blast  of  the  wind  so  effectu- 
ally that  it  cannot  bluster  in  the  sheltered  aisles 
of  the  mysterious  forest,  and  only  reaches  the 
traveller  with  a  force  as  mitigated  as  that  of  the 


152  Dante  at  Ravenna 


light.  And  when  the  sirocco  blows  from  the 
south-east  the  pines  on  the  coast  turn  towards 
the  west,  and  through  their  needle  foliage  passes 
a  sweet  murmur  as  of  an  ^olian  harp  : 

'  Tal,  qual  di  ramo  in  ramo  si  raccoglie 
Per  la  Pineta  in  sul  lito  di  Chiassi, 
Quando  Eolo  Scirocco  fuor  discioglie.' 

Purg.,  xxviii.  19-21. 

'  Even  as  from  branch  to  branch, 
Along  the  piny  forests  on  the  shore 
Of  Chiassi,  rolls  the  gathering  melody, 
When  Eolus  hath  from  his  cavern  loosed 
The  dripping  south.' 

Gary,  Trans. 
The  birds  which,  by  a  natural   instinct,  have 
sought  refuge  in  this  evergreen  arcade,  undisturbed 
by  the  storm,  sing  on  in  ceaseless  melody  : 

'  Non  perb  dal  lor  esser  dritto  sparte 
Tanto,  che  gli  augelletti  per  le  cime 
Lasciasser  d'  operare  ogni  lor  arte  : 
Ma  con  piena  letizia  1'  aure  prime, 
Cantando,  riceveano  intra  le  foglie, 
Che  tenevan  bordone  alle  sue  rime.' 

Ibid.,  13-18. 

'  Upon  their  top  the  feathered  quiristers 
Applied  their  wonted  art,  and  with  full  joy 
Welcomed  those  hours  of  prime,  and  warbled  shrill 
Amid  the  leaves,  that  to  their  jocund  lays 
Kept  tenor.' 

Carv,  Trans. 


The  Pineta 


153 


Then  we  have  the  description  of  the  canals 
which,  at  regular  intervals,  intersect  the  dense 
regions  of  the  great  forest,  carrying  their  limpid 
waters  to  the  sea,  their  banks  lined  with  fresh 
herbage  : 

*  Gia  m'  avean  trasportato  i  lenti  passi 
Dentro  all'  antica  selva  tanto,  ch'  io 
Non  potea  riveder  dond'  io  m'  entrassi : 
Ed  ecco  r  andar  piu  mi  tolse  un  rio, 
Che  inver  sinistra  con  sue  piccole  onde 
Piegava  1'  erba  che  in  sua  ripa  uscio. 
Tutte  r  acque,  che  son  di  qua  piu  monde, 
Parrieno  avere  in  se  mistura  alcuna 
Verso  di  quella,  che  nulla  nasconde, 
Avvegna  che  si  muova  bruna  bruna 
Sotto  r  ombra  perpetua,  che  mai 
Raggiar  non  lascia  Sole  ivi,  nb  Luna. 
Coi  pie  ristetti  e  con  gli  occhi  passai 
Di  la  dal  fiumicello,  per  mirare 
La  grande  variazion  de'  freschi  mai. ' 

Ibid.,  22-36. 

'  Already  had  my  steps, 
Though  slow,  so  far  into  that  ancient  wood 
Transported  me,  I  could  not  ken  the  place 
Where  I  had  entered,  when  behold  !  my  path 
Was  bounded  by  a  rill,  which  to  the  left 
With  little  rippling  waters  bent  the  grass, 
That  issued  from  the  brink.     On  earth  no  wave 
How  clean  soe'er,  that  would  not  seem  to  have 
Some  mixture  in  itself,  compared  with  this, 
Transpicuous,  clear  ;  yet  darkly  on  it  rolled, 
Darkly  beneath  perpetual  gloom,  which  ne'er 


I  54  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Admits  or  sun  or  moon  light  there  to  shine. 

My  feet  advanced  not ;  but  my  wondering  eyes 
Passed  onward,  o'er  the  streamlet,  to  survey 
The  tender  May-bloom,  flushed  through  many  a  hue. 
In  prodigal  variety.' 

Gary,  Tratis. 

No  one  who  had  ever  visited  the  spot  could 
fail  to  recognise  in  the  '  divina  Foresta  spessa  e 
viva  '  of  the  terrestrial  paradise  the  character- 
istics of  the  Pine  Forest  at  Ravenna,  and  one 
glance  back  at  the  Latin  eclogue  of  Giovanni  del 
Virgilio,  while  confirming  Dante's  description, 
will  show  how  familiar  these  were  also  to  his 
correspondent.^ 

This  conjunction  of  testimony  would  lead  one 
to  suppose  that  the  concluding  cantos  of  the 
'  Purgatorio,'  as  well  as  the  whole  of  the  *  Para- 
diso,'  were  composed  in  the  cool,  mysterious 
shade  of  the  forest  to  the  melodious  accompani- 
ment of  the  rustling  pines  and  ceaseless  song  of 
the  birds. 

To  this  period  also  belong  those  minor  works  of 
Dante — the  *  Credo,'  already  referred  to,  and  the 
*  Paraphrase  of  the  Seven  Penitential  Psalms.' 
This  paraphrase,  though,  of  course,  lacking  in  the 
power  and  vigour  which  characterize  the  original 
work  of  Dante,  has  caught  the  spirit  of  the  writer, 
prompted  probably  by  the  same  feelings,  that 
appeal  from  the  injustice  of  men  to  the  justice 
of  God,    which    inspired    the   psalmist,  and    the 

1    Vide  ante,  Chapter  IV.,  p.  104. 


Opere  Minori  155 

passionate  yearnings  which,  in  the  hour  of 
anguish,  have  gone  up  from  many  and  many  a 
sorrow-laden  soul. 

Here  and  there  we  find  thrown  in  many  a  little 
personal  touch  relating  to  his  own  life,  short- 
comings, and  bent  of  mind.  These  are  to  be 
found  especially  in  Psalm  V.,  and  still  more  in 
the  De  Proftindis,  which  is  the  most  masterly 
paraphrase  of  all. 

From  the  calm  solitudes  where  he  pursued 
occupations  of  this  nature,  and  from  a  corre- 
sponding state  of  thought,  Dante  was  suddenly 
called  upon  by  his  patron,  Guido  Novello,  to 
appear  once  more  in  the  public  capacity  of  an 
Ambassador  from  Ravenna  to  Venice  ;  and  this  is 
the  last  important  act  of  his  life. 

Needless  to  say  that  the  closing  event  of  such  a 
career  has  proved  the  last  citadel  round  which 
every  storm  of  criticism,  assertion,  and  counter- 
assertion  has  raged,  and  will  rage  till  further  and 
renewed  investigation  has  settled  the  points  of 
dispute.  Meanwhile  the  facts  can  only  be  re- 
stated as  they  have  hitherto  stood,  together  with 
the  arguments  for  and  against  the  letter,  supposed 
to  have  been  written  from  Venice  by  Dante  to 
Guido  da  Polenta.  Boccaccio  makes  no  allusion 
to  the  Embassy  to  Venice.  After  the  sentence 
in  which  he  describes  the  life  of  Dante  at  Ravenna 
as  being  chiefly  spent  in  giving  instruction  to  his 
scholars  in  the  art  of  poetry  in  the  lingua  volgare,^ 
'  See  Chapter  IV. 


156  Dante  at  Ravenna 


he  passes  at  once  to  that  hour  appointed  to  all 
men  which  came  also  to  Dante.  Only  in  so  far 
as  the  date  which  he  assigns  tallies  with  the  period 
of  the  return  from  Venice  does  the  testimony  of 
Boccaccio  throw  any  light  upon  the  vexed  ques- 
tion. It  is  upon  the  narrative  of  Villani,  sup- 
ported by  Manetti,  that  biographers  have  hitherto 
rested  for  their  statements.  The  chronicle  of 
Villani  records  that  Dante  died 

'  in  the  city  of  Ravenna  in  the  Romagna,  on  his  return 
from  his  Embassy  to  Venice  on  behalf  of  the  Signori  da 
Polenta,  with  whom  he  lived. '^ 

Then  follow  further  particulars,  from  which  we 
gather  the  motive  of  the  Embassy.  A  dispute  had 
arisen  between  Venice  and  Ravenna ;  a  Venetian 
ship  had  been  attacked  by  the  Ravennese,  the 
captain  killed,  and  many  of  the  crew  wounded. 
The  Venetians,  furious,  quickly  determined  on 
reprisal.  They  made  an  alliance  with  the  Orde- 
laffi  at  Forli,  promising  to  supply  funds  to  the 
amount  of  3,000  golden  florins  to  raise  and  equip 
troops  so  as  to  make  immediate  war  upon  Ravenna, 
and,  in  return  for  their  support,  they  were  to  receive 
a  free  supply  of  salt  and  grain  while  the  war  lasted. 
They  laid  their  grievance  before  the  Malatesta  of 
Rimini,  relating  the  offence  committed  in  time  of 
peace  against  the  Republic  by  Guido  da  Polenta 
and  the  commune  of  Ravenna.  As  a  protest 
against  such  an  outrage  they  summoned  Pandolfo 

^  '  Storie,'  lib.  ix.,  c.  xxxiv. 


Embassy  to  Venice  157 

to  withdraw  his  alliance  from  Ravenna,  and  to 
refuse  the  passage  through  Rimini  of  any  force 
sent  to  the  assistance  of  Ravenna,  under  pain  of 
being  considered  the  enemy  of  Venice.  Cesena, 
Imola,  and  Faenza  received  similar  instructions 
from  the  incensed  Republic.  Meanwhile  the 
OrdelafR  lost  no  time  in  responding  to  the 
Venetian  proposals,  promising  at  once  to  attack 
Ravenna  with  all  the  infantry  they  could  muster, 
as  well  as  to  supply  two  hundred  cavalr}.'  within 
the  first  and  three  hundred  within  the  second 
month,  '  in  order  to  defeat  that  city,  the  enemy  of 
Venice,  with  force  and  valour,  to  the  utter  loss 
and  destruction  of  the  same  until  she  sued  for 
peace  or  a  truce.' 

Ravenna,  thus  threatened  on  all  sides  by  a 
combination  of  enemies,  one  of  whom  alone 
would  have  sufficed  for  her  destruction,  had  no 
time  to  lose  in  pacifying  her  enraged  adversary, 
and  Guido  da  Polenta  decided  to  despatch  an 
immediate  Embassy  to  Venice  to  avert  the  im- 
pending storm.  Nor  was  there  any  hesitation  in 
his  choice  of  Dante  as  the  principal  Ambassador, 
not  only  on  account  of  his  learning  and  well- 
known  powers  of  rhetoric,  but  because  of  his 
diplomatic  experience  in  former  embassies,  his 
previous  relationship  with  the  Ordelaffi  family, 
who  shared  his  politics,  and  one  of  whom, 
Scarpetta,  he  had  served  as  secretary  (1307-8). 
Matters  having  reached  this  threatening  crisis, 
delay  was  dangerous,  and  the  Ambassadors  must 


158  Dante  at  Ravenna 

have  left  Venice  in  the  last  days  of  August. 
Although  no  document  has  yet  been  found  in  the 
Venetian  archives  relative  to  the  arrival  of  this 
first  Embassy  from  Ravenna,  the  documents  which 
do  exist  are  as  follows : 

I.  August  II,  1321.  The  determination  of  the 
Maggior  Consiglio  as  to  a  rupture  of  all  negotiation 
between  Venice  and  Ravenna. 

II.  August  17,  1321.  The  despatch  of  the 
Venetian  Ambassador,  Niccolo  di  Marsilio,  by 
Doge  Giovanni  Soranzo  to  Cecco  degli  Ordelaffi 
to  solicit  his  alliance. 

III.  August  22,  T321.  The  reply,  as  cited,  of 
Cecco  degli  Ordelaffi. 

Another  document,  that  of  October  20,  the  same 
year,  one  month  after  the  death  of  Dante,  relates 
to  the  second  Embassy  despatched  from  Ravenna, 
in  which  there  is  plain  and  distinct  allusion  to  the 
previous  Embassy.  This  had  evidently  resulted 
in  the  preliminaries  of  a  peace,  the  provisions 
of  which  were  carried  a  stage  further  by  the 
second  Embassy.  The  reply  of  the  Doge  and 
the  Council  leaves  no  room  for  doubt  upon  the 
matter. 

'  You  already  know  '  (these  are  the  terms  in  which  it  is 
couched),  '  both  from  ourselves  and  our  commissioners, 
that  it  is  our  intention  to  live  in  peace  with  the  com- 
munity of  Ravenna,  but  because  you  have  already  said, 
and  say  now,  that  you  are  not  empowered  to  reply,  go 
back  for  your  instructions  and  return,  either  yourselves, 
or  let  others  return  in  your  stead,  with  an  arranged  con- 


Embassy  to  Venice  1 59 

tract  and  agreement,  ready  to  be  signed,  and  the 
negotiations  will  proceed  in  such  a  manner  as  to  put  a 
stop  to  all  discord,  and  peace  will  again  reign.  Mean- 
while it  will  be  well  that  the  Ravennese  restore  what  they 
have  taken,  and  we  will  do  the  same.  As  to  the  pro- 
clamation of  peace,  go  back  to  Ravenna  and  proclaim  it 
both  in  regard  to  ourselves  and  to  our  allies,  especially 
the  Ordelaffi.' 

Two  things  are  clear  from  this  document,  which 
fortunately  has  been  preserved.  In  the  first  place, 
that  there  had  been  a  previous  Embassy,  the  date 
of  which  may  be  fixed  somewhere  between  the 
last  days  of  August  and  the  first  of  September. 
Secondly,  that  that  Embassy — the  Embassy  of 
Dante — had  been  a  successful  preliminary  measure. 
It  would  seem  as  if  either  a  truce  or  a  peace  had 
been  proposed  by  Dante  ;  that  the  Venetians  had 
not  shown  themselves  averse  to  either,  but  had 
demanded  concrete  proposals.  Therefore  a  second 
Embassy  had  arrived  from  Ravenna  in  October  to 
suggest  that  Venice  should  take  the  initiative  and 
draw  up  the  articles  of  the  treaty.  To  this  the 
Doge  and  Council  replied  as  we  have  seen,  and 
this  was  transcribed  as  a  preliminary  compact  in 
the  Venetian  archives.  The  result,  then,  of  the 
Embassy  of  Dante  was  success,  though  he  did 
not  live  to  see  the  treaty  signed. 

We  must  now  consider  the  letter  from  Venice. 
It  is   No.  viii.  among  the   Latin  epistles.^     The 

'  'II  Convito  (li  Dante  e  le  Epistole,'  Kralicelli,  p.  431. 


1 60  Dante  at  Ravenna 


title  :  *  Al    Magnifico   Messer  Guido  da   Polenta, 
Signer  di  Ravenna.'     The  date  March  30,  1314. 

Whether  or  not  this  is  a  genuine  letter — and  at 
present  the  arguments  remain  equally  balanced — 
can  only  be  decided  by  some  fresh  discovery.  It 
first  saw  the  light  in  1547,  being  published  in  a 
volume  entitled,  '  Prose  Antiche  di  Dante,  Petrarca, 
Boccaccio,'  etc.,  collected  by  a  certain  Anton 
Francesca  Doni.  Whereas  the  other  Latin 
epistles  can  be  confronted  with  original  MSS.,  in 
the  case  of  this  one,  up  to  the  present  time,  the 
MS.  is  lacking.  The  initial  difficulty  as  to  the  date, 
1314  instead  of  1321,  can  be  disposed  of  in  two 
ways :  either  that  it  is  a  mistaken  figure,  which 
seems  to  be  the  opinion  of  Balbo,^  or  that  it 
belongs  to  another  of  the  occasions  when  Dante 
was  sent  on  an  Embassy  to  Venice.  Possibly  it 
belongs  to  the  complimentary  visit  of  congratula- 
tion despatched  from  Ravenna  to  Venice  on  the 
occasion  of  the  election  of  the  Doge  Giovanni 
Soranzo,  13 14,  which  seems  suggested  by  the 
internal  evidence  of  the  document.  However 
that  may  be,  the  greater  part  of  the  letter  consists 
of  an  indignant  protest  because,  having  begun  his 
oration  in  Latin,  he  was  told  to  desist  because 
the  language  was  not  understood  by  the  Venetians 
in  council  assembled  ;  and  the  second  attempt  to 
address  them  in  his  mother-tongue  was  attended 
with  as  little  success.  Nor  was  their  ignorance 
to  be  wondered  at,  considering  their  Greco-Dal- 

1  Balbo,  'Vita  di  Dante,'  vol.  ii.,  p.  331. 


Embassy  to  Venice  i6i 

matian  origin.  Then  follows  a  request  to  Guido 
never  to  send  him  again  on  a  similar  Embassy, 
which  could  neither  add  to  his  own  reputation  nor 
be  productive  of  any  satisfaction  or  consolation  to 
his  patron.  The  letter  concludes  with  the  para- 
graph : 

'  I  shall  stay  here  a  few  days  to  feast  my  bodily  eyes, 
which  are  naturally  enchanted  with  the  novelty  and 
beauty  of  this  spot,  and  shall  then  return  to  the  sweet 
haven  of  my  retirement,  surrounded  with  the  benign  pro- 
tection of  your  princely  courtesy. '^ 

We  must  accept  with  some  reserve  the  state- 
ments in  the  chronicle  of  Villani  that  the  Vene- 
tians purposely  refused  to  listen  to  Dante,  fearing 
that  the  power  of  his  eloquence  might  deter  them 
from  the  revenge  for   which  they  thirsted  ;  also 
that  they  would  not  send  him  back  under  escort 
in  one  of  their  ships  to  Ravenna,  lest  the  same 
dreaded    eloquence    should    convert    the    Vene- 
tian Admiral  and  corrupt  the  fleet.     This  seems 
scarcely  probable,  although  it    is   not    unnatural 
that  Villani  should  omit  no  touch  in  his  narrative 
which  might  enhance  the  reputation  of  Dante  as 
an   orator.     It  is   more  likely  that    he    took   the 
return  journey  by  land  to  escape  any  vexation  by 
the  Venetian  fleet.     We  must  also  bear  in  mind 
that  the  road  along  the  coast  was  the  accepted 
highway   and    post   communication  between   the 
Marches,  the  Romagna,    and    Venice,    and   con- 

'  '  Le  Epistole,'  viii.,  p.  482. 

II 


i62  Dante  at  Ravenna 


tinued  to  be  so  up  to  the  close  of  the  last  century. 
The  treacherous  waves  of  the  Adriatic  and  sudden 
fierce  storms  were  too  well  known  to  the  dwellers 
on  the  coast  to  make  it  a  chosen  method  of  com- 
munication between  Ravenna  and  Venice.  The 
very  Venetian  soldiers  were  ordinarily  despatched 
by  land,  the  Castle  of  Marcabo  having  been  built 
as  a  fortress  to  command  the  land  access.  There 
was  also  the  question  of  time ;  the  Embassy  was 
obliged  to  return  without  delay  to  lay  before 
Guido  Novello  the  proposals  upon  which  the 
safety  of  the  State  depended.  It  was  not  likel)' 
that  in  such  an  emergency  they  would  expose 
themselves  to  a  delay  of  possibly  twenty  days  on 
a  journey  by  sea  which  could  be  accomplished  by 
land  in  three  or  four.  We  may,  then,  imagine  the 
route  pursued  by  Dante  and  his  fellow-Ambas- 
sadors. They  would  probably  have  gone  by  boat 
along  the  shores  of  Malamocco,  Pelestrina,  and 
Chioggia,  past  the  great  Murazzi,  or  sea-walls  of 
Venice,  and  possibly  the  sunset  over  the  Lagune, 
with  the  soft  haze  upon  the  Euganean  Hills,  would 
have  brought  to  a  close  the  journey  of  the  first 
day.  The  next  day,  passing  through  the  delta 
of  the  Po  by  means  of  the  huge  flat-bottomed 
boats  or  rafts  which  then,  as  now,  formed  a 
means  of  communication,  they  would  reach  in  the 
evening  the  magnificent  Benedictine  Abbey  of 
Pomposa,  whose  tall  tower,  glittering  with  majolica 
and  terra-cotta,  must  have  been  a  welcome  sight 
to  the  weary  travellers.     Probably  there,  as  at  the 


The  Return  from  Venice  163 

Fonte  Avellana  on  Monte  Catria,  the  Benedictine 
Fathers  came  out  in  their  white  robes  to  welcome 
the  illustrious  Embassy  on  its  return  journey. 
Pursuing  their  way  with  the  morning  light,  the 
travellers  would  thread  through  the  Lagunes  of 
Comacchio,  and,  keeping  to  the  long  sandy  strip 
of  shore,  would  cross  the  Lamone,  and  enter  the 
northern  extremity  of  the  Pineta.  Thence  through 
the  deep,  unbroken  silence  of  the  forest,  beneath 
the  sheltering  shade  of  the  protecting  pines,  with 
the  velvet  sward  beneath  his  feet,  Dante  paced 
his  last  steps,  '  nel  cammin  di  nostra  vita,'  perhaps 
in  that  sweet  hour  of  sunset  when 

'  Volge  il  disio 
.   .  .  Ainaviganti  ed  intenerisce  '1  cuore 
Lo  di  ch'  ann  detto  ai  dolci  amici  addic' 

*  Now  was  the  hour  that  wakens  fond  desire 
In  men  at  sea,  and  melts  their  thoughtful  heart 
Who  in  the  morn  have  bid  sweet  friends  farewell.' 

Gary,  Tratis. 

It  was  his  farewell  to  earth,  for  the  fatal 
malaria  was  already  in  his  veins.  The  season, 
the  early  days  of  September,  was  the  worst  for 
travelling  along  the  coast,  through  marshes  where 
the  first  autumn  rains  had  stirred  the  deposits  of 
the  long,  dry  summer,  drawing  forth  exhalations 
of  a  pestilential  character,  and  Dante  reached  his 
home  in  Ravenna  only  to  die. 

We  must  now  return  to  the  narrative  of  Boc- 
caccio, remembering  that  this   portion  of  it  was 

II— 2 


164  Dante  at  Ravenna 


taken  down  from  the  lips  of  an  eye-wilness  of  that 
death,  Pietro  Giardino,  to  whom  Dante  confided, 

'as  he  lay  in  his  last  sickness  of  which  he  died,  that  he 
had  already  passed  his  fifty-sixth  year  by  as  much  time  as 
the  interval  between  the  preceding  May  and  that  day 
(September  14).^ 

'  He  then  having  received,  with  humility  and  devotion, 
every  ecclesiastical  sacrament,  according  to  the  rites  of 
the  Christian  Faith,  and  being  reconciled  to  God  for  all 
those  things  which  he  had  done  contrary  to  His  will,  and 
at  peace  with  man,  in  the  month  of  September,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  132 1,  on  the  day  when  the  Invention 
of  the  Cross  is  celebrated  by  the  Church,  to  the  great 
grief  of  the  aforesaid  Guido  da  Polenta,  and  generally  to 
that  of  all  the  citizens  of  Ravenna,  he  commended  his 
weary  spirit  into  the  hands  of  his  Creator,  the  which,  I 
doubt  not,  was  received  into  the  arms  of  his  saintly 
Beatrice,  with  whom,  in  the  presence  of  Him  who  is  the 
Supreme  Good,  having  bid  farewell  to  the  miseries  of 
this  world,  he  lives  in  that  other  life,  to  the  everlasting 
felicity  of  which  there  is  no  end.' 

Further,  we  learn  from  the  same  narrative  how 
Guido  da  Polenta  caused  the  body  of  Dante  to 
lie  in  state,  vested  with  all  the  insignia  and 
decorations  becoming  a  poet ;  that  it  was  then 
carried  by  the  chief  citizens,  accompanied  by  the 
whole  lamenting  populace,  with  every  mark  of 
honour  and  distinction,  to  its  last  resting-place, 
near  the  Church  of  the  Franciscans  in  Ravenna, 
where  it  was  deposited  in  the  sarcophagus,  which 

'  '  Vita  di  Giovanni  Boccaccio,'  vol.  i. 


The  Return  from  Venice  165 

remains  as  it  was  to  this  day.  Guido  then  re- 
turned to  the  house  in  which  Dante  had  lived, 
and  there,  according  to  the  custom  of  Ravenna, 
pronounced  a  long  and  eloquent  funeral  oration, 
with  the  double  purpose  of  giving  emphasis  to  the 
deep  learning  and  distinguished  merits  of  the 
dead,  and  to  comfort  the  living  friends  to  whom 
his  loss  would  occasion  such  bitter  mourning. 

A  few  lines  in  verse  by  Antonio  Pucci,  of  which 
the  translation  is  given,  follow,  and  somewhat 
amplify  the  prose  narrative  of  Villani  and  Boc- 
caccio : 

'  There  in  Ravenna,  ne'er  again  to  smile, 
But  late  returned  from  Venice,  whither  sent 
Ambassador  on  Guide's  best  erewhile, 
He  died  amid  the  city's  loud  lament. 

'  He,  the  true  poet,  in  that  garb  they  vestj 
The  laurel  crown  they  place  upon  his  head ; 
A  noble  book  he  clasps  to  silent  breast ; 
With  cloth  of  gold  they  drape  his  fun'ral  bed  : 
Thus  willed  Polenta's  Lord,  at  lavish  cost. 
Some  time  in  life  his  kind  and  courteous  host.' 


CHAPTER  VII. 

THE  TOMB  OF  DANTE,  AND  THE  DISCOVERY  OF 
HIS  REMAINS. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

THE    TOMB     OF     DANTE,    AND    THE     DISCOVERY    OF 
HIS    REMAINS. 

'  In  terra  e  terra  mio  corpo.' 

IN  death,  as  in  life,  Guido  da  Polenta  held  fast 
by  the  privilege  of  honouring  his  revered 
guest,  and  the  hospitality  which  had  never 
ceased  to  accompany  the  living  form  of  the  poet 
was  now  directed  to  raising  such  a  monument 
over  his  remains  as  would  alone  have  handed 
him  down  to  posterity  had  his  own  merits  failed 
to  do  so.  Moreover,  it  was  to  be  inscribed 
with  an  epitaph,  and  that  this  might  be  worthy  of 
the  occasion,  Guido  threw  it  open  to  competition 
among  all  the  poets  of  the  Romagna,  hoping  that 
either  because  they  wished  to  pay  their  individual 
tribute  to  a  great  name,  or  from  motives  of  per- 
sonal vanity  to  gain  distinction,  or  because  they 
wished  to  win  the  favour  and  applause  of  the  cele- 
brated Lord  of  Ravenna,  there  would  be  every 
motive  for  emulation  among  them  to  produce  an 
epitaph  which  would  fitly  instruct  posterity  as  to 


170 


Dante  at  Ravenna 


the  high  merit  of  him  whose  remains  were  en- 
closed in  that  sepulchre.  Most  unfortunately  a 
scheme  so  happily  conceived,  so  worthy  of  Guido 
da  Polenta  in  its  large-hearted  liberality  and 
keen  desire  for  perfection,  was  frustrated  by  an 
undeserved  and  overwhelming  disaster. 

'  Jolas,'  it  will  be  remembered,  was  the  name 
assigned  by  Dante  to  Guido  Novello  in  the  Latin 
correspondence,  because  of  the  friendship  between 
Jolas  and  /Eneas  ;  but  there  was  also,  though 
Dante  was  unaware  of  it,  an  element  of  prophecy 
in  the  comparison.  The  lines  of  the  *  Mneid  ' 
relate  of  Jolas  : 

'  In  high  Lyrnessus  and  in  Troy  he  held 
Two  palaces,  and  was  from  each  expelled ; 
Of  all  the  mighty  man,  the  last  remains, 
A  little  spot  of  foreign  earth  contains.' 

/Eneid^  xii.  800,  Dryden's  Trails. 

But  before  we  reach  the  narrative  of  subsequent 
treachery,  we  will  turn  to  the  one  bright  spot 
which  relieves  it,  which  sets  the  crown  upon  the 
relationship  between  Guido  Novello  and  his  guest, 
and  shows  that  the  sons  of  Dante  knew  how  to 
appreciate  the  constant  kindness  of  their  father's 
patron  and  friend.  It  will  be  remembered  that 
Guido  Novello  was  called  away  from  Ravenna  to 
Bologna  almost  immediately  after  the  death  of 
Dante,  September  14,  132 1,  and  therefore  he 
had  been  some  seven  months  at  Bologna  when 
he  was  elected  Capitano  del  Popolo,  April  i,  1322. 


The  Tomb  of  Dante  171 

It  was  on  this  day,  and  to  celebrate  this  event 
with  the  greatest  compHment  in  their  power,  that 
he  received  from  the  sons  of  Dante  the  first  com- 
plete copy  of  the  *  Divina  Commedia,'  made  from 
his  father's  autograph  by  Jacopo  Alighieri,  with  a 
prefix  of  his  own  in  '  terza  rima,'  beginning  as 
follows  : 

*  O  voi  che  siete  del  verace  lume 
Alquanto  illuminati  nella  mente 
Ch'  e  sommo  frutto  dell'  alto  volume 
Perche  vostra  natura  sia  possente 
Pill  nel  veder  1'  esser  dell'  Universe 
Guardate  all'  alta  Commedia.' 

*  All  ye  within  whose  minds  some  streak  doth  shine, 
If  but  with  tempered  ray  of  light  divine, 
Of  this  consummate  work  the  end  and  aim, 
If  that  your  nature  would  with  power  claim 
The  being  of  the  universe  to  see, 
Then  look  within  this  lofty  comedy.' 

Then  follows  the  preface,  '  Proemio  di  Jacopo 
Alighieri  al  suo  comento  sopra  la  Commedia  di 
Dante  suo  Padre.'     It  begins  : 

'  Accib  chc  del  fructo  universale  novellamente  dato  al 
mondo  pr  lo  illustro  phylosofo  poeta  Dante  Alighieri  co' 
pill  agevolezza  si  possa  gustare  p.  coloro  in  cui  lume 
naturale  alquanto  risplende  senza  scientitica  appresione 
io  Jacopo  suo  figluolo  p.  materiale  i)rosa  dimostrare 
itendo  parlare  del  miso  profomio  ed  autcntico  itendi- 
mcnto.      La   quale  per  piu  chiarezza    simigliantamente 


172  Dante  at  Ravenna 

si  conviene  seguitare  dichiarando  ore  bisogna  quella 
parte  al  libro  p.  dicto  p.  titulo  che  a  cio  si  conviene  nella 
quale  cominciando  cosi  procedo  Nel  mezzo  del  cammin,' 
etc., 

which  may  be  translated  : 

'  In  order  that  the  fruit  newly  given  to  the  world  by 
the  illustrious  philosopher  and  poet,  Dante  Alighieri, 
may  be  of  universal  benefit,  and  more  easily  tasted  by 
those  whose  natural  intellect  is  not  seconded  by  scientific 
knowledge,  I,  Jacopo,  his  son,  intend  to  demonstrate  in 
plain  language  some  part  of  his  profound  and  true  mean- 
ing. The  which  for  more  clearness  it  will  be  better  to 
follow  closely,  explaining  where  it  is  necessary  that  part 
of  the  aforesaid  book  citing  the  passage  in  question,  and 
beginning  with  it,  I  proceed  Nel  mezzo  del  cammin,'  etc. 

This  work  is  sent  first  to  Guido  da  Polenta, 
because  no  one  is  so  fit  to  correct  it  as  Guido,  on 
account  of  his  intimate  acquaintance  with  the 
poem  itself,  quaintly  described  by  Jacopo  as  *  his 
sister,'  whose  features  are  so  familiar  to  Guido. 

The  sonnet  is  as  follows  : 

'  Accib  che  le  bellezze  Signor  mio 
Che  mia  sorella  nel  suo  lume  porta 
Habian  d'  agevolezza  alcuna  scorta 
Pill  in  coloro  in  cui  porgon  disio 
La  qual  di  tal  piacer  ciascun  conforta 
Ma  non  a  quelli  c'  han  la  luce  morta 
Che  '1  ricordar  a  lor  saria  oblio  ! 
Pero  a  voi  c'  havete  sue  fattezze 
Per  natural  prudenza  habituate 
Prima  la  mando  che  la  corregiate. 


The  Tomb  of  Dan.te  173 

E  s'  ella  e  digna  che  la  commendiate 
Ch'  altri  non  e  che  di  cotai  bellezze 
Habia  si  come  voi  vera  chiarezze.' 

'  In  order  that,  O  lord  and  master  mine, 
My  sister's  beauties,  as  they  radiant  shine, 
May  with  the  more  facility  unfold 
To  those  who  seek  them  with  desire  to  hold. 
The  which  on  such  will  ever  comfort  shed. 
But  not  on  those  in  whom  true  light  is  dead 
(To  such  remembrance  gives  oblivion  place)  : 
Therefore  to  thee  I  send — the  well-known  face, 
Familiar,  long  by  gift  and  learning  proved, 
I  send,  that  worthy  she  may  be  approved  ; 
For  none  as  thee  with  such  discerning  eye 
Beauties  so  great  hast  power  to  descry.' 

Carducci,  one  of  the  greatest  modern  authorities 
on  Italian  literature,  comments  thus  upon  this 
sonnet : 

'There  is  certainly  no  affinity  between  the  verses  of 
Dante  and  those  of  Jacopo,  yet  to  have  for  a  father  the 
father  of  the  "  Divina  Commedia  "  is  a  matter  for  family 
pride  to  which  nothing  can  be  compared  in  this  world. 
To  have  felt  this  pride,  to  have  loved  the  work  of  his 
father,  which,  on  account  of  its  superlative  character, 
must  deprive  anyone  bearing  the  same  name  of  any  hope 
of  distinction  ;  to  have  loved  it  so  well  as  to  have  clothed 
this  awful  and  terrible  vision  with  a  semblance  of  cor- 
poreal form,  and  to  have  called  it  by  one  of  the  sweetest 
names  of  family  relationship,  showing  by  that  affectionate 
metaphor  the  place  it  held  in  his  thoughts,  testifies  to  the 
noble  and  generous  nature  of  the  man  ;  for  the  power 


174  Dante  at  Ravenna 


to  reverence  genius  for  its  own  sake,  and  the  faculty  to 
understand  it,  stands  only  second  to  genius  itself.'^ 

This  preface,  often  to  be  found  in  MS.  copies 
of  the  '  Divina  Commedia,'  rests  for  authenticity 
upon  three  of  the  most  important,  because  the 
earliest,  MSS.  of  the  poem — I.  The  Bodleian 
MS.,  from  which  the  translation  on  the  pre- 
vious page  has  been  made.  II.  That  of  the 
Carriani  of  Mantua,  which  bears  the  signature  of 
the  scribe,  Jacopus  de  Placentia,  1380,  and,  after 
giving  the  introduction  by  Jacopo  Alighieri,  cites 
also  the  sonnet,  which,  '  with  the  aforesaid  intro- 
duction, was  sent,  by  Jacopo,  the  son  of  Dante, 
to  the  magnificent  and  noble  knight,  Guido  da 
Polenta,  a.d.  1322. '^  III.  That  of  the  Codice 
Dantesco,  in  the  Bibliotheque  Nationale  at  Paris, 
date  1351,^  which,  besides  bearing  the  name  of 
Jacopo,  has  also  this  conclusion: 

'  Per  ipsum  missus  fuit  ad  magnificum  et  sapientum 
militem  Dum  Guidonem  de  Polentia  anno  millesimo 
trecentesimo  vigesimo  secundo  dii  primo  mensis  Aprile,' 

and   is  followed   by  the  valuable  glosses  of  our 
Jacopo  upon  the  '  Inferno.'* 

This  proemio,  or  preface,  by  Jacopo  Alighieri, 
which  relates  to  the  whole  poem,  must  not  be 
confused  with   another   gloss   upon   his   father's 

^  Carducci,  '  Delia  varia  Fortuna  di  Dante.' 
-  'Ultimo  Rifugio,'  p.  175. 

*  No.  7,765  old  nuinerale,  now  534- 

*  *  Seguitato  da  Pregh°"  chiose  del  n'  Jacopo  supra  1'  Inferno.' 


The  Tomb  of  Dante  175 

work,  entitled  the  *  Divisione  di  Jacopo  Alighieri,' 
of  which  the  MS.  is  also  to  be  found  in  the  Paris 
Library.^  The  '  Divisione '  has  reference  only  to 
the  '  Paradiso,'  dividing  it — hence  the  name  of 
*  Divisione  ' — into  nine  parts,  explaining  that  this 
form  has  been  chosen  because  of  the  '  good  '  of 
which  the  number  nine  is  the  emblem,  '  Simile  al 
ben  che  dal  nove  declina.'  Thus,  Jacopo  divides 
off,  in  short  doggerel  couplets,  the  well-known  nine 
spheres  of  the  '  Paradiso,'  concluding  with  the 
lines  of  which  the  translation  is  subjoined  : 

'Therefore  from  this  you  may  henceforward  see 
How  much  of  that  profound  high  fantasy 
Of  Dante,  sole  artificer  and  sire, 
You  may  by  careful  study  there  acquire. 
See  how  the  words  upon  his  ample  page 
The  universal  good  successful  gauge  ; 
Hence,  by  example,  how  to  evil  shun. 
Nor  with  unmastered  passion  heedless  run, 
And  fatal  plant  our  feet  in  error's  way 
(Which  from  th'  eternal  temple  leads  astray) ; 
For  he  himself  was  once  a  wanderer  lost, 
Till  a  hand  stretched  from  out  th'  heavenly  host 
Led  him  by  will  Divine  forth  from  the  strife, 
While  yet  midway  in  this  our  earthly  life.' 

How  quickly  the  knowledge  of  the  poem  became 
diffused  over  the  Court  of  Guido  Novello  at 
Bologna  may  easily  be  imagined,  and  it  was  in 
Bologna  that  the  first  commentaries  upon  it  by 
Graziolo  dci  Bambaglioli  (1324)  and  Jacopo  della 

'  MS.  da  Francesco  di  Maestro  Tura,  etc. 


176  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Lana  (1323-1328)  began  to  appear.     Both   had 

political  and  official  relations  with  Guido  Novello, 
which  we  may  fairly  conclude  may  have  been 
drawn  to  a  common  literary  centre  by  their  joint 
and  close  study  of  the  '  Divina  Commedia.'  In 
all  probability  this  would  be  also  the  period  when 
Giovanni  del  Virj^ilio,  in  response  to  the  appeal 
from  Guido  Novello,  wrote  the  famous  epitaph  : 

'  Theologus  Dantes  nullius  dogmatis  expers, 
Quod  foveat  claro  philosophia  sinu  : 
Gloria  Musarum,  vulgo  gratissimus  auctor, 
Hie  jacet,  et  fama  pulsat  utrumque  polum. 
Qui  loca  defunctis  gelidis  regnumque  gemellum 
Distribuit,  logicis,  rhetoricisque  niodis. 
Pascua  Pieriis  demum  resonabat  avenis  ; 
Atropos  heu  !  lectum  livida  rupit  opus. 
Huic  ingrata  tulit  tristem  Florentia  fructum, 
Exilium  vati  patria  cruda  suo. 
Quern  pia  Guidonis  gremio  Ravenna  Novelli 
Gaudet  honorati  continuisse  Ducis 
Mille  trecentenis  ter  septem  Numinis  annis 
Ad  sua  septembris  idibus  astra  redit' 

'  Dante  the  theologian,  wanting  in  no  dogma 
Of  all  that  Philosophy  cherishes  in  her  glorious  bosom, 
The  glory  of  the  Muses,  the  most  famous  author  in 

the  vernacular, 
Lies  here,  but  with  his  name  strikes  the  two  Poles, 
Who  told  in  due  order,  by  rule  of  Logic  and  Rhetoric, 
Of  the  places  for  the  cold  dead  and  of  that  other  em- 
pire. 


Epitaph  by  Giovanni  del  Virgilio     177 

Lastly,  he  began  to  celebrate  the  Shepherd's  Arcady 

with  Pierian  pipe. 
Alas  !  envious  Fate  cut  short  the  work  in  its  bloom. 
To  him  ungrateful  Florence,  his  unkind  country, 
Rendered  to  her  poet  a  bitter  recompense  of  exile  ; 
Him  pious  Ravenna  delights  to  have  held 
In  the  bosom  of  her  honoured  Lord  Guido  Novello. 
In  the  year  of  God  132 1,  on  the  Ides  of  September, 
He  returned  to  his  own  stars. '^ 

The  touch  of  internal  evidence  as  to  the  '  Shep- 
herd's Arcady,'  from  the  pen  of  Dante's  corre- 
spondent, in  the  eclogues  from  which  we  have 
cited,  seems  to  add  another  convincing  proof  to 
the  weight  of  evidence  in  favour  of  Giovanni  del 
Virgilio  as  the  author. 

Following  the  narrative  another  step,  we  can 
picture  to  ourselves  that  this  would  have  been 
the  epitaph  engraved  by  Guido  Novello  upon  the 
*  egregia  sepoltura  '  with  which  he  intended  to 
honour  the  resting-place  of  Dante  on  his  return 
to  Ravenna,  after  the  expiration  of  his  temporary 
office  of  Capitano  del  Popolo.^  This  was  frustrated 
by  the  treacherous  plot  which  announced  itself  by 
the  brutal  murder  of  Rainaldo  da  Polenta,  Arch- 
bishop of  Ravenna,  and  brother  of  Guido  Novello. 
Documents  still  extant  attest  the  immediate  de- 
parture of  Guido  for  Ravenna,  to  avenge  his 
brother's  death,  and  the  prompt  succour  tendered 
by  the  Bolognese,  but  in  vain;  he  never  re-entered 

'  Translation  made  by  J.  S.  rhillimore,  Esq.,  Ch.  Ch.,  Oxford. 
*   Vide  ante,  p.  171. 

12 


178  Dante  at  Ravenna 

the  city,  and  thus  the  first  project  for  the  adornment 
of  the  sepulchre,  either  by  the  hand  of  the  sculptor 
or  the  verse  of  the  poet,  came  to  nothing.  That 
the  lines  of  Giovanni  del  Virgilio,  however,  were 
preserved  we  owe  to  Boccaccio,  who  tells  us  that 
he  himself  examined  the  poems  of  the  competing 
poets  of  the  Romagna, 

•  and  that  as,  on  account  of  the  great  misfortune  which 
foiled  the  purpose  of  Guide  Novello,  they  could  not 
appear  on  the  tomb ;  nor  indeed,  had  it  been  otherwise, 
could  all  the  compositions  have  been  inscribed  there,  but 
only  one  most  worthy  of  the  honour — these  verses,  I 
say,  having  been  shown  to  me,  and  having  examined 
them  all,  I  consider  that,  both  as  to  style  and  sentiment, 
the  fourteen  Unes  by  that  great  and  famous  poet, 
Giovanni  del  Virgilio,  the  intimate  friend,  moreover,  of 
Dante,  are  the  most  worthy  of  preservation,  and  there- 
fore 1  transcribe  them  here.'^ 

We  have  seen  that  Guido  Novello  was  the 
fortunate  recipient  of  the  earliest  complete  copy 
of  the  *  Divina  Commedia  ' ;  but,  it  may  be  asked, 
why  did  an  interval  of  nine  months  elapse  between 
the  death  of  Dante  and  the  presentation  of  this 
copy  to  his  patron  ?  This  is  accounted  for  by  a 
very  interesting  contemporary  anecdote  related  by 
Boccaccio  in  his  narrative,  and  corroborated  by 
Piero  di  Giardino,  whose  intimate  relations  with 
Dante  will  be  borne  in  mind  by  the  reader. 

'  It  was,'  Boccaccio  tells  us,  '  a  habit  with  Dante,  as 
soon  as  he  had  finished  six  or  eight  cantos,  before  anyone 
1  'Vita  di  Dante.' 


The  Dream  of  Jacopo  Alighieri      179 

else  had  seen  them,  to  send  them  to  Can  Grande  della 
Scala,  whom  he  esteemed  more  than  any  other  living 
man,  and  as  soon  as  he  had  seen  them,  Dante  would 
then  make  a  copy  for  anyone  else  who  wished  for  it. 
In  this  way,  having  sent  him  all  but  the  last  thirteen 
cantos — these  being  done,  but  not  as  yet  sent — it  hap- 
pened that  Dante,  not  having  any  recollection  that  they 
had  not  been  sent,  died ;  and  the  survivors,  both  sons 
and  disciples,  having  sought  many  times  and  for  many 
months  among  all  his  writings  for  the  completion  of  the 
work,  and  not  being  able,  in  spite  of  all  their  efforts,  to 
discover  the  lost  cantos,  renewing  again  and  again  the 
search,  urged  by  the  entreaties  of  every  surviving  friend 
of  the  poet,  coupled  with  bitter  lamentations  that  God 
had  not  lent  him  a  little  longer  to  the  world,  so  as  to 
enable  him  to  complete  his  work,  they  were  driven  to 
distraction.  Jacopo  and  Piero,  the  sons  of  Dante — 
both  of  them  more  or  less  adepts  in  the  art  of  verse — 
urged  by  the  persevering  entreaties  of  the  friends,  were 
about  to  attempt  to  supply  the  missing  cantos,  so  that 
their  father's  work  might  not  go  forth  incomplete  into 
the  world,  when  to  Jacopo,  who  was  of  the  two  most 
eagerly  bent  upon  this  course,  a  vision  appeared,  which 
not  only  put  an  end  to  such  presumptuous  folly,  but 
also  revealed  to  them  where  the  thirteen  missing  cantos 
were  to  be  found,  which  hitherto  they  had  sought  for  in 
vain. 

'A  worthy  citizen  of  Ravenna,  PierGiardino  byname, 
and  for  a  long  time  himself  the  pupil  of  Dante,  was 
wont  to  relate  how,  in  the  eighth  month  after  the  death 
of  his  master,  this  same  Jacopo  arrived  at  his  house  in 
the  night,  just  near  to  the  hour  of  dawn,  and  told  him 
that  he  had  that  very  night,  a  very  short  time  previously, 

12 — 2 


i8o  Dante  at  Ravenna 

seen  a  vision  in  his  sleep  of  Dante,  his  father,  clad  in 
white  robes  and  with  an  unwonted  light  upon  his  face, 
advance  towards  him  ;  that  it  seemed  as  if  he,  Jacopo, 
then  addressed  him  and  asked  him  if  he  still  lived  ;  to 
which  he  replied,  Yes,  but  that  he  was  alive  with  a  true 
life — not  with  this  of  ours.  Then  it  seemed  as  if  he 
(Jacopo)  further  asked  him  (Dante)  whether  before  pass- 
ing into  the  true  life  he  had  completed  his  work,  and,  if 
he  had  completed  it,  where  was  the  missing  portion, 
which  they  had  sought  in  vain,  to  be  found.  To  this 
question  he  appeared  to  hear  for  the  second  time  the 
answer,  Yes,  I  finished  it.  And  then  it  seemed  as  if 
the  spirit  took  him  by  the  hand  and  led  him  into  the 
chamber  where  he  was  wont  to  sleep  when  in  life,  and, 
touching  one  part  of  it,  he  said,  "  It  is  here,  that  which 
you  have  so  long  sought  for."  And  having  said  this,  it 
seemed  as  if  both  the  vision  and  his  own  sleep  vanished 
simultaneously,  on  which  account  he  (Jacopo)  would 
declare  that  he  was  quite  unable  to  keep  from  coming  to 
him  (Pier  Giardino)  at  once  to  relate  what  had  occurred, 
in  order  that  they  might  both  go  together  and  search  in 
the  spot  indicated,  of  which  he  retained  an  accurate 
recollection,  in  order  to  see  if  it  had  been  pointed  out 
by  a  true  spirit  or  was  merely  a  false  delusion  of  the 
mind.  Therefore,  although  it  was  still  night,  they  set 
off  together,  arrived  at  the  spot  indicated,  and  there  they 
found  a  stove  fixed  against  the  wall,  the  which  yielded 
easily  to  their  efforts  to  move  it,  revealing  behind  it  a 
little  window,  which  had  hitherto  entirely  escaped  their 
observation — nor  did  they  even  know  that  it  was  there — 
and  in  that  window-seat  they  found  some  manuscript 
sheets,  mildewed  and  about  to  perish  from  the  damp  of 
the  walls.     These,  when  cleansed  from  mildew,  they  per- 


The  Dream  of  Jacopo  Alighieri     i8i 

ceived,  on  reading  them,  to  be  the  thirteen  lost  cantos. 
At  this  discovery  they  proceeded  at  once  to  copy  them 
and  send  them,  according  to  the  author's  custom,  to  Can 
(Grande  della  Scala),  and  then  united  them  to  the  imper- 
fect work  in  their  due  place.  Thus  the  poem  which  it  had 
taken  so  many  years  to  construct  was  completed  at  last.'^ 

The  simple  narrative  of  Boccaccio  has  been 
given  word  for  word  as  he  received  it  from  Pier 
di  Giardino. 

That  Pier  di  Giardino  existed,  that  he  was  the 
friend  and  pupil  of  Dante,  present  at  his  last 
illness  if  not  actual  death,  that  he  was  alive  when 
Boccaccio  came  to  Ravenna  in  1346,  are  all 
matters  of  proved  histor)-,  and  these  facts  being 
now  patent  to  all,  no  purpose  is  gained  by  citing 
those  authorities  who  since,  arguing  from  one 
common  basis,  have  either  rejected  with  scorn, 
or  believed,  or  partly  rejected  and  partly  believed 
the  extraordinary  vision. 

But  it  must  be  pointed  out  that  the  negative 
criticism  which  has  eagerly  assailed  the  credibility 
of  the  narrator,  the  better  to  discredit  his  state- 
ment, is  not  supported  by  the  more  recent  investi- 
gation of  Boccaccio's  literary  work. 

The  Giornale  Dantesco  for  the  current  3'ear, 
which  contains  two  very  interesting  articles 
entitled  '  II  culto  del  Boccaccio  per  Dante,'  points 
out  how  the  whole  of  Boccaccio's  work  bears  the 
impress  of  his  intense  devotion  to  Dante,  and  that 
more  and  more  as  his  study  deepened  of  the  great 

'  Boccaccio,  '  Vita  di  Dante,'  pp.  63,  64. 


1 82  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Master,  the  result  appears  in  his  own  work,  till 
the  *  Vita  di  Dante,'  which  was  the  last  of 
Boccaccio's  writings,  became    ^ 

*  a  priceless  jewel  in  Italian  literature,  redounding  no  less 
to  the  glory  of  the  biographer  than  the  subject  of  the 
biography.  Besides  the  Italian  editions  of  the  "  Vita  di 
Dante,"  we  possess  Latin  translations  and  paraphrases 
re-translated  into  Italian,  which  prove  how,  on  its  diffu- 
sion, it  became  the  common  patrimony,  so  to  speak,  of 
reader  and  copyist  alike,  the  field  upon  which  their 
labours  were  concentrated. 

'  What,  then,  is  the  amount  of  reliance  to  be  placed 
upon  the  great  novelist  ? 

'  Shall   we   say   with    Aretino,    Manetti,    Filelfo,  and 

Gaddi,  that  he  is  careless  and  untrustworthy  ?     Shall  we 

share  the  sceptical  opinion  of  his  work  held  by  Vellu- 

tello,  Biscioni,  iNlaffei,  Tiraboschi  and  Todeschini?     Or 

shall  we  go  a  little  further,  with  Mercurio,  and  declare 

that  he  is  not  the  author  of  the  work  at  all  ?     All  these 

exaggerated    statements    have    been    brought   into   the 

crucible  of  modern  criticism,  and  all  now  know  that  "  II 

Certaldese  "  (Boccaccio)  made  investigation,  and  drew 

his  information  from  the  best  and  purest  sources — from 

Piero  Giardino,  for  a  long  time  the  disciple  of  Dante  ; 

Andrea  di  Leon  Poggi,  the  nephew  by  the  mother's  side 

of  Alighieri ;  and  Ser  Dino  Perini,  another  of  his  greatest 

friends  ;  and  all  know  that,  if  any  of  these  witnesses  gave 

contradictory   evidence,  the   biographer   vindicated   his 

claim  to  a  trustworthy  narrative  by  honestly  stating  the 

several  versions,  leaving  the  reader  to  the  free  exercise 

of  his  own  judgment.'^ 

^  Giornale  Dantesco,  Anno  v.,  ii.  della  Nuova  Serie,  Quaderno  vii., 
p.  304. 


The  Prophecy  of  Boccaccio        183 

No  less  striking  than  the  vindication  of  his 
truth  as  a  narrator  has  been  the  vindication  of 
his  truth  as  a  prophet  as  to  the  fate  of  the  remains 
of  his  Master.  Following  immediately  upon  his 
recital  of  the  death  and  burial  of  Dante,  we  find 
in  his  narrative  the  short  chapter  of  bitter  reproof 
to  the  Florentines/  which  concludes  with  this 
striking  passage  of  prophecy  : 

'  Thy  Dante  Alighieri  has  died  in  the  unjust  exile  to 
which  thy  envy  of  his  just  merit  consigned  him.  Ah  ! 
the  shame  of  having  to  record  that  a  mother  was  envious 
of  her  own  child.  Now  thou  art  freed  from  all  further 
alarm  on  that  account;  now  by  his  death  thou  canst  live 
in  unchecked  security  amid  thy  imperfections,  and  bring 
thy  prolonged  unjust  persecutions  to  an  end.  He  can- 
not do  to  thee,  dead,  what  living  he  would  never  have 
done.  He  sleeps  beneath  another  sky  than  thine,  nor 
mayest  thou  ever  hope  to  see  him  again,  till  that  day 
when  thou  wilt  again  see  all  thy  citizens,  to  whom  a  just 
Judge  will  give  the  final  award.  If  then,  as  it  has  been 
said,  all  anger,  hatred  and  strife  cease  with  the  death  of 
whoever  it  is  that  dies,  begin  now  to  reflect  within  thy- 
self, and  in  a  calmer  frame  of  mind  begin  to  think  with 
shame  of  having  acted  contrary  to  thy  wonted  kindness  ; 
begin  now  to  show  thyself  as  mother  rather  than  enemy, 
and  of  thy  mother's  pity  give  to  thy  son  the  tears  which 
are  his  due ;  and  he  whom  thou  didst  reject,  and  when 
in  life  didst  drive  away  from  thee,  seek  at  least  to  regain 
in  death  ;  re-invest  him  with  thy  citizenship  in  thy  bosom, 
and  let  thy  honours  adorn  his  memory.  .  .  .  Seek,  then, 
to  have  the  guardianship  of  thy  Dante,  asking  to  have 
'   '  Rimprovero  ai  Fiorentini. ' 


184  Dante  at  Ravenna 


him  back  ;  show  that  compassion  at  least,  supposing  it 
not  to  be  thy  wish,  and  so  with  this  fiction  seek  to 
remove  some  of  the  blame  of  thy  former  conduct.  I 
tell  thee,  I  am  certain  of  it,  that  he  will  not  be  given 
back  to  thee,  and  in  that  hour  when,  by  asking  for  him, 
thou  wilt  seek  to  show  thy  compassion,  thou  wilt,  on 
being  refused,  reap  the  reward  of  thy  former  innate 
cruelty.  But  what  am  I  advising  thee  to  do  ?  Hardly 
can  I  believe  that,  if  dead  bodies  are  capable  of  feeling, 
that  of  Dante  would  wish  to  leave  the  place  where  it  now 
hes  to  return  to  thee.  It  lies  in  far  more  honourable 
company  than  any  thou  couldst  supply.  He  lies  in 
Ravenna,  far  more  worthy  of  veneration  than  thou  art, 
and  if  now  showing  somewhat  of  the  decay  of  age,  in  her 
youth  she  flourished  far  more  than  thou  ever  wilt.  She 
holds  as  in  one  vast  sepulchre  the  bodies  of  great  and 
holy  men,  so  that  there  is  no  part  of  the  city  where  you 
can  tread  without  feeling  that  their  ashes  lie  beneath 
you.  Why,  then,  should  the  body  of  i:)ante  desire  to 
return  to  thee,  to  lie  among  thy  dead,  who,  it  would 
seem,  preserve  in  death  the  anger  and  rabid  factions  of 
life,  and  in  their  enmity  flee  the  one  from  the  other,  like 
the  flames  of  the  two  Thebans  ?  Whereas  Ravenna, 
almost  completely  bathed  in  the  blood  of  the  martyrs, 
where  to  this  day  their  relics  are  reverently  preserved, 
and  in  like  manner  the  bodies  of  many  a  magnificent 
emperor,  and  other  great  and  noble  men,  distinguished 
both  on  account  of  their  ancestry  and  good  work,  will 
rejoice  not  a  little  that,  besides  all  her  other  precious 
dowry,  it  was  also  the  gift  of  God  to  her  to  be  the  per- 
petual guardian  of  such  a  treasure  as  is  the  body  of  him 
whose  works  have  held  the  admiration  of  the  whole  world, 
of  whom  thou  wert  not  worthy;  and  yet  not  so  great  will  be 


The  Prophecy  of  Boccaccio        185 

her  joy  at  possessing  him,  but  that  her  envy  of  thee  from 
whom  he  had  his  origin  will  be  greater  still,  grieving  that 
she  can  only  claim  the  record  of  his  last  day  beside  thee, 
to  whom  belongs  the  first.  And  so  remain  with  thy  in- 
gratitude, while  to  Ravenna,  rejoicing  in  her  honours,  will 
belong  the  triumph  of  posterity.' 

Read  by  the  light  of  subsequent  history,  the 
prophecy  is  not  a  little  extraordinary,  so  much  so 
that,  although  the  facts  are  already  known  to 
most  students  of  Dante,  no  excuse  will  be  required 
for  restating  them  here.  So  great  were  the  vicis- 
situdes which  beset  the  remains  of  Dante,  that  it 
would  seem  that  as  if  in  death  no  more  than  in 
life  was  there  to  be  a  permanent  place  of  rest  for 
'  lo  corpo  dentro  al  qua!  io  feci  ombra.' 

In  life  we  know  that  a  clause  in  one  of  the 
sentences  of  exile  forbade  the  return  of  Dante  to 
Florence  under  pain  of  being  burnt  at  the  stake. 
His  body  had  not  been  in  the  grave  eight  years, 
when  it  was  threatened  with  the  same  fate.  The 
proposed  desecration  arose  out  of  an  unwarrant- 
able use  of  his  book  '  De  Monarchia.'  The  argu- 
ments on  which  the  treatise  is  based  were  twisted 
by  Ludovic  of  Bavaria  to  back  the  pretensions  of 
Piero  della  Corvara,  the  Antipope,  whom  he 
created  because  John  XXII.,  the  reigning  Pope, 
had  refused  him  the  Imperial  crown. 

The  book,  hitherto  almost  unknown,  became 
famous  by  this  unseemly  controversy,  and  there- 
fore on  the  defeat  of  Ludovic,  the  dispersal  of  the 
Antipapal  party,  and  the  fall  of  the  Antipope,  the 


i86  Dante  at  Ravenna 


Papal  Legate,  Bertrando  del  Poggetto,  was  in- 
structed to  burn  the  book  as  an  heretical  com- 
position. The  bones  of  the  author  were  condemned 
to  the  same  fate,  and  were  only  rescued  from  it  by 
the  timely  intervention  of  Pino  della  Tosa,  a  gentle- 
man of  Bologna,  and  Ostazio  da  Polenta,  then  in 
power  at  Ravenna.  But  a  Riminese  monk,  Guido 
Vernano,  of  the  Order  of  San  Domenico,  was  in- 
structed to  prepare  a  refutation  of  the  obnoxious 
work,  the  MS.  of  which,  *  De  Reprobatione 
Monarchiae  compositsea,'  is  still  extant  in  the 
archives  of  Ravenna.  The  MS.  of  the  '  Morale  ' 
of  Pietro  di  Dante,  which  takes  the  form  of  '  II 
Lamento  delle  Sette  Arti  '  over  the  condemnation 
of  Dante  as  a  heretic,  has  also  been  preserved  to 
us.  The  contemplated  desecration  of  his  remains 
would,  it  is  observed  with  bitter  sarcasm,  have  sur- 
prised nobody,  for 

'  what  could  signify  the  committal  of  a  book  and  just  a 
handful  of  dry  bones  to  the  flames  in  those  times,  when, 
in  the  name  of  the  most  edifying  Christianity,  men  were 
burnt,  and  not  unfrequently  in  the  full  tide  of  life,  sound 
in  body  and  mind  ?'^ 

For  more  than  sixty  years  after  this  first 
attempt  to  violate  the  sepulchre  the  remains  were 
allowed  to  rest  in  peace.  During  this  period  one, 
if  not  two,  epitaphs  were  engraved  upon  the 
sarcophagus.  It  has  been  said  by  some  of  the 
writers  upon  this  vexed  question,  that  these  epi- 
1  '  uit.  Rif.,'  193. 


Menghino  Mezzani  187 

taphs  displaced  the  lines  by  Giovanni  del  Virgilio. 
But  contemporary  evidence  does  not  seem  to 
support  this  theory. 

Boccaccio,  as  we  have  seen,  preserved  the  lines 
in  his  Life  of  Dante,  because  they  were  7iot  engraved 
upon  the  tomb,  and  from  Menghino  Mezzani's 
sonnet  to  Bernardo  da  Canatro  we  certainly  infer 
that  no  inscription  had  hitherto  adorned  the  sar- 
cophagus. It  will  be  remembered  that  he  wrote 
thus  from  his  captivity  to  Bernardo  ■} 

'  Thine,  then,  at  last  the  pious  tribute  laid, 

Messer  Bernardo,  at  our  Dante's  feet, 
Dearer  to  him  because  none  else  have  made 

Of  all  his  other  friends  an  offering  meet. 

*  *  *  *  * 

Through  thy  device  that  name  can  never  die. 

Unless,  indeed,  first  die  this  iron  age. 
Behold  thy  marble  there,  where  every  eye 

Can  read  the  lines  from  off  the  solid  page. 
Honour  thus  paid  unto  the  senseless  clay 
Of  thy  great  love  in  life  shall  fitly  say.' 

This  sonnet,  Bernardo's  reply  to  Menghino 
Mezzani,  and  the  epitaph  itself,^  are  all  to  be  found 
attached  to  a  fourteenth-century  MS.  of  the 
'  Divina  Commedia  '  in  the  Bodleian  Library.^ 

*    Vide  ante. 

-  MS.  of  epitaph  by  Bernardo  Canacci  aUached  to  page  193  of 
a  fourteenth-century  parchment  copy  of  the  'Divina  Commedia.' 
Bernardo  Canaccio  is  describud  as  Bernardo  '  Da  Canatro.' 
'  Epitaffium  ad  Sepulcrum  Dantis  in  Ravenna  Urbe  factum  per 
dominum  Bernardum  de  Canatro.' — 'Jura  Monarchia-,'  etc. 

'  Bodleian  Library,  Canon.  Ital.,  97,  193. 


1 88  Dante  at  Ravenna 

The  epitaph,  with  the  prefix 

'  Epitafifium  ad  Sepulcrum  Dantis  in  Ravenna 
Urbe  factum  per  Dominum  Bernardum  de  Canatro,' 

is  as  follows : 

'Jura  Monarchic,  Superos,  Phlegetonta,  lacusque 
Lustrando  cecini  voluerunt  fata  quousque 
Sed  quia  pars  cessit  melioribus  hospita  castris 
Actoremcjue  suum  petiit  felicior  astris, 
Hie  claudor  Dantes,  patriis  extorris  ab  oris 
Quern  genuit  parvi  Florentia  mater  amoris.' 

'  The  Rights  of  Monarehy,  celestial  realms, 
Phlegethon,  th'  infernal  lake,  while  traversing,  I  sung 
Long  as  the  fates  so  willed.     Because  of  me 
One  part  has  ceased  from  here,  and  upwards  soared 
Happy  towards  its  Author  'mid  the  stars, 
To  dwell  in  better  tents,  made  welcome  there. 
Here  lie  I,  Dante,  banished  from  thy  land, 
Florence  who  bare  me,  mother  scant  of  love.' 

This  inscription  remains  upon  the  tomb  to  this 
day,  but  the  second  epitaph,  which  belongs  to  the 
same  period,  always  cited  together  with  the  'Jura 
Monarchiag  '  of  Bernardo  da  Canatro,  has  dis- 
appeared from  the  sarcophagus.  That  it  was  once 
there,  and  that  it  was  inscribed  at  about  the  same 
time  above  the  one  still  e.xtant,  it  seems  hardly 
possible  to  doubt,  after  the  discovery  of  the  Cesena 
copy  of  the  '  Divina  Commedia,'  by  Francesco  di 
Maestro  Tura.  Transcribed  in  1378,  it  recites 
that    this    second    epitaph    had    been    *  recently 


Epitaphs  by  Da  Canatro  and  Mezzani   189 

engraved  ' ;  that  it  occupied  a  place  above  the 
*  Jura  Monarchias,'  and  that  it  was  the  work  of 
that  discreet  and  learned  man  Menghino  Mezzani 
of  Ravenna.^ 

This  epitaph  is  as  follows  : 

'  Inclita  fama  cuius  universum  penetrat  orbem 
Dantes  Aligherius  florentina  natus  in  urbe, 
Conditor  eloquio  lumenque  decusque  latini 
Vulnere  saev^  necis  stratus  ad  sidera  tendens 
Dominicis  annis  ter  septem  mille  tercentis 
Septembris  idibus  includitur  aula  superna.' 

*  He  whose  glorious  fame  reaches  through  the  whole 
world, 

Dante  Alighieri,  born  in  the  city  of  Florence, 

The  founder  of  the  vernacular,  the  bright  star  and 
honour  of  Latinity, 

Laid  low  by  the  stroke  of  cruel  death,  bound  for  the 
stars. 

In  the  year  of  our  Lord  1321,  on  the  Ides  of  Sep- 
tember 13th, 

And  is  numbered  in  the  Court  of  Heaven.' 

Whether  it  was  indeed  written  by  Menghino 
Mezzani  after  his  release  from  captivity  in  1350, 
which  probability  is  suggested  by  the  statement 
in  the  MS.  of  1378  that  it  had  been  'recently 
engraved  '  on  the  tomb,  or  whether  it  was,  as 
some  say,  the  work  of  Jacopo  Alighieri,  it  bears, 
like    the    companion    epitaph    by    Bernardo    da 

'  Coflice  della  Divina  Commedia,  del  Secolo  xiv.  Citato  dal 
De  Batines,  ii.  135,  237. 


190  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Canatro,  the  stamp  of  the  age,  and  this  should 
make  us  lenient  to  the  jumble  of  false  quantities 
which  Dr.  Moore  hopes  never  did  *  disfigure  the 
poet's  tomb.'^ 

We  may,  then,  sum  up  the  facts  connected  with 
this  first  epoch  of  the  sepulchre  as  follows  :  At 
the  death  of  Dante,  September  13,  1321,  Guido 
Novello  caused  the  remains  to  be  provisionally 
interred  in  a  stone  sarcophagus,  evidently  one  of 
the  many  ancient  sarcophagi  which  to  this  day 
remain  a  characteristic  feature  in  Ravenna. 

Guido,  driven  into  exile,  was  foiled  in  his  pur- 
pose of  erecting  the  noble  sepulchre  which  he  had 
planned,  and  the  sarcophagus  appears  to  have  re- 
mained without  ornament  till  past  the  middle  of 
the  fourteenth  century;  only  the  name  of  the  poet 
inscribed  upon  it  gave  evidence  of  its  precious 
contents.  Shortly  after  Boccaccio's  second  or 
third  visit  to  Ravenna,  in  1353,  the  sarcophagus 
appears  to  have  been  repolished,  and  either 
simultaneously,  or  within  a  very  short  period  of 
each  other,  there  appeared  upon  it  the  two 
epitaphs  cited  above. 

It  was  at  the  close  of  the  year,  December  22, 
1396,  that  Florence  made  the  first  of  those  de- 
mands for  the  remains  of  Dante  which  Boccaccio 
in  his  prophecy  had  anticipated.  This  first  claim 
arose  out  of  the  decree  that  five  monuments  were 
to  be  erected  in  Santa  Maria  del  Fiore  to  the 
most  famous  literary  men  of  Florence.    The  name 

'  Historical  Review,  October,  1888. 


Florence  demands  his  Remains      191 

of  Dante  stood  second  to  that  of  Accursio,  and 
preceded  that  of  Petrarch ;  the  names  Zanobi  da 
Strada  and  Boccaccio  completed  the  Hst. 

It  was  probably  in  order  that  the  bones  of 
Dante  might  rest  beneath  the  proposed  monu- 
ment that  Ravenna  was  solicited  to  restore  them 
to  Florence.  The  demand  being  refused,  the 
request  was  reiterated  on  February  i,  1429,  on 
the  same  plea,  and  it  was  again  refused.  But  the 
desire  of  the  Florentines  was  stimulated  and  kept 
alive  by  a  certain  Frate  Antonio  Neri,  a  preacher 
of  some  fame,  an  appointed  reader  and  lecturer 
upon  the  *  Divina  Commedia '  in  Florence  in  1430- 
1432.  He  caused  to  be  painted  and  placed  in  the 
cathedral  a  portrait  of  Dante,  which  has  since 
been  displaced  for  that  by  Michelino  in  1430. 
But  the  old  painting  was  inscribed  with  curious 
and  obscure  lines,  the  sense  of  which  has  been 
interpreted,  with  a  note  by  Bartolomeo  Ceffoni, 
to  this  effect  : 

'  These  verses  are  a  copy  of  those  painted  and  written 
into  the  old  painting,  which  represents  Dante  in  Santa 
Liperata,  otherwise  Santa  Maria  del  Fiore,  where  at  this 
present  time  (1430)  Dante  is  being  read  by  Antonio 
Frate  di  San  Francesco.  This  same  Master  Antonio 
caused  the  said  painting  to  be  executed,  to  remind  the 
Florentines  that  they  must  bring  back  the  bones  of  Dante 
to  Florence  in  order  to  do  him  the  honour  which  he 
deserves  in  a  fitting  place. '^ 

Stung  by  refusal,  the  Florentines  began  to  cast 

'  Codice  Riccard,  1036,  A.c.  180,  quoted  in  the  '  Ultimo  Rifugio,' 
p.  381- 


192  Dante  at  Ravenna 

about  for  some  powerful  ally  to  support  their 
demand,  so  their  next  attempt  was  made  in  the 
time  of  Lorenzo  di  Piero  de'  Medici,  April  17, 
1476,  through  the  Venetian  Ambassador,  urging 
Venice  to  coerce  Ravenna,  then  under  her 
dominion,  into  yielding  up  the  coveted  remains. 
It  is  supposed,  though  not  absolutely  proved,  that 
this  Ambassador  was  no  other  than  Bernardo 
Bembo,  and  that  when  he  failed  to  influence  his 
Government  in  favour  of  the  Florentine  demand 
for  the  restoration  of  the  remains,  he  directed  his 
energies  to  adorning  the  place  of  their  repose. 
His  epitaph  is  a  record  of  the  neglected  condition 
in  which  he  found  the  sepulchre  : 

'  Exigua  tumuli  Dantes  hie  sorte  jacebas 
Squallenti  nuUi  cognite  pane  situ. 
At  nunc  marmoreo  subnixus  conderis  arcu 

Omnibus  at  cultu  splendidiore  nites. 
Nimirum  Bembus  musis  incensus  ethruscis 
Hoc  tibi  quern  in  primus  hoc  coluere  dedit. 
Ann.  Sal.  mcccclxxxiii.  vi.  Kal.  Jvn. 
Bernardus  Bemb.  Praet.  cere  sue  Posuit.' 

'  Here,  Dante,  in  the  penurious  chance  of  thy  burial 
Thou  didst  lie,  scarce  known  to  any  man  for  the  foul 

neglect, 
But  now  under  a  marble  vault  thou'rt  laid  to  rest. 
And  shin'st  with  a  brighter  splendour  than  all. 
For  Bembo,  fired  by  the  Tuscan  Muses, 
Rendered  this  tribute  to  thee,  their  prime  favourite. 
The   year   of  salvation  1483,  the  sixth  day  before  the 
first  of  June,  Bernardo  Bembo,  Chief  Magistrate, 
erected  this  at  his  own  cost.' 


Bernardo  Bembo  193 

He  placed  the  work  in  the  hands  of  the 
sculptor  Pietro  Lombard!,  who  was  at  that  time 
employed  by  the  Republic  to  execute  various  works 
in  Ravenna,  as,  for  example,  the  two  columns  in 
the  Piazza  Maggiore.  the  one  surmounted  by  the 
symbolical  Lion,  the  other  by  a  statue  of  San 
Apollinare/  and  the  image  of  St.  Mark,  now  in 
the  cathedral. 

These  are  only  interesting  as  being  the  work 
of  the  sculptor  who  adorned  the  tomb  of  Dante, 
and  whose  work,  almost  as  it  originally  stood, 
can  be  seen  to  this  day.  The  ingress  to  the  tomb 
was  not  altered  by  Pietro  Lombardi,  but  was 
still  as  it  had  hitherto  been,  from  the  Piazzetta. 
Immediately  opposite,  with  its  back  to  the  wall, 
was  the  ancient  *  Area  Lapidea,'  which  was  re- 
polished  and  somewhat  reduced  in  dimensions 
by  the  clever  sculptor.  He  placed  above  it  a 
sculptured  effigy  in  Istrian  marble  of  Dante,  with 
the  poet's  laurel  round  his  head,  and  the  *  vair  ' 
tippet  of  a  Doctor  of  Divinity  upon  his  shoulders, 
in  the  act  of  reading  from  an  open  book,  which 
rests  on  a  desk  in  front  of  him.  The  face  being 
in  profile,  the  traditional  cast  of  feature  is 
accentuated  by  the  sculptor,  and  it  must  be 
freely  owned  that  both  in  attitude  and  expression 
it  is  a  somewhat  stiff  and  cramped  representation 
of  the  poet.  The  chin  is  supported  by  the  left 
hand,  the  right  rests  upon  another  book  laid 
open  upon  a  table,  where  three  volumes  and  an 

^  Since  displaced  by  that  of  San  Vitale  by  Clemcnte  Molli. 

13 


194  Dante  at  Ravenna 

inkstand  are  also  represented.  Although  more  of 
an  effigy  than  a  sculpture,  the  whole  effect  has  a 
certain  merit  and  a  character  of  its  own.  Pietro 
Lombardijit  has  been  well  remarked  by  Cicognara, 
approached  his  task  more  from  the  architect's 
than  from  the  sculptor's  point  of  view,  and  the 
architecture  and  decorations  have  a  certain 
chaste  elegance  characteristic  of  the  period.  The 
basso-relievo,  or  effigy,  is  let  into  a  background 
of  African  veined  marble,  which  must  have 
belonged  at  one  time  to  some  ancient  monu- 
ment at  Ravenna.  This  in  its  turn  has  an 
ornamentation  of  Grecian  marble  which  forms 
the  setting  and  frame.  The  two  materials  are 
blended  in  the  same  way  in  the  architectural 
ornamentation  of  the  lunette  above,  which  takes 
the  form  of  a  funeral  wreath,  half  laurel,  half 
palm,  emblematic  of  the  glory  of  the  poet  and 
the  suffering  of  the  exile,  and  surrounds  the  motto 
*  Virtuti  et  Honori.'  The  same  motto  and  the 
same  emblems  are  repeated  on  a  smaller  scale  in 
a  little  square  of  marble  which  was  once  an  out- 
side decoration,  but  is  now  inserted  in  the  wall  on 
the  left-hand  side.  This  ornament  carries  a  shield 
in  the  centre,  inscribed  with  the  words 

'  His  non  cede  Malis,' 

freely  interpreted : 

'  Because  of  the  poet's  crown, 
Because  of  the  martyr's  palm, 
I  do  not  yield  to  misfortune.' 


INTtklOR  OI''  THE    lO.Ml!  OF  DANTE. 


7'o/acc  />.  iy4. 


The  Mysterious  Letters  S.  V.  F.      195 

The  sarcophagus  itself,  which  originally  was 
on  the  same  gigantic  scale  as  those  which 
are  still  to  be  seen  in  S.  Apollinare  in  Classe, 
was  somewhat  reduced  in  its  dimensions  by 
Lombardi,  but  the  proof  that  it  is  the  original 
one  in  which  the  body  was  laid  was  clearly 
established  when  it  was  opened  in  1865.  It  was 
then  seen  that  the  lower  slab  which  formed  the 
bottom  had  received  a  faint  but  distinct  impres- 
sion of  the  skeleton.  Had  the  sarcophagus  been 
sculptured  anew  out  of  the  living  marble  in  1483, 
and  the  remains  then  transferred  to  it,  it  is 
evident  that  these,  dry  with  the  dust  of  a  century 
and  a  half,  could  have  left  no  impression  upon 
the  stone.  The  lid  of  the  sarcophagus  is  sculp- 
tured, like  many  of  the  ancient  sarcophagi,  in 
imitation  of  the  scales  of  a  fish.  It  is  raised  on 
a  pedestal,  and  enclosed  in  a  marble  frame  with 
ornamentation  like  that  of  the  upper  part  of  the 
tomb.  Upon  the  face  of  it  the  sculptured  imita- 
tion of  a  white  cloth  drawn  and  fastened  with  nails 
carries  the  epitaph  by  Bernardo  da  Canatro  as  it 
appears  to  this  day.  It  was  replaced  where  it  had 
originally  been  by  Bembo,  with  the  prefix  of  the 
three  capitals  S.  V.  F.  These  mysterious 
letters  have  been  the  subject  of  much  comment, 
and  have  been  variously  interpreted;  but  it  is  sup- 
posed that  Bernardo  Bembo  followed  a  tradition 
much  in  vogue  at  the  time  that  Dante  wrote  his 
own  epitaph,  and  that,  therefore,  S.  V.  F.  stand 
for  *  Sibi  Vivens  Fecit  '  :  *  Made  by  himself  when 

13—2 


196  Dante  at  Ravenna 

alive.'  That  it  was  a  mistaken  tradition  arising 
out  of  the  use  of  the  first  person  by  Bernardo  da 
Canatro  seems  to  be  proved  by  the  poetical  inter- 
change of  sonnets  between  Bernardo  da  Canatro 
and  Menghino  Mezzani,  but  that  such  a  tradition 
existed  may  possibly  account  for  Bembo  having 
caused  that  epitaph  only  to  be  re-engraved  upon 
the  tomb,  discarding  the  other  one,  *  Inclita 
Fama,'  which  had,  we  believe,  up  to  that  time 
been  inscribed  above  it. 

Such  were  the  first  adornments  of  the  sepulchre 
as  they  were  completed  by  Bernardo  Bembo  at 
the  close  of  the  fourteenth  century.  The  suc- 
ceeding century  was  yet  in  its  youth  when  Florence 
returned  to  the  charge  and  made  the  most  famous 
and  the  most  formidable  of  all  her  attempts,  this 
time  being  determined  to  possess  herself  by  force 
of  the  treasure  which  Ravenna  had  denied  to  her 
reiterated  entreaties.  The  Accademia  Medicea 
at  Florence  drew  up  the  petition  and  addressed  it, 
not  to  Ravenna,  but  to  Leo  X.,  the  Medici  and 
Florentine  Pope,  the  patron  of  the  belles-lettres 
and  the  arts.  Moreover,  he  was  Lord  of  Ravenna, 
for  that  city  had  by  the  League  of  Cambrai  (1509) 
passed  under  the  Papal  dominions.  The  petition  of 
the  Medicaean  Academy,  bearing  date  October  20, 
1519,  had  many  signatures.  Among  these  were 
the  names  of  Jacopo  Nardi,  Luigi  Alamanni,  Giro- 
lamo  Benivieni  and  Pietro  Portinari,  a  descend- 
ant of  the  family  of  Beatrice.  Finally,  it  was 
backed  by  Michael  Angelo,  who  wrote  across  it : 


Petition  of  the  Accademia  Medicea    197 

*  I,  Michael  Angelo,  sculptor,  supplicate  your  Holi- 
ness in  the  same  terms,  offering  myself  to  make 
a  worthy  sepulchre  for  the  divine  poet  in  an 
honoured  place  in  this  same  city.'  Leave  was 
granted,  as  we  gather  from  a  letter  of  Cardinal 
Pietro  Bembo — son  of  the  very  Bernardo  Bembo 
who  had  just  completed  the  tomb — to  the  Floren- 
tines to  carry  away  the  bones  of  Dante  from 
Ravenna  to  Florence,  and  every  facility  was  given 
them  to  execute  their  purpose.  The  Magistrate 
and  Council  of  Ravenna  having  refused  to  pay 
an  exorbitant  demand  of  150  florins  of  gold  to 
support  the  Papal  Swiss  Guard,  Leo  X.  caused 
them  to  be  imprisoned  in  Cesena.  At  that 
moment,  while  the  city  was  deprived  of  its 
natural  protectors,  the  Envoys  of  Florence  and 
the  President  of  the  Romagna  arrived  in  the  dead 
of  the  night  to  make  good  their  claim.  Fortified 
v/ith  the  Papal  authority,  they  betook  themselves 
to  the  tomb  of  Dante.  They  raised  the  stone  lid 
of  the  sarcophagus,  intending  to  withdraw  the 
remains  and  transport  them  at  last  to  Florence. 

But  their  tyranny  and  their  efforts  were  alike 
in  vain.  The  tomb  was  empty  save  for  a  frag- 
ment of  bone  and  a  few  withered  leaves  of  the 
laurel  which  had  adorned  the  poet's  head. 
Ravenna  had  fought  gallantly  in  the  open  field 
so  long  as  it  was  possible,  but  perceiving  that  on 
this  occasion  she  must  be  defeated  by  overwhelm- 
ing odds,  she  had  had  recourse  to  strategy. 

For  nearly  three  and  a  half  centuries   no  one 


198  Dante  at  Ravenna 

knew  what  that  strategy  was.  The  first  attempt 
to  account  for  the  loss  of  the  remains  is  charac- 
teristic of  the  times  : 

'  And  thus,'  recites  the  memorial  drawn  up  by  Carlo 
Nardi  to  Pope  Leo,  '  there  could  be  no  translation  made 
of  the  bones  of  Dante,  because  the  deputies  from  the 
Accademia  (Medicea)  having  visited  his  tomb,  they  found 
Dante  neither  in  soul  nor  yet  in  body  ;  and  it  being 
believed  that  he  had  in  his  lifetime,  in  body  as  well  as  in 
spirit,  made  the  journey  through  the  Inferno,  Purgatorio, 
and  Paradiso,  so  in  death  it  must  now  be  assumed  that  in 
body  as  well  as  in  spirit  in  either  one  or  other  of  those 
realms  he  has  been  received  and  welcomed.' 

Whether  or  not  this  explanation  was  considered 
satisfactory  we  do  not  know,  but  the  very  sudden 
death  of  Leo  X.  early  in  the  following  year  may 
account  for  no  steps  having  been  taken  to  press 
the  matter  further  at  the  time.  But  to 
Clement  VII.,  successor  to  Leo  X.,  a  sonnet 
was  speedily  addressed  by  Alvisi  reciting  the 
failure  of  the  attempt  of  his  brother  Leone, 
*  Sommo  Pastore,'  urging  him  to  punish  the 
Ravennese  who  had  stolen  away  the  bones,  and, 
with  a  pun  on  his  name,  to  show  '  clemency '  to 
Dante  by  restoring  his  remains  to  an  honoured 
place  in  Florence. 

Clement  VII.,  of  a  different  disposition  to 
Leo  X.,  was  too  engrossed  with  political  diffi- 
culties to  have  either  time  or  inclination  to  follow 
up  the  quest,  and  Florence,  daunted  by  the  hope- 


The  Chapel  of  Braccioforte         199 

lessness  of  the  empty  tomb,  seems  to  have  given 
up  the  task  in  despair. 

In  Ravenna  the  tradition  of  the  loss  was 
studiously  shrouded  in  myster}',  if  not  altogether 
concealed.  But  there  was  always  a  floating  sense 
of  uneasiness  amongst  the  populace  upon  the 
subject. 

About  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century,  the 
Franciscans  made  considerable  alterations  in  the 
chapel  of  Braccioforte,  adjoining  the  tomb  of 
Dante.  This  chapel,  dedicated  first  to  the 
Nativity  of  the  Saviour,  subsequently  to  San 
Pier  Crisologo,  owes  its  present  name  to  a  tradi- 
tion connected  with  a  very  ancient  wooden 
Crucifix  which  it  contained,  and  which  was  held 
by  the  people  in  great  veneration.  Andrea 
Agnello,  the  historian  of  the  ninth  century,  re- 
cords that  on  one  occasion  two  friends  came  to 
the  chapel,  and  solemnly  called  upon  the  Crucifix 
to  be  witness  to  a  secret  loan  between  them. 
The  lender,  exhibiting  the  money  he  was  about 
to  lend  to  his  friend,  made  his  invocation 
thus : 

*  O  Lord  God  Omnipotent,  do  Thou  be  my 
surety  for  this  act.' 

The  friend,  having  received  the  money,  went 
away  to  the  East  without  any  thought  of  returning 
to  Ravenna.  The  lender,  at  last  weary  of  wait- 
ing, betook  himself  again  to  the  chapel,  and, 
standing  in  front  of  the  Crucifix,  called  upon  the 
effigy  of  the   Saviour  to  make  good   the  surety- 


200  Dante  at  Ravenna 

ship,  and,  by  the  might  of  the  strong  arm  (braccio 
forte)  of  God,  to  maintain  his  cause. 

The  historian  goes  on  to  relate  how  the  strong 
arm  of  God  brought  back  the  debtor  from  the  Far 
East,  and  made  him  pay  all  that  was  due,  so  that 
the  two  friends  went  their  ways  in  peace,  and  the 
chapel  has  ever  since  borne  the  name  of  Braccio 
Forte — the  Strong  Arm  of  God. 

This  ancient  chapel  was  originally  connected 
with  the  tomb  of  Dante  by  a  portico  with  marble 
columns.  This  portico  appears  to  have  been 
altogether  removed  by  the  Franciscans  in  1658, 
when  they  were  making  considerable  alterations 
in  their  church  and  convent.  The  doorway  of 
the  chapel,  which  corresponded  with  the  entrance 
to  the  tomb  of  Dante,  was  blocked  up,  and 
another  access  was  given  from  the  chapel  into  the 
church.  The  sepulchre  was  reconstructed,  with 
the  entrance  to  the  north,  facing  the  Piazza 
Maggiore,  as  we  see  it  to  this  day. 

But  the  Franciscans,  absorbed  in  the  larger 
repairs  of  their  church  and  convent,  contented 
themselves  with  reconstructing  the  exterior  of  the 
tomb,  leaving  the  interior  in  such  a  state  of  neglect 
that  Cardinal  Corsi,  the  Papal  Legate,  following 
the  example  of  Bernardo  Bembo,  determined  to 
rescue  it  once  more  from  such  a  condition.  He 
had  not,  however,  taken  into  account  the  indig- 
nant opposition  of  the  Franciscan  Brotherhood. 
They  claimed  jurisdiction  over  the  sepulchre,  and 
so  harassed  the  stone-masons  engaged  upon  the 


Epitaph  by  Cardinal  Corsi  201 

work  of  restoration  that  the  Cardinal  was  obhged 
to  apply  for  a  guard  of  forty  sbirri  to  protect  the 
workmen,  who  laboured  without  intermission  day 
and  night  till  the  restoration  was  completed, 
May  4,  1692.  Then  the  Cardinal  wrote  in  turn 
his  epitaph,  and  caused  it  to  be  placed  upon  the 
tomb.     It  runs  as  follows  : 

'  Exvlem  a  Florentia  Dantem  Liberalissime 

Excepit  Ravenna. 

Vivo  fruens  Mortvvm  colens 

Magnis  cineribus  licet  in  parvo  magnifici  parentarvnt 

Polentani  Principes  erigendo 

Bembvs  Praetor  Lvcvlentissime  extrvendo 

Praatiosum  Mysis  et  Apollini  Mavsoleum 

Quod  injvria  temporvm  pane  sqvallens 

E.  vTio  Dominico  Maria  Cvrsio  Legato 

Joanne  Salviato  Prolegato 

Magni  civis  cineres  Patriae  reconciliare 

Cvltus  perpetvitate  cvrantibvs 

S.  P.  Q.  R. 

JVRE  Ac  Acre  suo. 

Tanquam  Thesavrvm  svvm  mvnivit 

Instav  ravitornavit 

A.D.  MDCXCII.' 

'  When  Dante  was  exiled  from  Florence 

Ravenna  most  generously  received  him, 

Rejoicing  in  him  alive,  and  honouring  him  dead. 

To  his  great  ashes 

(Though  such  a  field  was  small  for  their  magnificence) 

The   Princes  of  Polenta  by  erecting,    and    Bembo    the 

Praetor  by  sumptuously  adorning, 


202  Dante  at  Ravenna 


A  sepulchre  precious  to  the  Muses  and  Apollo, 

Did   pious   service. 

Which  sepulchre, 

Almost  decayed  by  the  injuries  of  Time, 

The  Council  and  People  of  Ravenna 

The  most  Eminent  Domenico  Maria  Corsi,  the  Legate, 

And  Giovanni  Salviati,  the  Prolegate, 

Making  it  their  charge 

To  reconcile,  by  perpetual  honour,  to  his  own  country 

Their  great  citizen, 

In  their  own  right,  and  at  their  own  cost, 

Did  establish,  repair,  and  adorn. 

A.D.    MDCXCII.'^ 

Not  satisfied  with  this  written  record  of  his 
restoration,  the  Cardinal  emphasized  his  share  in 
it  by  causing  his  coat  of  arms  to  be  engraved  on  a 
shield  outside  the  tomb,  flanked  by  that  of 
Monsignore  Salviati,  Legate  of  the  province,  on 
one  side,  and  that  of  the  Franciscan  community 
on  the  other. 

The  report  of  the  master-builder  Cicognini  is 
preserved,  in  which  he  states  that  he  completed 
his  work  under  the  guard,  and  with  the  protec- 
tion of  forty  sbirri,  while  the  Fathers  of  the 
venerable  convent  of  San  Francesco  came  con- 
stantly to  the  spot,  complaining  and  lamenting, 
and  making  all  the  disturbance  they  could  to 
hinder  the  work.  There  is  also  extant  the  testi- 
mony of  the  sculptor  Berthoz  : 

•In  the  month  of  June,  1692,  I  engraved  in  marble, 
with  great  care,  the  three  coats  of  arms,  according  to  the 
^  Translation  by  J.  S.  Phillimore,  Esq. 


Question  of  Ecclesiastical  Jurisdiction    203 

orders  which  I  had  received.  Moreover,  I  solemnly 
attest  that  at  the  same  time  the  workmen  under  my 
direction  polished  the  marble  of  the  sepulchral  urn  which 
contains,  //  is  said,  the  bones  of  Dante  the  Poet,  and  all 
the  other  surrounding  marbles  which  adorn  the  tomb.' 

The  significant  words,  *  it  is  said,'  show  that 
the  sculptor  was  well  aware  of  the  tradition  of  the 
empty  sarcophagus. 

The  question  was  again  raised  during  the  legal 
proceedings  which  ensued  between  the  magistrates 
of  Ravenna,  backed  by  Cardinal  Corsi,  and  the 
Franciscan  Brothers,  as  to  the  right  of  jurisdiction 
over  the  sepulchre.  The  matter  reached  a  climax 
when  an  escaped  felon  claimed  the  right  of  sanc- 
tuary within  the  precincts  of  the  tomb  of  Dante. 
The  Padre  Guardiano  of  the  Franciscans  claimed 
the  right  of  ecclesiastical  immunity  for  the 
wretched  man,  who  was,  notwithstanding,  forcibly 
dragged  back  to  prison. 

The  authorities,  still  backed  by  the  Vatican,  had 
recourse,  to  justify  their  action,  to  the  argument 
that  Dante  having  been  condemned  as  a  heretic 
after  death,  the  place  of  his  burial,  far  from  having 
any  claim  to  the  rights  of  a  sanctuary,  was,  on 
the  contrary,  polluted  !  Then  the  Franciscans 
themselves  made  use  of  the  rumour  that  the  bones 
were  no  longer  there,  rather  than  lose  their  right 
of  jurisdiction  over  the  sepulchre.  The  magis- 
trates declared  that  by  the  recent  repairs  the 
sepulchre  stood  isolated,  the  Franciscans  that  it 
still  rested  with  its  back  to  the  wall  of  the  con- 


204  Dante  at  Ravenna 


vent.  Moreover,  they  pointed  triumphantly  to 
the  shield  of  their  community  which  the  Cardinal 
had  himself  affixed  to  the  sepulchre. 

Thus  the  dispute  continued  in  more  or  less 
degree  throughout  the  century.  The  Franciscan 
Brothers,  by  sheer  obstinacy,  held  their  own, 
and  wearied  out  the  Vatican,  so  that  we  actually 
find  Cardinal  Valentino  Gonzaga,  the  Papal 
Legate,  taking  them  into  his  counsels  when  he 
undertook,  in  1780,  under  the  auspices  of  Pius  VI., 
the  third  and  last  restoration  of  the  tomb.  This 
time,  Camillo  Morigia,  a  gentleman  and  native  of 
Ravenna,  was  chosen  as  the  architect.  Preserv- 
ing the  work  of  Lombardi  inside,  he  threw  the 
exterior  into  the  shape  of  the  little  mausoleum  or 
temple  which  it  now  assumes. 

The  florid  style  of  the  period,  adapted  for  some 
mock  classic  memorial  in  a  pleasure-garden,  sur- 
rounded with  myrtles  and  weeping  willows,  ill 
accords  with  the  severity  of  the  Franciscan 
environments,  the  dark  foliage  of  the  tall  cypress, 
the  grim  tower  of  San  Francesco,  black  with 
centuries,  rising  behind  it,  still  less  with  the 
stern  grandeur  of  the  poet  himself.  The  work 
was  complete  when  the  Gonzaga  shield  was 
made  to  crown  the  entrance. 

The  mausoleum  was  inaugurated  in  June,  1782, 
when  a  meeting  of  the  Accademia  degli  Informi, 
in  Ravenna,  was  assembled  to  celebrate  the  occa- 
sion by  compositions  in  prose  and  verse,  which, 
as  an   Italian  writer  observes,  'had  more  to  say 


Epitaph  by  Cardinal  Gonzaga        205 


about  the  Cardinal  than  about  Dante.'  Under- 
neath the  sarcophagus  the  Cardinal  placed  a 
marble  urn,  in  which  were  enclosed  some  coins  of 
the  time  of  Pius  VI.,  and  a  parchment  relating 
the  extent  and  cost  of  the  undertaking.  He  then 
wrote,  as  follows,  the  sixth  and  last  epitaph  : 

'  Danti  Alighiero 

Poetse  .  svi  .  Temporis  .  Prime 

Restitvtori 

Politioris  Hvmanitatis 

Gvido  .  at  Hostasius  Polentiani 

Clienti  .  et  Hospiti .  Peregre  .  Defvncto 

Monvmentum  .  Fecervnt 

Bernardus  .  Bembus  .  Praetor  .  Venet  .  Ravenn  . 

Pro  .  Meritis  .  Eivs  .  Ornatu  .  Excolvit 

Aloysivs  .  Valentivs  .  Gonzaga  .  Card 

Leg.  Prov.  ^mil. 

Svperiorvm  .  Temporvm  .  Negligenti  Corrvptvm 

Operibvs  Ampliatis. 

Mvnificentia  .  sva  Restitvendvm. 

Cvravit. 

Anno  .  Mucc.Lxxx.' 

'To  Dante  Alighieri, 

The  first  Poet  of  his  Time, 

The  restorer  of  Classical  Elegance  and  Learning, 

Dead  in  a  foreign  country, 

Guido  and  Hostasio  Polenziano 

His  Patron  and  Host 

Erected  this  Monument. 

Bernardo  Bembo,  Governor  for  Venice  at  Ravenna, 

Decorated  and  adorned  it 

As  Dante  deserved. 


2o6  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Aloisio  Valenzio  Gonzaga,  Cardinal 

Legate  for  the  Province  of  Emilia, 

Of  his  munificence 

Improved  and  restored 

What  the  neglect  of  preceding  generations  had  allowed  to 

decay. 

A.D.    MDCCLXXX.'^ 

It  now  remained  to  prove  that  the  tomb  which 
he  had  so  lavishly  adorned  was  indeed  the  recep- 
tacle of  the  remains  of  the  poet ;  therefore,  in  the 
presence  of  a  few  selected  witnesses  sworn  to 
secrecy,  the  sarcophagus  was  opened.  The 
Cardinal  was  obliged  to  take  refuge  in  ambiguous 
phrases  to  conceal  the  result  from  the  people. 
But  the  entry  of  one  of  the  Franciscan  friars  in 
a  missal,  now  in  the  hands  of  the  Municipio  at 
Ravenna,  states  the  bald  fact : 

'  The  cofifin  of  Dante  was  opened,  and  nothing  was 
found  inside,  so  it  was  sealed  up  again  with  the  Car- 
dinal's signet  ring,  and  strict  silence  was  observed  as  to 
everything.' 

The  Franciscans  may  have  found  a  not  un- 
natural solace  for  the  loss  of  their  jurisdiction 
over  the  tomb  by  making  this  record,  for  we  read 
that  the  Cardinal,  on  leaving  Ravenna,  placed  the 
key  in  the  hands  of  the  magistrate,  and,  nothing 
daunted  by  the  result  of  the  investigation,  recom- 
mended to  his  most  careful  preservation  so  noble 
and  so  glorious  a  relic  of  the  past. 

Two  Cardinals,  both  Papal  Legates,  in  two  suc- 

^  Translation  by  J.  S.  Phillimore,  Esq. 


The  Republique  Cisalpine         207 

ceeding  centuries  had  spent  themselves  in  adorn- 
ing the  tomb  of  Dante.  Their  sculptured  coats  of 
arms  made  part  of  its  architectural  ornament,  and 
florid  epitaphs  connected  their  names  with  his. 
Then,  by  a  curious  irony  of  fate,  the  Republique 
Cisalpine  came  upon  the  well  -  worn  scene. 
Dressed  in  their  little  brief  authority,  they  made 
use  of  it  to  remind  the  people  of  Ravenna,  as 
citizens  and  brothers,  that  the  great  champion, 
who  had  exposed  the  '  imposture  of  sacerdota- 
lism,' the  Signor  dell'  Altissimo  Canto,  the  Divine 
Dante,  was  their  fellow-citizen,  and  that  his 
glorious  memory  must  be  democratically  cele- 
brated, bidding  them  hasten  with  laurel  and  myrtle 
to  his  tomb  to  shed  the  tears  which  flow  from  the 
eyes  of  a  patriot  over  a  genius  who  has  deserved 
well  of  humanity. 

The  deputies  of  the  Republique  Cisalpine  do 
not  appear  to  have  been  troubled  with  any  dis- 
quieting fears  that  they  were  paying  homage  to 
an  empty  shrine  ;  but  in  1841  we  find  the  fact 
again  stated  with  unmistakable  plainness  in 
Filippo  Mordani's  memoirs  of  Dionigi  Strocchi. 
He  recounts  that  on  July  i,  1841,  Dionigi  Strocchi 
said  to  him : 

'  There  is  something  I  wish  to  tell  you,  now  that  we 
are  alone.  Do  you  know  that  the  coffin  of  Dante  is 
empty  ;  the  bones  are  no  longer  there.  The  Archbishop 
Monsignore  Codronchi  told  me  this  ;  but  do  not  breathe 
a  word  about  it,  for  it  is  a  secret.'^ 

'  F.  Mordani  '  Operette  tlella  Vita  privata  di  L.  Strocchi,' 
vol.  iii.,  p,  232. 


2o8  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Another  quarter  of  a  century  and  the  festivities 
for  the  sexcentenary  of  Dante's  birth  were  being 
celebrated  all  over  Italy.  They  were  made  the 
occasion  by  Florence  for  her  last  demand  for  his 
remains.  The  Municipio  of  Florence  wrote  as 
follows  to  the  Municipio  of  Ravenna,  May  7,  1864  : 

'  One  of  the  first  considerations  present  to  the  minds 
of  the  Commissioners^  is  the  eager  desire  that  the  remains 
of  the  great  poet  should  be  laid  to  rest  in  his  native  city ; 
and  because  this  desire  is  most  warmly  shared  by  all  alike, 
and  that  it  was  debated  for  a  long  while  how  it  should 
be  expressed,  it  was  decided  that  publicly,  by  means  of 
the  press  and  by  private  initiative,  the  Commission 
should  interpret  to  you  the  general  wish  of  the  people.' 

II  Carobbi,  the  Gonfaloniere  that  year,  address- 
ing himself  to  the  chief  magistrate  of  Ravenna, 
then  added  : 

'  I  am  sure  you  will  make  use  of  all  your  influence 
before  the  Common  Council  to  obtain  a  favourable  reply 
to  the  demand  of  the  Florentines,  because  by  this  act 
they  desire  to  repair  the  wrong  done  by  their  ancestors, 
and  the  disastrous  treatment  Dante  has  received  at  their 
hands.' 

The  Municipio  of  Ravenna  replied  briefly  that 
they  could  not  grant  the  request,  and  that 

'  The  deposit  of  the  sacred  remains  of  Dante  Alighieri 
in  Ravenna  could  no  longer,  owing  to  the  happily  altered 
conditions  of  Italy,  be  looked  upon  as  a  perpetuation  of 

^  Appointed  by  the  Government  to  arrange  the  plan  of  the 
festivities. 


Discovery  of  the  Remains         209 


his  exile,  as  all  the  cities  of  Italy  were  now  united  in  one 
enduring  bond  under  one  rule.' 

Even  while  they  drew  up  this  reply,  there  must 
have  been  a  strong  prevaiHng  impression  in  their 
minds  that  in  truth  the  coveted  remains  were  no 
longer  in  the  sepulchre  at  all.  However,  the 
finale  of  the  great  festival,  which  was  naturally  to 
take  place  at  Ravenna,  was  drawing  near,  and  the 
climax  at  hand  when  the  coffin  would  be  opened 
for  the  purpose  of  verifying  the  remains. 

The  workmen  were  actually  engaged  in  making 
preparations  for  the  scaffolding  round  the  tomb, 
so  as  to  enable  the  bystanders  to  obtain  a  better 
view  of  the  ceremony.  A  portion  of  the  outer 
wall  of  the  adjoining  Chapel  of  Braccioforte, 
which  had  blocked  the  original  ingress  to  the 
chapel,  had  been  demolished,  and  a  further 
clearance  was  contemplated,  when  it  became 
necessary  to  introduce  a  pump  to  get  rid  of  the 
water  which  proved  a  constant  hindrance  to  the 
work.  The  pump  was  placed  in  the  angle  made 
by  the  Fantuzzi,  afterwards  called  the  Rasponi, 
Chapel  and  that  of  Braccioforte,  but  it  was  found 
that  the  handle  could  not  work  on  account  of 
some  fragments  still  standing  of  the  wall  which 
had  taken  the  place  of  the  original  entrance. 

The  inspector  of  the  works,  G.  B.  Lorenzetti, 
then  directed  the  principal  stone-mason,  Pio  di 
Luigi  Felletti,  to  take  away  a  few  of  the  stones  of 
the  blocked  doorway  so  as  to  give  play  to  the 
handle  of  the    pump.      The  mason,  trying  now 

14 


2IO  Dante  at  Ravenna 

here  and  now  there  to  introduce  his  mattock  into 
the  wall,  suddenly  came  upon  a  cavity,  and  felt 
his  tool  strike  against  wood  which  gave  back  a 
hollow  sound.  His  curiosity  being  roused,  the 
mason  removed  carefully  other  surrounding  stones, 
when  there  appeared  a  wooden  box  which  partially 
fell  to  pieces,  revealing  some  portions  of  a  human 
skeleton.  At  the  bottom  of  the  box  was  the  in- 
scription : 

'  Dantis  Ossa  Denuper  revisa  die  3  Junii  1677,' 

and  further  examination  discovered  another  in- 
scription similarly  written  on  one  of  the  outer 
planks  of  the  chest  : 

'  Dantis  Ossa 
A  Me 

Fra  Antonio  Santi 
Hie  posita.  Anno  1677 
Die  18  Octobris.' 

Amazed  at  this  discovery,  Felletti  and  Angelo 
Dradi,  his  fellow-workman,  quickly  replaced  the 
bones  in  the  box,  and,  securing  it  as  best  they 
could,  conveyed  the  precious  receptacle  into  the 
adjoining  mausoleum  of  Dante.  In  a  very  short 
time  the  news  of  the  discovery  spread  like  wild- 
fire through  the  city.  The  authorities  arrived  in 
haste,  and  in  their  presence  a  deed  was  drawn  up 
by  the  notary,  stating  the  discovery,  while  the 
populace  outside  could  hardly  be  restrained  from 


Discovery  of  the  Remains         211 

breaking  down  the  iron  gate  of  the  mausoleum  in 
their  mixed  frenzy  of  curiosity  and  joy,  while  they 
remembered  a  tradition  current  in  the  city,  that 
the  Chapel  of  Braccioforte  contained  a  treasure 
which  one  day  would  be  yielded  up. 

Medical  experts — Professor  Cavaliere  Giovanni 
Puglioli  and  Claudio  Bertozzi — made  a  careful 
examination  of  the  bones,  and  proceeded  to  re- 
construct the  skeleton.  The  minutiae  of  their 
examination,  though  full  of  interest  for  a  medical 
or  scientific  treatise,  would  not  be  fitly  placed 
here,  but  for  the  purpose  of  identification  they 
were  all  sufficient  to  prove  that  the  remains  were 
indeed  those  of  Dante.  The  stature  answered  to 
that  of  the  poet  as  nearly  as  the  measurement  of 
a  skeleton  can  represent  the  living  form,  and  the 
skull  found  in  the  chest  corresponded  exactly  with 
the  mask  taken  from  Dante's  face  immediately 
after  his  death,  which  was  brought  from  Florence 
for  the  purpose  of  making  this  comparison. 

The  next  step  was  to  examine  the  sarcophagus 
in  the  chapel,  and  here  we  will  quote  the  words  of 
Dr.  Moore,  who  received  from  an  eye-witness  the 
account  of  the  proceedings  : 

'  The  writer  [i.e.,  Dr.  Moore]  met,  a  few  years  ago,  one 
who  was  present  on  this  most  interesting  occasion,  and 
who  had  carried  away,  and  still  preserved  as  a  relic,  a 
small  portion  of  the  precious  dust  which  was  found  at 
the  bottom  of  the  tomb.  This  examination  took  place 
on  June  7,  1865,  and  i/ie  tomb  7va$  then  found  to  be  empty, 

14 — 2 


212  Dante  at  Ravenna 


with  the  exception  of  a  little  earthy  or  dusty  substance, 
and  a  few  bones  corresponding  with  most  of  those  miss- 
ing in  the  chest  recently  discovered,  and  these  were 
certified  by  the  surgeon  present  to  belong  undoubtedly 
to  the  same  skeleton.  There  were  found  in  it,  also,  a 
few  withered  laurel  leaves,  which  possess  a  special 
interest  in  reference  to  the  description  of  Dante's  burial 
to  which  we  have  already  referred.  It  contained,  further, 
some  broken  fragments  of  Greek  marble,  of  the  same 
material  as  the  sarcophagus  itself.  These  were  soon 
found  to  proceed  from  a  rude  hole  which  had  been 
knocked  through  the  sarcophagus  at  the  back,  precisely 
at  the  part  accessible  only  from  the  inside  of  the  monas- 
tery, through  which,  beyond  all  doubt,  the  removal  of 
the  bones  had  been  effected.  This  hole  had  been 
stopped  up  with  bricks  and  cement,  and  then  plastered 
over  outside  so  as  to  leave  no  mark.'^ 

By  the  light  of  subsequent  history  we  must  now 
retrace  our  steps  to  the  period  of  the  abstraction 
of  the  remains  from  the  sepulchre.  In  1483,  the 
date  of  the  reconstruction  of  the  tomb  by  Ber- 
nardo Bembo,  the  remains  were  in  it,  and  were 
naturally  left  there.  Bernardo's  epitaph,  already 
cited  at  length,  and  still  to  be  seen  upon  the  left 
wall  of  the  mausoleum,  is  a  standing  record  of 
the  fact.  In  1520,  when  about  to  be  claimed 
by  the  Florentines,  they  were  gone.  But  it 
was  not  till  April  14,  1890,  that  the  culminating 
proof  was  supplied  as  to  how  the  removal  of  the 

'  Historical  Review,  October,  1888,  '  The  Tomh  of  Dante,' 
p.  648. 


The  Franciscan  Stratagem       213 


remains  had  been  effected.  Signer  Ricci  describes 
that  on  that  day  he  obtained  leave  from  Mon- 
signore  Uberti,  the  priest  in  charge  of  the  Church 
of  San  Francesco,  to  enter  the  monastery,  and 
having  marked  on  the  wall  of  the  cloister  the 
exact  place  corresponding  with  the  broken  part 
of  the  sarcophagus  of  Dante  on  the  other  side, 
the  bricklayers  were  instructed  to  chip  away  the 
plaster  from  the  wall.  They  had  hardly  been  at 
work  half  an  hour,  when  the  uneven  surface  of 
the  wall,  exactly  behind  the  sarcophagus,  betrayed 
where  the  hole  had  been  made,  the  even  course  of 
the  bricks  being  interrupted  and  broken,  and  then 
filled  up  again  with  different  material,  brickbats, 
and  rubble.  Here,  then,  was  the  aperture  made 
by  the  Franciscan  Brotherhood,  through  which, 
in  the  dead  of  the  night,  in  the  year  1520,  they 
had  withdrawn  the  bones  of  Dante  from  their 
tomb,  to  save  them  for  Ravenna  from  the  cove- 
tous grasp  of  Florence. 

But  as  the  first  inscription  by  Fra  Antonio, 
'  Denuper  revisa '  (revisited  anew),  bears  date 
June  3, 1677,  and  the  second,  'Hie  Posita,'  October, 
1677,  it  is  evident  that  the  remains  must  have 
been  preserved  somewhere  in  the  convent  for  more 
than  one  hundred  and  fifty  years  before,  at  the  date 
of  the  second  inscription,  they  were  built  into  the 
new  piece  of  the  wall  erected  to  block  the  old 
entrance  to  the  Braccioforte  chapel. 

This,  no  doubt,  furnished  the  opportunity  long 
coveted  for  depositing  them  in  a  place  of  safety. 


214  Dante  at  Ravenna 

where  no  despoiler  could  reach  them.  Fra 
Antonio  did  not  let  it  slip.  He  hastened  to 
relieve  the  Franciscan  Superiors  from  the  burden 
of  a  secret  which  must  have  been  transmitted 
by  each  in  turn  to  his  successor  in  office  for 
a  century  and  a  half.  It  is  recorded  that  Fra 
Antonio  Santi  occupied  an  important  official 
position  in  the  convent  in  1672,  and  held  it  till 
after  1677,  the  date  of  his  inscription.  He  was 
alive  in  1703,  when  Cardinal  Corsi  was  busying 
himself  with  the  repairs  of  the  tomb,  and  was 
obliged  to  send  forty  sbirri  to  protect  his  work- 
men from  the  harassing  attacks  of  the  Fran- 
ciscans, who  probably  feared  the  discovery  of 
their  secret.  It  was  fortunate  for  Fra  Antonio 
and  his  brotherhood  that  the  Cardinal's  repairs 
did  not  extend  to  the  sarcophagus  itself.  At  length 
the  works  were  completed. 

The  Padre  Superiore  must  have  drawn  a  long 
breath  of  relief,  and  a  vague  tradition  prevailed 
among  the  Frati,  which  they  kept  secret  among 
themselves,  that  the  chapel  of  Braccioforte  con- 
tained a  great  treasure. 

As  late  as  1865,  a  writer  states  that  at  that 
time  relatives  of  the  last  Warden  were  still  exist- 
ing who  remembered  having  heard  of  the  same 
tradition  from  his  lips. 

There  was  yet  another  tradition  present  to  the 
minds  of  the  people  at  the  time  of  the  great  dis- 
covery. 


The  Dream  of  the  Sacristan       215 

The  sacristan  of  the  Franciscan  Confraternity, 
called  La  Confraternita  della  Mercede,  was  wont 
to  sleep  in  the  damp  recesses  of  the  ancient 
chapel  of  Braccioforte.  His  name  was  Angelo 
Grillo.  Ricci,^  in  his  great  work,  tells  us  that  in 
1890  there  were  many  who  remembered  him  in 
Ravenna,  and  that  he  used  to  indicate  the  corner 
of  the  chapel  where  the  doorway  had  been  blocked 
up,  and  to  relate  a  dream  which,  though  turned 
into  ridicule  at  the  time,  when  viewed  by  the 
light  of  subsequent  events  is  at  least  worthy  of 
attention.     The  narrative  is  as  follows  : 

The  sacristan  declared  himself  to  have  seen 
in  his  dream  a  shade  issue  from  the  spot  indi- 
cated, clad  in  red,  and  that  it  passed  through  the 
chapel  into  the  adjoining  cemetery.  It  approached 
him,  and,  on  being  asked  who  it  was,  replied,  '  I 
am  Dante.' 

The  sacristan  died  in  May,  1865.  A  few  days 
afterwards  (it  will  be  remembered  that  the  27th 
was  the  day  of  the  discovery),  in  that  very  angle 
of  the  chapel  where  the  doorway  had  been 
blocked,  were  found  the  bones  of  Dante.  It 
was  not  a  posthumous  dream,  or  a  story  made 
up  after  the  event  by  the  old  sacristan,  for,  being 
dead,  he  was  not  there  to  make  it.  The  facts  are 
as  they  stand,  and  as  lately  as  1890  there  were 
witnesses  alive  to  prove  them.  They  bear  a 
curiously   close    resemblance    to    the    dream    of 

^  '  Uh.  Rif.,'  p.  174. 


2i6  Dante  at  Ravenna 

Jacopo  Alighieri,  as  recorded  by  Boccaccio, 
which  has  been  so  studiously  discredited  by  the 
negative  attacks  of  modern  criticism. 

This  last  touch  of  the  marvellous  forms  the 
concluding  link  to  the  chain  of  an  undoubtedly 
remarkable  history,  which  those  who  visit  Ravenna 
can  verify  for  themselves.  On  the  wall  of  the 
cloister  in  San  Francesco  they  can  read  the  in- 
scription which  recites  how  that  was  the  very 
spot  where,  at  the  beginning  of  the  sixteenth 
century,  the  aperture  was  made  by  the  Fran- 
ciscans, through  which  they  penetrated  into  the 
sarcophagus  of  Dante,  and  withdrew  from  it  his 
remains,  thus  securing  for  ever  the  possession  of 
them  to  Ravenna. 

In  the  Biblioteca  Nazionale  they  can  see  the 
wooden  chest,  or  box,  carefully  preserved,  exactly 
as  it  was,  with  the  two  inscriptions  by  Fra 
Antonio  Santi,  and  the  Custodian  of  the  library, 
Achille  Pasquali,  will  tell  them,  as  he  told  the 
writer  of  these  pages,  that  he  had  himself  seen 
the  box  fall  from  the  wall  and  empty  its  precious 
contents  upon  the  ground.  In  the  same  place 
can  also  be  seen  the  cast  taken  from  the  skeleton 
in  the  glass  coffin  where  the  remains  themselves 
were  exposed  to  the  exultant  populace  of  Ravenna. 
For  three  days,  June  24,  25,  and  26,  they  lay  in 
state  in  the  midst  of  the  ancient  chapel  of 
Braccioforte,  that  through  the  now  opened  arch- 
way they  might  be  visible  to  the  thronging  crowds 


'Italia  Una'  before  the  Tomb  of  Dante  217 

who  came  in  hundreds  and  thousands  from  all 
parts  of  Italy  to  file  before  the  crystal  coffin. 
The  old  and  the  infirm  were  supported  through 
the  crowd,  and  children  too  young  to  be  con- 
scious of  what  they  saw  were  taken  up  to  the 
coffin,  in  order  that  in  after-years  they  might  say 
that  they  also  had  gazed  on  Dante. 

Finally,  on  June  26,  the  remains  were  once  more 
consigned  to  their  original  tomb.  '  Italia  Una,' 
represented  by  every  province  and  every  town, 
stood  uncovered  before  that  bier,  and  assisted, 
with  every  pomp  of  circumstance  and  every  mark 
of  respect,  to  lay  at  last  to  undisturbed  rest  the 
greatest  of  her  sons. 

Still  the  nation  deliberates  how  to  raise  a  fitting 
monument  to  his  memory,  and  perhaps  the  day 
will  come  when  the  little,  quiet  sixteenth-centurj' 
monument  will,  like  the  Porziuncula  of  St.  Francis 
of  Assisi,  have  as  grand  an  environment  as  the 
chapel  of  Sta.  Maria  degli  Angeli. 

Some  such  tribute  to  their  '  great  heir  of  fame  ' 
might  be  more  in  accordance  with  the  greatness 
of  a  free,  united  kingdom,  but  it  could  not 
enhance  the  greatness  of  Dante,  and  in  the  per- 
fect simplicity  and  thoughtful  attitude  of  the 
figure  in  bas-relief,  still  reading,  still  pondering, 
there  is  something  which  suggests  the  one  aim  of 
his  life  upon  earth,  '  Diligite  justitiam  '  (Love 
righteousness),  and,  when  that  life  was  completed, 
the  reflection  : 


21 8  Dante  at  Ravenna 


'  Qual  si  lamenta  perchc  (jui  si  muoia 
Per  viver  colassu  non  vide  quivi 
Lo  refrigerio  dell'  eterna  ploia.' 

Par.,  xiv.  23. 

Whoso  laments  that  we  must  doff  this  garb 
Of  frail  mortality,  thenceforth  to  live 
Immortally  above,  he  hath  not  seen 
The  sweet  refreshing  of  that  heavenly  shower.' 


THE    END. 


Elliot  SiOck,  62,  Patettwster  Row,  London. 


THE  UNIVERSITY   LIBRARY 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below 


JAN  1  2  1949 


.tCj^UBIg 


1973 


DEC26t97!i 


iW 


4 1974 


^   MAR  12  19^5 
JUN3  0  ]9Z&. 

QL   P(Reoki77 
JUL  2  a  1977 


in    L-n 
-I0.'41<2I91) 


iJeiL  LiiiKAKy 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNiA 

LOS  Ai-^GELES 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIOrjAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


AA    000  421  972